50 E>E THU• 'C CHIEN LUYE• N THI vAo 10 - HA NO• i

E>E s0 1
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose
underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. ghost B. office C. long D. modern
Question 2. A. chemistry B. teach C. speech D.exchange
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs
from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following
questions.
Question 3. A. control B. apply C. danger D. provide
Question 4. A. tradition B. disaster C. reference D. musician
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to
each of the following questions.
Question 5. Many children to the city zoo last week.
A. go B. have gone C. geed D. went
Question 6. Tony works for your company, ?
A. does he B. did he C. didn't he D. doesn't he
Question 7. Laura is than any other student in my class.
A. more intelligent B. the most intelligent
C. as intelligent D. the more intelligent
Question 8. The doctor advised me too late at night.
A. to stay up B. not to stay up
C. not staying up D. stay up
Question 9. Tomorrow we'll go to Noi Bai Airport to meet Alisa, comes from
Malaysia.
A.who B. whom C. whose D. that
Question 10. If you come to England, it will be a good for you to improve your
English.
A. opportunity B. advantage C. experience D. possibility
Question 11. inbig cities is controlled by red, yellow, and green lights.
A. Traffic B. Delivery
C. Transportation D. Communication
Question 12. Jonathan is talking with his friend.
Jonathan: "I've passed my final exam with high marks."
 50 E>E THU 'C CHIEN LUYE N THI vAo 10 - HA
• •
NO i
•

- Joan: " "

A. I think so. B. That's a good idea.
C. Congratulations! D. I'm sorry.
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 13
to 16.
MEKONG DELTA ECOTOUR
Join our (13) tour to explore the Mekong Delta:
- Cai Be Floating Market: (14) thedaily life of the people on the river.
- Cham River Village: Visit a weaving workshop and learn about local people's (15)
skills.
-Arts and crafts market: Buy locally made souvenirs.
- Evening meal: Enjoy traditional foods which (16) bythe host family.
Question 13. A. eco-friendly B. environmentally-friendly
C. sustainable D. environmental-friendly
Question 14. A. Discover B. Appreciate C. Observe D. Experience
Question 15. A. woven B. weaving C. weave D. wove
Question 16. A. cooked B. cooking C. were D. are cooked
cooked
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the blank to make
a logical text.
Vong, a small village in Ha Noi, is famous for its speciality: com (young sticky rice flakes). To
make com, artisans follow a series of steps. _
a. They wrap the final product in two layers of leaves to preserve its fragrance before selling
it to consumers.
b. They preserve the techniques by passing them down to their sons. \
c. In the past, people made com by hand, but now they use machines for some steps to
shorten the process.
A. b-c-a B. a-b-c C. c-a-b D. b-a-c
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17) most
appropriately.
A. Firstly, Com is famous speciality of HaNoi autumn.
B. However, Com Lang Vong still famous for its speciality of HaNoi autumn.
C. Com Lang Vong is well known in Viet Nam as a speciality of HaNoi autumn.
D. Then people should enjoy Com because it is a famous speciality of Ha Noi autumn.
 50 E>E THU• 'C CHIEN LUYE• N THI vAo 10 - HA NO• i

Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
Singapore is an island city of about three million people. It's a beautiful city with lots of parks
and open spaces. It's also a very (19) city.
Most of the people live in (20) flats in different parts of the island. The business
district is very modern with (21) high new office buildings. Singapore also has
some nice older sections. In Chinatown, there (22) rows of old shop houses. The
government buildings in Singapore are very beautiful and date from the colonial days.
Singapore is famous (23) its shops and restaurants. There are many good
shopping centers. Most of the goods are duty free. Singapore's restaurants sell Chinese,
Indian, Malay and European food, and the prices are quite (24) _
Question 19. A. large B. dirty C. small D. clean
Question 20. A. high- B. tail-rise C. skyscraper D. low-rise
rise Question 21. A. lot B. lots of C. few D. much
Question 22. A. is B. will be C. were D. are
Question 23. A. in B.on C. at D. for
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
closest in meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. "Where do you usually spend your holiday?" he asked me.
A. He asked me where I usually spent my holiday.
B. He asked me where I did usually spent my holiday.
C. He asked me if I usually spent my holiday.
D. He asked me where did I usually spent my holiday.
Question 26. It's two years since I last spoke to her.
A. I haven't spoke to her for two years.
B. I haven't spoken to her since two years.
C. I haven't spoken to her for two years ago.
D. I haven't spoken to her for two years.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
made from the given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. Due I bad weather,/ flight/ Ha Noi/ put off.
A. Due to the bad weather, the flight to Ha Noi was put off.
B. Due to the bad weather, the flight to Ha Noi was taken off.
 50 E>E THU 'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

C. Due to the bad weather, the flight to Ha Noi was turned up.
D. Due to the bad weather, the flight to Ha Noi was put on.
Question 28. Minh / spend / 2 hours / do I homework/ every day.
A. Minh spends 2 hours to do his homework every day.
B. It spends 2 hours doing his homework every day.
C. Minh spends 2 hours for doing his homework every day.
D. Minh spends 2 hours doing his homework every day.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?

Dont't
TOUCH
(SJSIGNPRINTO.COM

A. The paint is dry and safe to touch.

B. The paint is still wet, so please do not touch it.
C. You are encouraged to touch the paint.
D. The paint is not for public use.
Question 30. What does the notice say?

MUSIC CLUB STARTING AGAIN

SOON
First meeting next Thurs 4 pm.
CnmP. ::1nrl inin usl
A. You have to join the club before you can go to the first meeting.
B. Anyone can go along to the music club next Thursday.
C. There is a new music club beginning soon that you can attend.
D. After the first meeting, we can start the music club again.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
Protecting the environment is very important for our planet. We need to take care of nature
to keep the Earth clean and healthy. There are many simple things we can do to help the
environment. For example, we can recycle paper, plastic, and glass. Recycling helps to
 50 E>E THU 'C CHIEN LUYE N THI vAo 10 - HA
• •
NO i
•

reduce waste and save resources. Another way to protect the environment is to save water.
We should turn off the tap when brushing our teeth and take shorter showers. Also, using
less electricity can help. Turning off lights when we do not need them and using energy efficient
bulbs can make a big difference.
In addition, planting trees is also very good for the environment. Trees clean the air and
provide homes for animals. They also help to keep the climate stable. We can all plant a
tree in our garden or join a community tree-planting event. Using public transport, walking, or
riding a bike instead of driving a car helps reduce pollution. Cars produce a lot of harmful
gases that pollute the air. By choosing other ways to travel, we can keep the air clean and
reduce our carbon footprint. Everyone can help protect the environment. By making small
changes in our daily lives, we can make a big difference for our planet.
Reference: https://oceana.org

Question 31. What is the main idea of the passage?

A. How to plant trees successfully. B. Ways to protect the environment.
C. The importance of recycling. D. The benefits of public transport.
Question 32. What does the word "They" in the 2nd paragraph refer to?
A. Resources B. Showers C. Trees D. Animals
Question 33. The word "stable" in the 2nd is CLOSEST in meaning to _
A. sustainable B. refillable C. eco-friendly D. organic
Question 34. According to the passage, why should we use water efficiently?
A. To keep rivers always full B. To save the natural resources
C. To reduce waste in ocean D. To protect the environment
Question 35. Which activity is NOT mentioned as a way to help the environment in the
passage?
A. using less electricity B. using public transport
C. recycling paper D. limiting household waste
Question 36. The word "reduce" in the 1st is OPPOSITE in meaning to _
A. increase B. improve C. widen D. prevent
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each question,
mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
When I was at school, I had to learn how to have a well-balanced life (37) .
Below are some of the typical things I did.
Firstly, I managed my time properly. I started to plan my schedule, made a weekly work list
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

and gave priority to some of my work. (38) _

In addition, I communicated with my family, friends, and teachers about my busy schedule
and problems, so they would offer me additional support.
I also took breaks appropriately because they helped me keep away from stress and anxiety,
and gave my brain a rest and improved my mood.
(39) .Igot at least eight hours of sleep a day. I played football with my classmates
twice a week and went for a walk with my grandparents early every morning.
Besides, I also tried to follow a healthy diet. I ate a lot of fruit and vegetables. I ate little
fattening foods and (40) _
A. avoided junk foods like chips, cookies, pizza, etc.
B. in order to reduce stress and anxiety
C. Finally, I looked after my physical health.
D. This helped me concentrate my efforts on my most important tasks.
Question 37. Question 38. _

Question 39. Question 40.

----- -----
 50 E>E THU• 'C CHIEN LUYE• N THI vAo 10 - HA NO• i

E>E s0 2
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose
underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. persuade B. scary C. soap D. season
Question 2. A. effect B. remind C. pocket D. level
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs
from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following
questions.
Question 3. A. answer B. listen C. connect D. finish
Question 4. A. pollution B. continue C. enormous D. disappear
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to
each of the following questions.
Question 5. Nobody went to the party, ?
A. does he B. do they C. didn't they D. did they
Question 6. Ho Chi Minh is city in my country.
A. larger B. as large as C. the largest D. largest
Question 7. Friday morning, there is a meeting between 11 a.m. and 1 p.m.
A. In B. For C. On D. At
Question 8. She did her test last week, so she got a good mark.
A. carefully B. careful C. careless D. carelessly
Question 9. Tet is a festival occurs in late January or early February.
A. whom B. when C. where D. which
Question 10. The Internet brings us many benefits in life, but it has some _
A. drawbacks B. advantages C. limitations D. profits
Question 11. Books are considered as a of entertainment.
wonderful ---
A. tool B. device C. way D. source
Question 12. Two students are talking to each other.
Hoa: "I suggest going camping next Sunday." - Lan: " "
A. That's a fine day B. That's a good idea.
C. That's a reason D. That's a good trip
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 13
to 16.
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

Welcome to Hon Tam, in Nha Trang-the most beautiful (13) in Viet Nam!
Hon Tam is famous for its clean, long beaches with white sand. It attracts thousands of
tourists every year, who come to see the beautiful coral reefs.
Here in Hon Tam, you (14) spend all day swimming. Favourite leisure activities
include sunbathing, kayaking, or diving in the sea. You can never feel (15) _
We offer ecotours to Hon Tam, but tourists are advised not to damage the coral reefs when
(16) . You can also buy beautiful local-made souvenirs to take home and help local
businesses!
Call us at 0929292929 and book your tour today!
Question 13. A. destination B. position C. site D.scene
Question 14. A. must B. may C. can D. should
Question 15. A. bored B. boring C. tedious D. boredly
Question 16. A. to dive B. diving C. dive D. dive
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the blank to make
a logical text.
Denby is a village in the county of Derbyshire, England. It is the home of the famous
Denby Pottery, which is made from the finest local clay. _
a. Today Denby is also a tourist attraction.
b. Going around the village, we can see artisan's hand-craft pottery collections.
c. They still use some of the original techniques passed down through generations.
A. c-a-b B. a-c-b C. b-a-c D. b-c-a
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17) most
appropriately.
A. Visitors can make pottery in workshops or find out about the history of pottery in the
museum.
B. In Denby products, we can see their beauty and function which make them world-famous.
C. People in Denby are very friendly and warm-hearted.
D. The atmosphere is so fresh that everyone wants to enjoy life here.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
The relationship between students and teachers is less formal (19) the USA than in many
other countries. American students do not stand up (20) their teachers enter the room.
Students are encouraged to ask questions during class, to stop in the teacher's office for
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

extra help, and to phone if they are absent. Most teachers (21) students to enter class late or
leave early if necessary. (22) the lack of formality, students are still expected to be polite to
their teachers and fellow classmates. When students want to ask questions, they usually
(23) hands and wait to be called on. When a test is being given, talking to a classmate is not
only rude but also risky. Most American teachers consider that students (24) are talking to
each other during a test are cheating.
Question 19. A. in B. on C. at D. of
Question 20. A. when B. where C. that D. whether
Question 21. A. let B. allow C. make D. encourage
Question 22. A. Though B. In spite C. Despite D. Because of
Question 23. A. rise B. arise C. raise D. put
Question 24. A. whom B. whose C. which D. who
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
closest in meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. "I'm working in a restaurant now." she said
A. She said she was working in a restaurant then.
B. She said I was working in a restaurant then.
C. She said she was working in a restaurant now.
D. She said she is working in a restaurant then.
Question 26. People say that they bought this house last year.
A. It was said that they bought this house last year.
B. It is said that they bought this house last year.
C. It is said that to buy this house last year.
D. It said that they bought this house last year.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
made from the given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. This is/ first time/ I/ go/ Korea.
A. This is the first time I went to Korea.
B. This is the first time I have gone to Korea.
C. This is the first time I has gone to Korea.
D. This is the first time I go to Korea.
Question 28. It/ say/ he / buy/ this house/ last month.
A. It was said that he bought this house last month.
B. It is said that he bought this house last month.
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

C. It is said that to buy this house last month.

D. It said that he bought this house last month.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?

A. You can walk on the grass and play games there.

B. The grass should be kept clean and free of trash.
C. You should not walk on the grass to help keep it healthy.
D. The grass is for sitting and relaxing only.
Question 30. What does the notice say?

"No food or drink is allowed inside this area.

Please finish your snacks before entering."

A. Only food is not allowed; drinks are fine.

B. You can eat and drink inside this area.
C. Do not bring food or drinks inside. Finish them first.
D. You can bring food but no drinks are allowed.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
Cell phones are an integral part of our society and their main use is communication. They
keep students in touch with the rest of the world by giving them the power to b interact with
it. In the old days, if you forgot your lunch, you were at the mercy of the office calling home
for you. Now, students have the ability to solve their own problems and handle certain
emergencies on their own.
Cell phones also allow students to keep in touch with students at other schools orfriends that
don't go to school. While not directly beneficial to education, better relationships can lead to
higher self-esteem and reduce isolation, which is good for everybody. In the same way,
camera phones allow students to capture the kinds of memories that help build a solid
 50 E>E THU 'C CHIEN LUYE N THI vAo 10 - HA
• •
NO i
•

school culture, and, in some cases, can act as documentation of misbehavior in the same
way that store cameras provide evidence and deter bad behavior.
Academically, the cell phone can record a video of a procedure of explanation that may need
to be reviewed later. It could be used to record audio of a lecture, as well, > for later review.
And just imagine if classes could be easily taped for students who are ' absent. What if they
could even be streamed and seen from home instantly?
Question 31. Which does the passage mainly discuss?
A. Cell phones will be used as textbooks.
B. How to use some electronic devices in education.
C. Cell phones can be used as an excellent record.
D. How cell phones are used in communication and education.
Question 32. The word " integral" in paragraph 1 is OPPOSITE in meaning to _
A. main B. necessary C. unimportant D. easy
Question 33. According to paragraph 1, with the cell phone, now students can _
A. handle the household chores B. solve their own problems
C. record their lectures D. cook their lunch
Question 34. According to the passage, cell phones help students to do all of the following
EXCEPT?
A. write their assignment B. record audio of a lecture
C. keep in touch with their friends D. capture the kinds of memories
Question 35. The word "taped" in paragraph 3 is CLOSEST in meaning to _
A. streamed B. reviewed C. recorded D. seen
Question 36. How can a cell phone help students academically?
A. deter bad behavior B. keep in touch with students
C. record a video D. call home
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each question,
mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
England's traditions have been around for hundreds, even thousands of years. English
cuisine is among the deep-rooted traditions that English people are proud to keep alive.
Typical English cuisine has developed over many centuries, and people say that fish and
chips is the most English dish of all. (37) . The earliest fish and chip shop opened in
London during the 1860s. Since then people have considered fish and chips to be England's
national dish, and it is now a common takeaway in the United Kingdom.
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

(38) . People in different places may add peas, vinegar, lemon, or ketchup. Fish and
chips is served hot as the main dish in England. (39) in fish and chips, it is healthier
than other takeaway dishes.
Now there are fish and chip shops in many countries, and it is becoming more and more
popular in other countries too. (40) is the way English people keep themselves
associated with the past.
A. The basic ingredients of the dish are fried fish served with chips
B. Preserving and promoting fish and chips
C. Although there is oil and carbohydrates
D. It is believed that fish and chips appeared in England in the 19th century.

Question 37. Question 38.

----- ----
Question 39. Question 40.
----- ----
 50 E>E THU• 'C CHIEN LUYE• N THI vAo 10 - HA NO• i

E>E s0 3
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose
underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. problem B. love C. box D.hobby
Question 2. A. celebrate B. capture C. conserve D. compose
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs
from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following
questions.
Question 3. A. market B. depart C. bamboo D. around
Question 4. A. national B. detective C. adventure D. romantic
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to
each of the following questions.
Question 5. If I rich, I around the world.
A. will be - travel B. am - will travel
C. were - would travel D. would be - traveled
Question 6. Would you like milk in your coffee?
A. any B. some C. a few D. a little
Question 7. Look at these students! They too much noise.
A. is making B. make
C. are going to make D. are making
Question 8. Jean cloth from cotton in the 181h century.
A. made B. is made C. is being made D. was made
Question 9. You're interested in fashion so much, ?
A. are you B. do you C. aren't you D. don't you
Question 10. You should have a dictionary to the words that you don't know their
.
mean ings.
A. look after B. look up C. look for D. look into
Question 11. It's important to the wonders of the world so that future generations can
see them with their own eyes.
A. destroy B. remain C. damage D. preserve
Question 12. Linda is talking with her friend.
Linda: "I'm sorry to break your favourite flower
vase." Mary:" "
 50 E>E THU• 'C CHIEN LUYE• N THI vAo 10 - HA NO• i

A. Never mind B. Everything is ok C. Not too bad D. Just a vase

Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 13
to 16.
FLORIDA SWIMMING POOL POSTER
OPENING HOURS:
Monday-Saturday: 8:00-22:00
Sunday: 9:00-17:00
1. No diving.
2. No running.
3. No eating or drinking (13) the pool.
4. Use steps (14) into the pool.
5. Children should be with (15) adult at all times.
6. (16) the lifeguard.
Question 13. A. in B. on C. into D. at
Question 14. A. going B. to go C. go D. to going
Question 15. A. the B.0 C.an D.a
Question 16. A. Follow B. Adapt C. Respect D. Ignore
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the blank to make
a logical text.
Most Vietnamese families have customs and traditions that they have observed for many
generations. Firstly, they worship their ancestors, and they celebrate their death
anniversaries every year.
a. Secondly, they take part in many national and regional festivals, for example, the Mid
Autumn Festival and the New Harvest Festival.
b. That's the way they show their gratitude to their ancestors and teach their young children
about traditions.
c. Thirdly, they celebrate many holidays during the year such as Tet and National Day.
A. b-c-a B. a-c-b C. b-a-c D. c-b-c
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17) most
appropriately.
A. They also show their interests in all festivals and holidays.
B. Next, celebrating holidays can make generations close to each other.
C. Finally, every generation can live happily together.
 50 E>E THU• 'C CHIEN LUYE• N THI vAo 10 - HA NO• i

D. In this way, they keep their traditions alive and pass them down to the next generation.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
A new study shows that women can reduce their chances of developing heart disease (19)
jogging for about three hours every week. The researchers at Harvard Medical
University in Boston have just reported the results of the study in the New England Journal of
Medicine. The study is the first to show the (20) of jogging in the development of heart
disease in women. Only (21) earlier studies have examined the effects of jogging on
the heart, but nearly all have been done on men. The new study involves more than 72,000
women between the (22) of forty and sixty-five during a period of eight years. The
researchers have found that women (23) jog at least three hours a week have a thirty
to forty percent lower chance of having a heart attack (24) those who do not.
Question 19. A. by B. to C. of D. in
Question 20. A. effect B. effectiveness C. affect D. effective
Question 21. A. a little B. a few C. many D. much
Question 22. A. ages B. years C. period D. old
Question 23. A. who B. which C. how D. those
Question 24. A. among B. in C. as D. than
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
closest in meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. "Why don't you take a day off tomorrow?" she said to me.
A. She suggested that I taking a day off the following day.
B. She advised me taking a day off the following day.
C. She suggested that I take a day off the following day.
D. She advised that I should takes a day off the following day.
Question 26. I started to work at this restaurant in 2015.
A. I have worked at this restaurant since 2015.
B. I worked at this restaurant since 2015.
C. I have worked at this restaurant for 2015.
D. I have started to work at this restaurant since 2015.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
made from the given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. They/ not/ sure/ how/ operate/ new system.
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

A. They're not sure how operating the new system.

B. They're not sure how to operating the new system.
C. They're not sure how to operate the new system.
D. They're not sure how operate the new system.
Question 28. The film / be / boring /I / fall asleep.
A. The film was such boring that I fell asleep.
B. The film was so boring that I fell asleep.
C. The film was too boring that I fell asleep.
D. The film was boring enough that I fell asleep.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?

SORRY

RESTROOM
OUT OF ORDER

A. The restroom is working properly and is available for everyone to use.

B. The restroom is open and ready for use by anyone who needs it.
C. The restroom is being repaired or cleaned and cannot be used right now.
D. The restroom is only for people with special permission to use.
Question 30. What does the notice say?

"No entry allowed without a valid pass.

You must show your pass to enter the building."

A. You need a valid pass to enter. Show it to get in.

B. You can enter the building without a pass.
C. Passes are not needed for entering the building.
D. The building is open to everyone.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
In the Mekong Delta, Long Dinh village in Tien Giang province is famous for its traditional
craft of weaving sedge mats. The mats' high quality makes them popular domestically, and
they are also exported to markets worldwide. In spite of Its well- established reputation for
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

this traditional craft, mat weaving only started here some 50 years ago. It was first introduced
by immigrants from Kim Son, a famous mat-weaving village in Ninh Binh province. However,
the technique of weaving sedge mats in Long Dinh, as compared with other places, is
somewhat different. Long Dinh branded mats are thicker and have more attractive colours
and patterns.
Weaving sedge mats is similar to growing rice. Long Dinh mat production mainly occurs
during the dry season, from January to April. Weavers have to work the hardest in May and
June; otherwise, when the rainy season starts in July, they will have to put off finishing their
products till the next dry season. No matter how much work it requires, Long Dinh mat
producers stick with this occupation, as it brings a higher income than growing rice.
This trade provides employment for thousands of local labourers. At present, nearly 1,000
households in Long Dinh village live on weaving mats. To better meet market demands,
Long Dinh mat weavers have created many kinds of products besides the traditional sedge
mats.
Question 31. What can be the title of the passage?
A. Growing Rice in Tien Giang Province
B. A Sedge Mat Craft Village in Ninh Binh Province
C. Growing Rice in Ninh Binh Province
D. A Sedge Mat Craft Village in Tien Giang Province
Question 32. The word 'reputation" in paragraph 1 is CLOSEST in meaning to
A. fame B. opinion C. connection D. beauty
Question 33. According to the passage, Long Dinh mat production mainly occurs
A. from April to January B. during the rainy season
C. from January to July D. during the dry season
Question 34. All of the following are true about the craft in Long Dinh EXCEPT that
A. it has had the reputation for more than 50 years
B. it has the origin in Kim Son, Ninh Binh
C. the mats have attractive colours and designs
D. the technique is a little bit different from that in other regions
Question 35. In order to meet market demands, the artisans in Long Dinh village.
A. live on weaving mats
B. try to produce various types of products
C. employ thousands of local labourers
D. stop producing the traditional sedge mats
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

Question 36. The word "put off" in paragraph 2 is OPPOSITE in meaning to

A. cancel B. delay C. continue D. finish
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each question,
mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
Learning today is very different from my grandfather's time. (37) . Besides learning
from teachers and textbooks, (38) . It provides us with various online sources (39)
. Google helps us find the answers to almost any questions we have. The Internet also
allows us to pursue our own interests. Learning has become more independent. Although
most children in my village have fewer private learning facilities than the students in the city,
we are still luckier than my grandfather's generation. (40)
A. such as documents, clips, and programmes
B. we use the Internet
C. We have TVs to watch at home and a library and computers at school
D. It is easier and more convenient

Question 37. Question 38.

----- -----
Question 39. Question 40.
----- -----
 50 E>E THU• 'C CHIEN LUYE• N THI vAo 10 - HA NO• i

E>E s0 4
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose
underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. B. appear D. heavy
health
B. hand C. home D. hat
Question 2. A. hour
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs
from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following
questions.
Question 3. A. suggest B. describe C. party D. erupt
Question 4. A. computer B. develop C. advantage D. disagree
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to
each of the following questions.
Question 5. The students are looking forward the result of the final examination.
A. receive B. to receive C. receiving D. to receiving
Question 6. Look at the dark clouds. I'm sure it soon.
A. will rain B. is raining C. is going to rain D. rains
Question 7. Ms. Young gets up early every morning she has enough time to practise
yoga.
A. because B. although C. but D. so
Question 8. In the year of 2025, over 1,000 new houses for the poor in this area.
A. built B. will build C. will be built D. build
Question 9. The people who live in Scotland are called the Scots.
A.0 B.an C.a D. the
Question 10. We are very on collecting the photos of Korean idols.
A. bored B. fond C. keen D. excited
Question 11. The trip to the National Gallery has been until next Friday.
A. put off B. looked into C. turned up D. found out
Question 12. Tuan and Linh are talking about their exams in front of the school gate.
Tuan: "I've passed all my final
examinations!" Linh:" !"
A. Oh my god B. Congratulations
C. Best wishes D. I'm well, thanks
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 13
to 16.
Newspaper round before school
We need young people to (13) newspapers (14) Mon, Wed and Fri mornings.
The paper round takes 30 minutes in the village of Cranbrook. This work must be done
before 8 a.m. and you must have (15) own bike.
Interested? More info (16) Cranbrook post office.
Question 13. A. send B. deliver C. distribute D. wrap
Question 14. A. at B. in C. on D. of
Question 15. A. your B. his C. our D.my
Question 16. A. in B. at C. by D. with
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the blank to make
a logical text.
My sister Jane is very untidy. She and I share the same room, but I have to clean it every
day.
a. Whenever she's at home, she lies in bed reading or playing computer games.
b. She often puts her dirty clothes on my bed.
c. I'd like to have my own room, but it's impossible now.
A. a-b-c B. a-c-b C. c-a-b D. c-b-a
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17) most
appropriately.
A. I feel uncomfortable when sharing the room with her.
B. She will try to keep the room tidy.
C. She always makes me annoyed.
D. I hope she can change her way one day.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
Our arrival in New York was spectacular. Its skyscrapers and the Statue of Liberty make a
beautiful sight. New York has a (19) of over seven million and it is probably the world's
most famous city. The inhabitants of the "Big Apple" come (20) many different
countries. There are more nationalities in New York (21) in any other place on the
earth. It also has more tourists than any other city except London, especially in the summer.
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

(22) come from all over the world and have a wonderful time. There are so many (23)
for them to get enthusiastic about - whether it's some of the best museums in the
world (24) the charming little streets of Greenwich Village.
Question 19. A. by B. to C. of D. in
Question 19. A. attraction B. C. population D. people
impression
C. for D. in
Question 20. A. from B. by
Question 21. A. than B. rather C. of D. to
Question 22. A. Visit B. Visitors C. Workers D. Goers
Question 23. A. attraction B. C. area D. sights
place
C. but D. so
Question 24. A. or B. and
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
closest in meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. "If I were you, I wouldn't spend most of my time chatting on Facebook", he
said.
A. He suggested me not to spend most of my time chatting on Facebook.
B. He advised me to spend most of my time chatting on Facebook.
C. He suggested me spending most of my time chatting on Facebook.
D. He advised me not to spend most of my time chatting on Facebook.
Question 26. She doesn't go to China with us.
A. She wishes she went to China with us.
B. She wishes she goes to China with us.
C. She wishes she didn't go to China with us.
D. She wishes she would go to China with us.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
made from the given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. Firefighters/ spend/ two hours/ release/ driver/ the wreckage.
A. Firefighters spent two hours to release the driver from the wreckage.
B. Firefighters spend two hours to releasing the driver from the wreckage.
C. Firefighters spent two hours releasing the driver from the wreckage.
D. Firefighters spent two hours release the driver from the wreckage.
Question 28. He / use / play/ piano / when / he / have I free time.
A. He used to play the piano when he had free time.
B. He used to playing the piano when he had free time.
C. He use to play the piano when he had free time.
 50 E>E THU• 'C CHIEN LUYE• N THI vAo 10 - HA NO• i

D. He used to played the piano when he had free time.

Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?

NO SMOKING
A. You can smoke anywhere, including in this area.
B. Smoking is only allowed in specific areas that are marked for it.
C. Smoking is not allowed at all in this area to keep it clean and safe.
D. Smoking is encouraged and welcome in this area.
Question 30. What does the notice say?

Caution:
The floor is wet. Please walk carefully to avoid slipping

A. There is no need to be careful on the floor.

B. The floor is wet. Stand still and avoid moving.
C. The floor is always wet and slippery.
D. The floor is wet. Walk carefully to avoid slipping.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
HEARTY BREAKFAST
Americans, in general, are big eaters and one of the greatest pleasures of the day is sitting
down to a hearty breakfast. Most neighborhood diners and cafeterias offer breakfast
specials. Some can be as simple as buttered toast with coffee. Others can almost be
equivalent to a full-course meal which can provide enough calories for the entire day. The
breakfast special is offered daily and runs usually from seven until eleven in the morning
after which the prices change and everything is ordered a la carte.
Some fast-food restaurants offer an "ail-you-can-eat" buffet breakfast which may include
more than thirty choices of every breakfast item imaginable. For a set price one can get as
many refills as one wants. A complete breakfast will cost less than five dollars with tips
included.
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

Some regional favorites also add variety to the American breakfast. In the south, grits with
butler may replace hash browns, and hot spicy biscuits and gravy seasoned with bits ; of
meat make up a meal in themselves. Fortified with a hearty breakfast, Americans find it '
easier to face the challenges of another day.
Question 31. At what time during the day are "breakfast specials" usually offered?
A. Usually from 7 a.m. to 11 a.m. B. Usually from 6 a.m. to noon.
C. They are served all day. D. Usually from 7 a.m. to 3 p.m.
Question 32. The word "offer" is CLOSEST in meaning to
A. provide B. purchase C. prepare D. discount
Question 33. About how much will a complete breakfast cost with tips included?
A. Five dollars B. Less than five dollars
C. More than five dollars D. It depends on how many refills of coffee you
have.
Question 34. Which of the following is popular for breakfast in the southern states of
America?
A. Buttered toast with coffee B. A la carte
C. Grits with butter D. French toast
Question 35. Which of the following is TRUE?
A. Some regional favorites also add variety to the American breakfast.
B. Buffet breakfast which may include more than twenty choices of every breakfast item.
C. The breakfast special is offered only on the weekends.
D. Americans find it difficult to face the challenges of another day.
Question 36. The word "challenges" is OPPOSITE in meaning to
A. comfort B. limits C. difficulties D. aims
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each question,
mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
Not long ago, (37) in the lives of the Vietnamese. Wherever there was open space,
the local people could start their own market. There, (38) from local home-made and
home-grown products to those that the sellers bought wholesale from somewhere and resold
them for a profit. Since the locals went there nearly every day, they knew one another, and
the sellers even remembered the customers' preferences.
Then supermarkets came and soon became popular. (39) . First, they offer a cool and
large shopping site. Shoppers can spend hours in them without worrying about heat or rain.
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

Second, they provide shoppers with a wide range of goods, from foods and kitchenware to
cosmetics and pet care products. (40) . Nowadays, many supermarkets even offer
home-delivery service and online shopping, which makes shopping even easier.
A. you could find almost everything
B. People do not have to move from shop to shop to collect all the things they need
C. open-air markets played an important part
D. There are many reasons to explain their popularity
Question 37. Question 38. _

Question 39. Question 40.

---- ----
 50 E>E THU• 'C CHIEN LUYE• N THI vAo 10 - HA NO• i

E>E s0 s
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose
underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. book B. pool C. school D.soon
Question 2. A. thank B. those C. thick D. through
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs
from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following
questions.
Question 3. A. advice B. machine C. Chinese D. listen
Question 4. A. consider B. develop C. embroider D. understand
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to
each of the following questions.
Question 5. The life of a teenager these days is than that's in the past.
A. more stressful B. stressful
C. most stressful D. much stressful
Question 6. Mrs. White never goes to work by bus, ?
A. doesn't he B. does he C. doesn't she D. does she
Question 7. We decided in Ho Chi Minh City for three days.
A. stay B. staying C. to stay D. to staying
Question 8. I wish I a chance to meet BTS - a famous music band next year.
A. can have B. have C. have had D. would have
Question 9. The children came to class late it rained heavily.
A. in spite of B. although C. because D. because of

Question 10. We like the food in Hoi An because it is delicious and

--
A. expensive B. exciting C. affordable D. fashionable
Question 11. Visiting the old quarters in Hanoi is my experience during my stay here.
A. believable B. typical C. forgettable D. memorable
Question 12. "Could you help me to get some water?" - " "
A. It doesn't matter B. With pleasure C. It's a pleasure D. Never mind
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 13
to 16.
Welcome to Hoi An villages in Quang Nam, Viet Nam! Hoi An villages are famous for their
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

beautiful vegetable and herb gardens. They are also well-known (13) the coconut
palms near Thu Bon River and traditional crafts such as (14) lanterns. Here in Hoi An
villages, you can spend the morning gardening on the local farms. (15) leisure
activities include riding bicycles through the villages, travelling on basket boats and visiting
craft villages. We offer an eco-tour to Hoi An villages, and tourists are encouraged to use
green transport such as bicycles to avoid polluting the environment. You can also buy local
products and beautiful (16) to help local businesses! Call us at 0929292929 and book
your tour today!
Question 13. A. in B. with C. by D. for
Question 14. A. colourful paper B. paper colouful
C. colour paper D. paper colour
Question 15. A. Another B. Other C. Others D. The other
Question 16. A. lacquerwares B. potteries
C. sculptures D. crafts
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the blank to make
a logical text.
I had a brilliant experience by the sea with my class last year.
a. In the afternoon, an instructor taught some of us snorkelling and it was exhilarating.
b. It was also wonderful to see a coral reef and many types of colourful fishes swimming
around.
c. We joined team-building activities in the morning.
A. a-c-b B. c-a-b C. b-a-c D. c-b-a
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17) most
appropriately.
A. It's the best experience I've ever had.
B. I enjoy swimming very much.
C. Therefore, I want to have a team building activity again.
D. Besides, I am really interested in swimming.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
Different countries have different traditional clothes. Ao Dai is known as the traditional
Vietnamese clothes. It can be (19) with various colors, and patterns such as flowers,
nature and others. Wearing Ao Dai, women find themselves more (20) . Ao Dai
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

symbolizes many personalities of Vietnamese women: gentleness, diligence, kindness and

bravery. Therefore, it's very proud for women to put (21) the special clothes. Students
and teachers wear Ao Dai on Mondays to join in the ceremony. Moreover, y it is on wedding
days that the brides and grooms wear Ao Dai to represent the tradition of Vietnam. Not only
Vietnamese (22) also foreign tourists try wearing Ao Dai when they visit Vietnam.
They have good comments and congratulations on it. Protecting and preserving its beauty
and nature are the duties of all Vietnamese citizens. Besides, Ao Dai is a beneficial and
comfortable (23) women can choose for any event and party. Although there are a
large number of new trends in fashion, Ao Dai always (24) an important role in the
spiritual life of Vietnamese people.
Question 19. A. designing B. design C. designed D. to design
Question 20. A. attract B. attractive C. attractively D. attraction
Question 21. A. on B. off C. out D. in
Question 22. A. so B. as C. but D. and
Question 23. A. custom B. fashion C. costume D. clothes
Question 24. A. brings B. plays C. puts D. takes
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
closest in meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. Tom asked his classmate: "Are you joining US for the party this weekend?".
A. Tom asked his classmate if he is joining them for the party that weekend.
B. Tom asked his classmate if was he joining them for the party that weekend.
C. Tom asked his classmate if he was joining them for the party that weekend.
D. Tom asked his classmate if is he joining them for the party that weekend.
Question 26. I do not visit my grandparents very often because they live far away.
A. If my grandparents do not live far away, I would visit them very' often.
B. If my grandparents did not live far away, I would visit them very often.
C. If my grandparents live far away, I will not visit them very' often.
D. If my grandparents did not live far away, I will visit them very often.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
made from the given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. It/ generous /Tommy/ pay/ all / meals / we / have / yesterday.
A. It was very generous on Tommy to pay for all the meals we had yesterday.
B. It is very generous of Tommy to pay for all the meals we have yesterday.
C. It is very generous of Tommy paying for all the meals we had yesterday.
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

D. It was very generous of Tommy to pay for all the meals we had yesterday.
Question 28. My father/ prefer I read I newspaper/ watch TV.
A. My father prefers to read newspapers more than watching TV.
B. My father prefers reading newspapers to watch TV.
C. My father prefers reading newspapers than watching TV.
D. My father prefers reading newspapers to watching TV.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?

EMERGENCY
F

EXIT
ONLY
, ::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
A. You can use this door anytime you want to enter.
B. This door is only for use in emergencies when you need to leave quickly.
C. Everyone should use this door to enter the building.
D. This door is locked and cannot be opened at all.
Question 30. What does the notice say?

"No cell phones allowed in this area.

Please turn off your phone or put it on silent."

A. You must have permission to use the phone in this area.

B. You may not turn off your phone if you are not using it.
C. Cell phones are only for emergency use here.
D. Cell phones must be turned off or silenced in this area.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
Chu Van An High School is one of the oldest and most prestigious state schools in Viet
Nam. Established in 1908 by the French, the school was located beside the West Lake, and
was originally named after the location it was in. It is a very pleasant, spacious school with
great views of the lake from the classroom windows.
In 1943, the school was moved to Ninh Binh, and was not moved back to Ha Noi until 1945.
In that year, the school was renamed Chu Van An, after a famous Vietnamese Confucianism
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

teacher of the Tran Dynasty. Professor Nguyen Gia Tuong became the first Vietnamese
principal of the school. Many famous people like ex-Prime Minister Pham Van Dong,
DoctorTonThatTung, and poet Xuan Dieu used to be the school's students.
Today the school is still located in the same area, and has maintained its prestige, as well as
its reputation as one of the top schools in Ha Noi. It is very difficult to be admitted to the
school. Every year, there are around three thousand applicants but only about five 2 hundred
are admitted.Those applicants have to take an entrance examination conducted 2 by the
Department of Education and Training of Ha Noi.
Question 31. The passage mainly discusses
A. Chu Van An, the teacher B. Chu Van An School in the future
C. Chu Van An School: Then and now D. How to establish Chu Van An High school
Question 32. When was the school established?
A. in 1908 B. in 1943 C. in 1945 D. in 1990
Question 33. All of the following are true about the school EXCEPT
A. the school was originally named after the location it is in.
B. the school admits three thousand students every year.
C. the school has a view of the West Lake.
D. the school is large.
Question 34. The word "prestigious" in the 1st paragraph is CLOSEST meaning to
A. respectful B. famous C. spectacular D. generous
Question 35. Who used to be Chu Van An High school's student?
A. Professor Nguyen Gia Tuong B. Doctor Ton That Tung
C. Poet Tran Dang Khoa D. Artist To Ngoc Van
Question 36. The word "admitted "in the last paragraph is OPPOSITE meaning to
A. allowed B. rejected C. permitted D. considered
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each question,
mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
The Dolomites - Paradise at Your Feet
If you haven't decided on where to travel this holiday, consider the Dolomites!
The Dolomites are a mountain range in Italy. (37) in 2009. The Dolomites are part of
the Alps, stretching from the Adige River to the Piave River valley. This mountain range has
a total area of about 141,900 hectares. (38) . It is easy to get access to most parts of
the Dolomites.
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

The Dolomites are a majestic site. They are widely regarded as being (39) . There are
steep rocky cliffs, sharp peaks, narrow and deep valleys, and white snow on the
mountaintop. (40)
The Dolomites are a popular place for winter skiing, mountain climbing, hiking, and cycling
any time of the year. An annual bicycle race covering seven mountain passes on the
Dolomites occurs in the first week of July.
So do not hesitate to book a tour to the Dolomites to see and do these things for yourself!
A. It has 18 peaks over 3,000 metres high
B. It was recognised as a UNESCO World Heritage Site
C. Their natural scenery attracts tourists from many parts of the world
D. among the most attractive mountain landscapes in the world
Question 37. Question 38. _

Question 39. Question 40.

----- -----
 50 E>E THU• 'C CHIEN LUYE• N THI vAo 10 - HA NO• i

E>E s0 6
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose
underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. spread B. cream C. bread D. head
Question 2. A. pleasure B. seafood C. surprise D. bus
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs
from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following
questions.
Question 3. A. village B. mountain C. island D. arrange
Question 4. A. remember B. generate C. assignment D. pollutant
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to
each of the following questions.
Question 5. Tom can speak three languages, ?
A. can he B. doesn't he C. can't he D. isn't he
Question 6. Techniques to make conical hats in this village have been from
generation to generation.
A. got on B. given up C. passed down D. taken in
Question 7. I have lived in this town two years.
A. in B. for C. ago D. since
Question 8. Tourists are impressed by the of Ha Long Bay.
A. beauty B. beautify C. beautiful D. beautifully
Question 9. If I were you, I harder to pass the entrance exam.
A. will study B. would study C. studied D. can study
Question 10. My uncle his car when it started to rain.
A. was washing B. has washed C. washes D. washed
Question 11. It's said that Ha Long Bay is one of the of Vietnam.
A. cultures B. wonders C. things D. parts
Question 12. John: "Would you like to go Olli for dinner with my family?" - Peter: " "
A. I agree with you B. Yes. I'd love to C. Never mind D. That's right
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 13
to 16.
CITY MUSEUM - Holiday job
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

Do you want to (13) some extra money this summer? Do you speak (14) ---
---
language?
We need French, Spanish (15) German speakers to work for us (16) the City
--- ---
Museum shop from Tuesday to Saturday.
Send your CV to [email protected].
Question 13. A. do B. earn C. gain D. achieve
Question 14. A. some B.a C. another D.any
Question 15. A. and B. or C. with D. nor
Question 16. A. at B. to C.by D. in
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the blank to make
a logical text.
I haven't had many exciting experiences like that before. _
a. We put up the tents and did unforgettable team-building activities.
b. We got to a beautiful site in Ninh Binh.
c. We also hired bikes and cycled around the area.
A. b-c-a B. a-c-b C. b-a-c D. a-b-c
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17) most
appropriately.
A. It was so relaxing.
B. I am looking forward to seeing them.
C. I will come back in the future.
D. I will never forget it.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
Today, childhood is spent mostly indoors watching television, playing video games and (19)
the Internet. When children go outside, it tends to be for scheduled events like a
soccer match or a fishing derby. These events are held under the watch of adults.
The shift to an indoor childhood has accelerated in (20) past decade, with a
significant decline in spontaneous outdoor activities such as bike riding, swimming and touch
football, according to some studies by the National Sporting Goods Association. (21)
, a child is six times more likely to play a video game on a typical day than to ride a
bike.
Indoor childhood has brought about some changes which can be seen in children's bodies.
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

In the 1960s, 4% of kids were obese. Today, 16% are overweight. The changes can also be
seen in their (22) . Studies indicate that children (23) spend plenty of time
outdoors have a longer attention span than those who watch (24) television and play
video games.
Question 19. A. surfing B. taking C. looking D. making

Question 20. A. an B. the C.0 D.a

Question 21. A. Although B. Before C. Because D. In addition
Question 22. A. muscles B. bodies C. thoughts D. brains
Question 23. A. whom B. who C. he D. they
Question 24. A. a lot of B. some C. many D. few
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
closest in meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. "Please don't tell anyone my new address, Tom," said Jane.
A. Jane asked Tom not to tell anyone her new address.
B. Jane told Tom to tell everyone her new address.
C. Jane reminded Tom to tell everyone her new address.
D. Jane didn't want Tom to know her new address.
Question 26. The girl is my younger sister. You talked to her yesterday.
A. The girl whose you talked to yesterday is my younger sister.
B. The girl whom you talked to yesterday is my younger sister.
C. The girl that is my younger sister you talked to yesterday.
D. The girl is my younger sister which you talked to yesterday.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
made from the given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. She/ give/ scholarship/ have/ excellent I results.
A. Because of she had excellent study results, she was giving a scholarship.
B. Although she was given a scholarship, she had excellent study results.
C. She was given a scholarship because of his excellent study results.
D. She was given a scholarship because of her excellent study results.
Question 28. He / worked / this /company/ five years.
A. He has worked in this company for five years.
B. He worked in this company for five years.
C. He has worked in this company five years ago.
D. He has worked in this company for five years ago.
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?

STAFf
PARKING
ONLY
A. Anyone, including visitors and staff, can park here without restrictions.
B. Only employees or staff members are allowed to park in these spaces.
C. Parking is not allowed in this area under any circumstances.
D. The parking area is open to all people, without any specific rules.
Question 30. What does the notice say?

"The restroom is temporarily closed for maintenance.

It will open as soon as the work is finished"

A. The restroom is closed for maintenance and will open later.

B. The restroom is open but being cleaned.
C. The restroom is always open.
D. You can use the restroom in a different building.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
Obesity increases a person's risk of cancer, heart disease and other diseases. About 2.6
billion people globally - 38% of the world population - are already overweight or obese. But
on current trends that is expected to rise to more than 4 billion people (51%) in 12 years'
time, according to research by the World Obesity Federation.
Obesity among children and young people is likely to increase faster than that among adults.
By 2035 it is expected to be at least double the rate seen in 2020 - it will rise by 100%
among boys under 18, but go up even more sharply, by 125%, among girls the same age.
Switzerland, Norway, Finland, Iceland and Sweden are among the best prepared countries
to deal with obesity while Niger, Nigeria, Somalia and Central African Republic s are
examples of the world's poorest countries that are the least prepared. Professor Louise Baur,
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

the federation's president, says that the sharpest increases in obesity will be seen in low
and middle-income countries where lack of preparedness and resources will create a perfect
storm that will negatively impact obese people the most.
The rising obesity globally is caused by factors such as climate change, Covid restrictions
and chemical pollutants, as well as the promotion of unhealthy foods. It is suggested that
governments should restrict the marketing of foods that are high in fat, salt or sugar, and
provide healthy food in schools.
Question 31. What is the passage mainly about?
A. The great future of overweight young children
B. More than half of people to be obese by 2035.
C. How the world's poorest countries flight against obesity?
D. The reasons why many children are obese now.
Question 32. How many percentage of the world population are obese now?
A. 51% B. 38% C. 49% D. 62%
Question 33. Which of the following is true according to the passage, EXCEPT ?
A. Obesity increases a person's risk of cancer.
B. Girls are more likely to be obese than boys.
C. There are the sharpest increases in obesity will be seen in low- and middle-income
countries.
D. The rising obesity globally is only caused by Covid restrictions.
Question 34. According to paragraph 3, which countries have prepared best to deal with
obesity?
A. Finland B. Niger C. Japan D. Central African Republic
Question 35. The word "obese" in paragraph 3 is OPPOSITE in meaning to _
A. too fat B. overweight C. heavy D. skinny
Question 36. The word "restrict" in paragraph 4 is CLOSEST in meaning to _
A. support B. permit C. limit D. increase
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each question,
mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
The two most popular types of tours now are package and self-guided tours. When you buy
a package tour, (37) . You will get a notice about the places of, your visit, the detailed
itinerary, and the cost. They will protect you if something goes J wrong during the trip. (38)
. It offers a convenient option for people who are elderly, who do not want to spend
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

much time searching on their own, or who are not confident about using online apps. One
disadvantage of this type is you have to follow a fixed itinerary.
Nowadays, (39) which require them to do everything on their own. They have to look
for a destination, work out an itinerary, and estimate the cost. They then hunt for tickets
and accommodation, usually homestay. This type of holiday may require people more time
and effort, but it is cheaper and more flexible than a package holiday. (40) .
However, to have a smooth trip and avoid trouble, these travellers should be good at using
apps.
A. more young people choose self-guided tours
B. a travel agency takes care of almost everything for you
C. This type of holiday saves time and reduces stress for travellers
D. It gives travellers more freedom to decide where to go and how much time and money to
spend at a place

Question 37. Question 38.

----- -----
Question 39. Question 40.
----- -----
 50 E>E THU• 'C CHIEN LUYE• N THI vAo 10 - HA NO• i

E>E s0 7
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose
underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. child B. fill C. milk D. pink
Question 2. A. technique B. chemist C. children D. headache
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs
from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following
questions.
Question 3. A. enjoy B. consist C. beauty D. succeed
Question 4. A. capable B. different C. difficult D. delightful
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to
each of the following questions.
Question 5. Hurricane Andrew swept through southern Florida 1992.
A. for B. on C. at D. in
Question 6. I from her since she left school.
---
A. don't hear B. haven't heard C. didn't hear D. hasn't heard

Question 7. Of all the shoes that I have tried on, these ones are
---
A. comfortable B. less comfortable
C. more comfortable D. the most comfortable
Question 8. If more chemicals are released into the environment, many species
extinct.
A. will become B. are becoming
C. becomes D. became
Question 9. This shopping mall, which two years ago, attracts a lot of shoppers.
A. built B. was built C. will be built D. was building
Question 10. Giving lucky money to the young at Tet is a common in many Asian
countries.
A. practice B. behaviour C. tradition D. habit

Question 11. This restaurant is for its excellent dishes and service.
--
A. proud B. certain C. famous D. different
Question 12. Mary: "That's a very nice skirt you're wearing." - Jolie:" "
A. You're welcome. B. That's all right.
C. Don't mention D. Thank you.
it.
 50 E>E THU• 'C CHIEN LUYE• N THI vAo 10 - HA NO• i

Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 13
to 16.
8 TIPS TO STAY SAFETY ONLINE
1. Be nice (13) people online
2. Take care with what you share
3. (14) personal information private
4. Check your privacy settings
5. Know how (15) posts
6. Keep your password (16) _
7. Never meet anyone in person you have only met online
8. If you see anything online that you don't like or you find upsetting, tell someone you trust
Question 13. A. to B. with C. of D. for
Question 14. A. Make B. Keep C. Remain D. Sustain
Question 15. A. reporting B. report C. to report D. reported
Question 16. A. safe B. safeless C. safeness D. unsafe
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the blank to make
a logical text.
I had a hard 10-day course in an army camp in Son Tay last summer. Everything was
different from my life at home. _
A. We had to wake up at 5 a.m. and attend classes which were like training courses for
soldiers.
B. In the evening, we read books or worked in teams with many exciting activities.
C. We also joined a performance that had the theme: environmental protection.
A. b-c-a B. c-b-a C. a-b-c D. a-c-b
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17) most
appropriately.
A. After that, I attended such a strict but exciting course like this.
B. Finally, I can attend an exciting course.
C. I also felt disappointed about it.
D. I have never attended such a strict but exciting course like this.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

Owning a pet can be a great (19) . It is a chance to love and care for a living
creature. By watching and looking at its growth and behavior, you will discover that having a
pet can be exciting and (20).
It is also said that owning a pet reaps benefits to your health. You will have lower blood
pressure and lower cholesterol levels. Owning a pet gives you a greater sense of well-being
and (21) your stress level.
Different types of pets need different kinds of care. Some pets are easy to look (22) _
while others are difficult. Pets are not toys and a certain amount of work is needed if you
want to take care of (23) properly. You must be willing to spend a part of each day to
meet your pet's needs.
(24) pets, big or small, depend on their owners for food, housing and protection.
Although love is very important, it alone is not enough.
Question 19. A. activities B. way C. task D. pleasure
Question 20. A. amusing B. amuse C. amused D. amusingly
Question 21. A. decreases B. make C. increase D.cause
Question 22. A. B. for C. after D. into
at Question 23. B. them C. they D. their
A. it Question 24. B. Much C. All D. Any
A. A
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
closest in meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. "What time did you go to bed last night, Mike?" his mother asked.
A. Mike's mother asked him what time he had gone to bed last night.
B. Mike's mother asked him what time he has gone to bed the previous night.
C. Mike's mother asked him what time he had gone to bed the previous night.
D. Mike's mother asked him what time he went to bed last night.
Question 26. The house belongs to my grandparents. It was built in 1975.
A. The house which it belongs to my grandparents was built in 1975.
B. The house who belongs to my grandparents was built in 1975.
C. The house which belongs to my grandparents was built in 1975.
D. The house what belongs to my grandparents was built in 1975.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
made from the given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. Linda/ go/ cooking class/ every Wednesday evening.
A. Linda went to the cooking class every Wednesday evening.
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

B. Linda goes the cooking class every Wednesday evening.

C. Linda will go to the cooking class every Wednesday evening.
D. Linda goes to the cooking class every Wednesday evening.
Question 28. She / tell / me / quiet/ because I baby/ sleep.
A. She tells me to be quiet because the baby was sleeping.
B. She told me be quiet because the baby was sleeping.
C. She told me to be quiet because the baby is sleeping.
D. She told me to be quiet because the baby was sleeping.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?

DO NOT
DISTURB

A. You can make noise and talk loudly in this area.

B. This area is for quiet and no loud noises are allowed.
C. Making noise is encouraged and allowed in this area.
D. The area is not watched, so noise is not controlled.
Question 30. What does the notice say?

Seavista Restaurant
Opening this weekend.
Free food for children.

A. The restaurant is old.

B. The restaurant has great food.
C. Guests don't have to pay for children's meals.
D. The restaurant is only open at the weekend.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
Ke Ga Cape, which is about twenty-five kilometres from the city of Phan Thiet, is often
overlooked by the majority of travellers coming to Viet Nam. Therefore, the peacefulness of
this coastal area has been preserved. If you want to experience the 'real', unspoiled side of
Viet Nam, we highly recommend that you add Ke Ga Cape to your 'places' to visit' list.
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

Once you've arrived at Ke Ga Cape, its attractions are immediately obvious. Most j travellers
are attracted by the sight of its untouched cliffs spreading out along the coast J and the
sound of the casuarina trees rustling in the breeze. On sunny days, you will be enthralled by
the harmonious tones of the sea and sky, and the sight of clouds embracing the mountain
peaks. You can also admire the splendid sunrise, and later go for a walk to enjoy the
mesmerizing sunset. The red-yellow rays of the sun reflected in the waves paint an
enchanting picture of the pristine Ke Ga Cape. Sometimes, it may be hard for you to
distinguish where the sky ends and the sea begins.
If you want to get to Ke Ga Lighthouse, taking a canoe is highly recommended because it is
quick, convenient, and safe. Ke Ga Lighthouse is worth a visit during your Viet Nam tour, if
you want to experience daily life in a fishing village. The locals are very friendly, warm
hearted, and sincere. Not surprisingly, they will often invite you to join them for a meal of
their freshly caught seafood, which will definitely awaken your taste buds.
Question 31. What is the main idea of the passage?
A. Ke Ga Cape - a travel destination in Vietnam.
B. The ways to preserve Ke Ga Cape.
C. How Ke Ga Cape attract tourists from all over the world.
D. Some interesting activities in Ke Ga Cape.
Question 32. What attracts most travellers to Ke Ga Cape?
A. the harmonious tones of the sea and sky.
B. the sight of clouds embracing the mountain peaks.
C. cliffs spreading out along the coast.
D. The red-yellow rays of the sun reflected in the waves.
Question 33. If you want to get to Ke Ga Lighthouse, you are highly recommended to take

A. a bus B. a train C. a plane D. a canoe

Question 34. What are the locals in Ke Ga Lighthouse like?
A. loyal and funny B. warm-hearted and quick
C. friendly and sincere D. safe and convenient
Question 35. The word "enchanting" is CLOSEST in meaning to _
A. attractive B. ugly C. special D. exciting
Question 36. The word "warm-hearted" is OPPOSITE in meaning to _
A. kind B. useful C. gentle D. unfriendly
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each question,
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
Braj Kachru was a Professor of Linguistics (37) . The term refers to the fact that
English has become a global means of communication with a lot of varieties.
In 1985, Kachru proposed a model of the different uses of English around the world. (38)
. The first of these circles is the Inner Circle, which consists of the traditional
English- speaking countries, (39) . In these regions, English is the first language,
and their speakers provide the standards of English.
The next circle is the Outer Circle where English is not the first language but the second or
official language. The countries in this circle include India, Singapore, the Philippines,
Pakistan, Malaysia, etc. The speakers of these places follow the standards which the
countries in the Inner Circle provide.
The last circle is the Expanding Circle. (40) . Some of the countries in the Expanding
Circle are Brazil, Japan, Russia, and Viet Nam. Speakers of English in these places follow
the rules which the people in the Inner Circle have established.
A. who invented the term 'World Englishes'
B. People in this circle speak English as a foreign language
C. such as the UK, the USA, Australia, New Zealand, and Canada
D. There are three concentric circles in the model

Question 37. Question 38.

----- -----
Question 39. Question 40.
----- -----
 50 E>E THU• 'C CHIEN LUYE• N THI vAo 10 - HA NO• i

E>E s0 a
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose
underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. natural B. pagoda C. landscape D. damage
Question 2. A. sauce B. skirt C. sugar D. steam
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs
from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following
questions.
Question 3. A. college B. degree C. language D. subject
Question 4. A. contestant B. C. paradise D. appearance
destruction
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to
each of the following questions.
Question 5. She had to prepare a lot for the meeting, ?
A. had she B. didn't she C. hadn't she D. did she
Question 6. When I was a child, I fly a kite in the field near my house.
A. use to B. am used to C. was used to D. used to
Question 7. I wish I able to speak more than a language.
A. is B. were C. am D. was
Question 8. The bicycle my parents gave me on my birthday was stolen yesterday.
A. which B. who C. what D. whom
Question 9. She suggested that we money for the poor in the neighbourhood.
A. raising B. should raise C. to raise D. would raise
Question 10. She has just won the first prize in the singing contest. She is about
that.
A. out of this world B. once in a blue moon
C. the sky's the limit D. over the moon
Question 11. My father loves sightseeing in new places in the central part of
Vietnam.
A. making B. going C. looking D. taking
Question 12. Nga: "How about going to the movie theater tonight?" - Hieu: " "
A. I am glad you like it B. Great idea
C. You're welcome D. Well done
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer
 50 E>E THU• 'C CHIEN LUYE• N THI vAo 10 - HA NO• i

sheet to indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 13
to 16.
GREAT BARRIER REEF TOUR, AUSTRALIA
* Dive with us to (13) the most beautiful coral reef in the world
* Swim in (14) with colourful fish
* Watch 30 documentaries (15) about sea animals and the coral reef, and what you
can do to (16) it
* Price: Only $99/adult & $59/child
* Time: 9 a.m. - 5 p.m. every day
Question 13. A. investigate B. discover C. explore D. detect
Question 14. A. deep blue sea B. blue deep sea C. sea blue deep D. blue sea deep
Question 15. A. learn B. to learn C. learning D. to learning
Question 16. A. reserve B. conserve C. maintain D. protect
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the blank to make
a logical text.
You can do a lot of things with this small smartphone! _
a. Besides standard text messaging and phone calls, it can keep you connected through
emails, video calls, and social networking apps.
b. Its camcorder will record important moments, so you can share them with friends.
C. This light, stylish phone has a special self-portrait feature that helps you send great
photos of yourself right away.
A. b-a-c B. c-b-a C. c-a-b D. b-c-a
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17) most
appropriately.
A. To sum up, smartphones bring a lot of benefits to our lives.
B. Moreover, smartphones also have some disadvantages.
C. However, smartphones may cause many troubles.
D. Then, smartphones bring a lot of benefits to our lives.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
Traditionally, rural villages in Vietnam (19) handicrafts when they were not busy (20)
planting or harvesting crops. Over time, (21) villages developed the
expertise to make specialized products and so particular villages became famous for such
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

things as weaving, woodwork, lacquer work and metal products. With I industrialization,
many villagers moved to the cities but maintained their craft skills and networks to produce
products for the city market, (22) , craft villages make furniture, grow flowers or make
utensils for the urban population. Other villages changed from (23) traditional crafts
to producing different products desired by an industrialized (24) _
Question 19. A. produced B. produce C. have produced D. will produce
Question 20. A. in B. with C. of D.by
Question 21. A. much B. lot of C. many D.a
Question 22. A. however B. so C. for example D.and
Question 23. A. make B. to making C. to make D. making
Question 24. A. society B. social C. sociable D. socially
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
closest in meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. She said to him, "You should stop smoking."
A. She warned him not to stop smoking.
B. She said to him you should stop smoking.
C. She advised him to stop smoking.
D. She asked him if he should stop smoking.
Question 26. No game show on VTV3 is as popular as "Olympia".
A. "Olympia" is not the most popular game show on VTV3.
B. "Olympia" is not as popular as other game shows on VTV3.
C. "Olympia" is the most popular game show on VTV3.
D. "Olympia" is as popular as other game shows on VTV3.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
made from the given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. The woman / live / next door / donate / thousands of dollars / local charities /
every year.
A. The woman who lives next door donates thousands of dollars to local charities every year.
B. The woman lives next door donates thousands of dollars to local charities every year.
C. The woman who lives next door donating thousands of dollars to local charities every
year.
D. The woman which lives next door donates thousands of dollars to local charities every
year.
Question 28. Those students /volunteer/ provide meals/ schoolchildren / remote areas.
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

A. Those students volunteered to provide meals with schoolchildren in remote areas.

B. Those students volunteered to provide meals for schoolchildren in remote areas.
C. Those students volunteered provide meals for schoolchildren in remote areas.
D. Those students volunteered providing meals for schoolchildren in remote areas.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?

NO DOGS
ALLOWED

A. Dogs are welcome everywhere and can go anywhere.

B. Dogs are not allowed to enter or be in this area.
C. You may bring dogs here if they are on a leash.
D. Only small dogs are allowed in this area.
Question 30. What does the notice say?

IMPORTANT NOTICE
Class 10A English is in Room 4 today.
(2.30 start, as usual)

A. This lesson is in a different place today.

B. This lesson is not happening today.
C. This lesson begins a bit later today.
D. This lesson is only for class 1OA.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
Bamboo is an amazing plant. Did you know it is actually grass? In fact, giant bamboo is the
largest member of the grass family. Some types can grow an incredible 90 centimetres in
just one day. Some bamboo plants can grow to over 30 metres tall, which is as tall as a gum
tree.
You probably know that bamboo is the favourite food of pandas, but chimpanzees, gorillas
and elephants eat it too.
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

Bamboo is also extremely useful to people. It is a very valuable construction material

because it is so strong. In fact, whole houses can be built from bamboo. In some parts of the
world, bamboo is used as scaffolding (the frame used to support building work).
The range of things that can be made from bamboo is huge. Furniture, cooking utensils, and
musical instruments can all be made from bamboo. Bamboo fibres can be used to produce a
soft, cotton-like material for T-shirts and underwear. Bamboo fibres are also used to make
paper. Bamboo can even be used to make bicycle frames and boats.
Question 31. Bamboo is a type of _
A. tree B. wood C. bush D. grass
Question 32. The word "useful" is CLOSEST in meaning to _
A. helpless B. harmful C. helpful D. kind
Question 33. Which of the following are true EXCEPT _
A. bamboo plants can grow to over 30 metres tall
B. gorillas and elephants like to eat bamboo
C. bamboo can be used to make furniture, cooking utensils, and musical instruments
D. people use bamboo fibers to make boats
Question 34. According to the text, which part of a bicycle can be made from bamboo?
A. the frame B. the wheels C. the pedals D. the seat
Question 35. The main purpose of this text is.
A. to encourage people to use bamboo more often
B. to list everything that can be made from bamboo
C. to give interesting facts and uses for bamboo
D. to outline where bamboo is mainly grown and used
Question 36. The word "huge" is OPPOSITE in meaning to _
A. various B. limited C. different D. small
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each question,
mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
If you want to learn English more quickly, lots of reading is important. When you read i in
English, (37)
When you read, try to figure out the meaning of a new word from the words around it. Even if
you are not always correct, it is good to practise thinking about what a new word might
mean. (38) . The more words you understand, the better you will be able to read. A
dictionary - hard copy or online version - (39) . You should keep a list of new words,
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

their definitions, and a sentence for each word which shows how to properly use it. You can
keep this vocabulary list in a notebook you always have with you. (40) _
A. You may need to learn the meaning of a word or phrase
B. you can improve your vocabulary, grammar, and: writing at the same time
C. This helps you to revise what you have learnt wherever you are
D. can help you find the meanings of words which are new to you
Question 37. Question 38. _
Question 39. Question 40.
---- ----
 50 E>E THU• 'C CHIEN LUYE• N THI vAo 10 - HA NO• i

E>E s0 9
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose
underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. park B. start C. card D. catch
Question 2. A. culture B. student C. distance D. mistake
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs
from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following
questions.
Question 3. A. protect B. offer C. reduce D. persuade
Question 4. A. position B. family C. century D. wonderful
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to
each of the following questions.
Question 5. She went to Tay Ho village in Hue she could buy some bai tho conical
hats.
A. although B. so that C. so as to D. therefore
Question 6. There are a lot of people who work in remote areas nowadays.
A. voluntarily B. volunteers C. volunteered D. voluntary

Question 7. Simon hasn't read that book before, ?

---
A. did he B. does he C. is he D. has he
Question 8. She's the woman sister looks after the baby for us.
A. which B. who C. that D. whose
Question 9. After the spacecraft into space, the crew started to observe the Earth.
A. travels B. had travelled C. was travelling D. has travelled
Question 10. Classical music isn't my . I prefer K-pop.
A. cup of tea B. hot potato C. flesh and blood D. piece of cake
Question 11. She gave me a new handkerchief on which she some beautiful
flowers.
A. embroidered B. carved C. moulded D. knitted
Question 12.
Laura: Thank you for helping me with my project. - Jenny: " "
A. It was an excellent project. B. Congratulations!
C. Well, I like it. D. You're welcome.
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer
 50 E>E THU• 'C CHIEN LUYE• N THI vAo 10 - HA NO• i

sheet to indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 13
to 16.
SAPA TREKKING TOUR, VIET NAM
* A three-day walk of 20 kilometres a day through the mountains (13) the north of
Viet Nam
* Enjoy some of (14) scenery
* Stay with local people (15) about their culture and (16) local food
* Price: $80/adult (children not allowed)
* Starts every Wednesday and Sunday
Question 13. A. on B. at C. during D. in
Question 14. A. the country's most beautiful B. the most country's beautiful
C. country's most beautiful D. most country's beautiful
Question 15. A. learning B. learn C. to learn D. learnt
Question 16. A. enjoy B. try C. prepare D. exchange
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the blank to make
a logical text.
My mum first learnt sewing skills from my grandmother. She got her job as a tailor when she
was 16.
aN.ow she owns a small tailor shop in the village.
b. Though sometimes she has to work late at night, she finds her job rewarding because she
can satisfy her customers.
c. She has such an excellent sense of style that many ladies love the clothes she makes.
A. b-c-a B. a-c-b C. c-b-a D. a-b-c
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17) most
appropriately.
A. I think my mum has had a successful career in tailoring.
B. My mum is a very talented tailor.
C. This job gives my mum a lot of money.
D. Finally, my mum can make her own clothes.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
There are a lot of disadvantages of living in a big city, and air pollution is among (19) _
most serious problems. Firstly, air pollution comes from the factories in the city. Big cities
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

attract a lot of both inside and outside investments, (20) the number of factories is
increasing quickly. This makes the air extremely (21) by smoke from factories.
Secondly, that there are too many means of transportation also makes this problem worse.
Exhaust from cars, and motorbikes is one of the factors (22) make the air polluted.
To conclude, air pollution, which is expected (23) more and more people get many
serious (24) such as lung cancer, tuberculosis and so on, is a big drawback of city
life.

Question 19. A. a B.an C. the D.0

Question 20. A. therefore B. however C. so D. but
Question 21. A. pollutants B. pollute C. pollution D. polluted
Question 22. A. that B. where C. who D. when
Question 23. A. to making B. making C. make D. to make
Question 24. A. happiness B. diseases C. benefits D. accidents
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
closest in meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. Because of the bad weather, the plane couldn't touch down.
A. As the weather was not bad, the plane could touch down.
B. Because the weather was bad, the plane couldn't touch down.
C. Since the weather is bad, the plane couldn't touch down.
D. The plane could touch down due to the bad weather.
Question 26. You can improve your English pronunciation by talking to native English
speakers.
A. Unless you improve your English pronunciation, you can talk to native English speakers.
B. If you talk to native English speakers, you can improve your English pronunciation.
C. Unless you talk to native English speakers, you can improve your English pronunciation.
D. If you improve your English pronunciation, you can talk to native English speakers.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
made from the given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. They/ very happy/ share/ stories/ family and neighbors.
A. They are very happy sharing their stories with their family and neighbors.
B. They are very happy to share their stories with their family and neighbors.
C. They are very happy share their stories with their family and neighbors.
D. They are very happy that to share their stories with their family and neighbors.
Question 28. I / wish / there / not/ environmental / problems / city.
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

A. I wish there won't be environmental problems in our city.

B. I wish there hadn't environmental problems in our city.
C. I wish there aren't environmental problems in our city.
D. I wish there weren't environmental problems in our city.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?
/4 '\

NOTICE

NO FOOD OR
DRINK IN
THIS AREA
----■ ,., , ,.■.. . . ., . , U t H I ......... -_,,J

A. You are allowed to eat and drink here without any restrictions.
B. Eating and drinking are not permitted in this area at all times.
C. You can bring drinks but not food into this area.
D. Food is permitted but drinks are not allowed in this area.
Question 30. What does the notice say?

"Please keep your bus ticket with you at all times.

The transport officers might ask to see it during your journey."

A. You need to keep your bus ticket with you. Officers might check it.
B. Transport officers will give you a bus ticket.
C. You do not need a bus ticket for the journey.
D. You can get your bus ticket from the transport officers.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
Sleep is very important. Did you know that sleep is more important than food? A person who
does not sleep dies at a younger age than a person who does not eat. Let's say you go to
sleep 12 hours later than you usually do. It will take your body about three weeks to return to
normal. We spend about one-third of our lives in sleep. That's about 121 days a year!
How much sleep do we need? We are all different. A baby needs 16 hours of sleep every
day. Children 6 to 12 years old need an average of 10 to 12 hours of sleep. A teenager
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

needs ' 9 to 10 hours of sleep. An adult needs an average of 7 to 8 hours a night. There are
some people who need only 3 hours of sleep. Others need 10 hours of sleep. After the age
of 50, the average sleep time goes down to 6.5 hours a night. We need less sleep as we get
older. Most people have some nights when they cannot sleep. About one in three Americans
has a problem with sleep. Many of these people cannot fall asleep or stay asleep. The name
of this problem is insomnia. The word insomnia means "no sleep." Some people say, "I didn't
sleep all night." They may sleep lightly and wake up several times. In the morning, they only
remember the times they were awake, so they think they were awake all night.
This is not a new problem. Many famous people in history had insomnia. Some of these
people had special ideas to make them sleep. Benjamin Franklin, the famous statesman and
inventor, had four beds. He moved from one to the other to fall asleep. King Louis XIV of
France had 413 beds and hoped to fall asleep in one of them. Mark Twain, the famous
American writer, had a different way. He lay on his side across the end of the bed!
Question 31. What is the main idea of the passage?
A. How to stay healthy and keep fit.
B. Sleep more to make you healthier.
C. General knowledge about sleep.
D. Different people need different hours of sleep every day.
Question 32. How many hours of sleep do people at the age of 10 need?
A. 16 hours B. 10 to 12 hours C. 9 to 10 hours D. 7 to 8 hours
Question 33. The phrase "goes down" is in OPPOSITE meaning to _
A. increases B. decreases C. changes D. improves
Question 34. The phrase "wake up" is in CLOSEST meaning to _
A. fall asleep B. stop dreaming C. stop sleeping D. try to sleep
Question 35. According to paragraph 2, which problem do Americans have?
A. insomnia B. sleep too much
C. have a night mare D. stay asleep
Question 36. Which of the following are true, EXCEPT _
A. Many famous people in history had insomnia.
B. We don't sleep much as we get older.
C. Mark Twain moved from one to the other to fall asleep.
D. We spend about 121 days a year to sleep.
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each question,
mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct option that
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.

Plants and animals are an essential part of Earth's ecology. When we speak about a specific
habitat and time, we refer to them as flora and fauna. (37) . They are fascinating to
study due to their beauty and significance to human life.
First, the flora and fauna on Earth create an ecological balance, making life possible (J for
humans. Flora releases oxygen for humans. The carbon dioxide we breathe out is vital to
plants. Humans also rely on plants and animals for food, medicine, and water.
Second, plants and animals combine to create a food chain. In the food chain, (38) _
They feed on plants and, in turn, are the prey of other animals. Their droppings become
fertilisers for plants.
(39) . People love and appreciate the natural beauty, the relaxed feeling in green
spaces and water areas.
However, plants and animals are facing habitat loss, pollution, and climate change. To
protect them, we should raise people's awareness of their significance, (40) , and
build nature reserves for our wildlife.
A. Flora refers to plants and fauna refers to animals
B. stop hunting, plant more trees
C. the animals play an important part
D. Finally, plants and animals add a lot of beauty to our Earth

Question 37. Question 38.

----- -----
Question 39. Question 40.
----- -----
 50 E>E THU• 'C CHIEN LUYE• N THI vAo 10 - HA NO• i

E>E s6 10
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose
underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. lonely B. sky C. empty D. lovely
Question 2. A. whale B. what C. white D. who
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs
from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following
questions.
Question 3. A. stupid B. weather C. neighbour D. decide
Question 4. A. colourful B. beautiful C. direction D. countryside
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to
each of the following questions.
Question 5. Karen has a job now, so she no longer depends her parents for
financial support.
A. in B. up C.on D. of
Question 6. Alex still doesn't know how his budget when living alone in Hue city.
A. managed B. manage C. managing D. to manage
Question 7. Would you mind here, Henry?
A. not smoking B. not to smoke C. not smoke D. to not smoke
Question 8. The Internet has helped students study more _
A. effect B. effective C. effectively D. effectiveness
Question 9. People use the Internet for purposes: education, communication,
entertainment and commerce.
A. many B.a C. much D. a lots of
Question 10. They are the children won the match last week.
A. which B. when C. who D. whom
Question 11. It's time to say goodbye, but I'm meeting you all again soon.
A. looking forward to B. getting on with
C. keep up with D. put up with
Question 12. Joe: "What a beautiful picture you have painted." - Mary:" "
A. I don't like painting B. Thanks. It's nice of you to say so
C. Yes. It's ugly D. Yes. It's very expensive
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer
 50 E>E THU• 'C CHIEN LUYE• N THI vAo 10 - HA NO• i

sheet to indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 13
to 16.
ANNOUNCEMENT OF SCHOOL SPORTS DAY
The School Athletics Department is pleased to announce:
♦ All athletes (13) to report at the school field by 8:00 AM (14) June 10.
♦ Each team must prepare and submit their entry list for each event. Each athlete is allowed
(15) in a maximum of three events.
♦ The school will distribute trophies and medals for the winners in each category.
♦ (16) you have any inquiries regarding the event schedule or rules, please contact
the Athletics Department.
Question 13. A. expect B. expecting C. are D. have expected
expected
Question 14. A. on B. in D. for
C. at
Question 15. A. to participate
B. participate
C. participating
D. participated
Question 16. A. Unless B. Whenever D.As
C. If
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the blank to make
a logical text.
Nowadays delivery people are commonly seen in our city. Of all the delivery people who
deliver us parcels, our family likes Mr Nam the most. _
a. Mr Nam is about 40 years old and he is a kind, friendly, and responsible person.
b. If I am not at home, he usually leaves the parcel with our neighbour and then I transfer
money to him by online banking.
c. Before he brings a parcel to our house, he always calls to check if we are at home.
A. b-a-c B. c-b-a C. a-c-b D. b-c-a
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17) most
appropriately.
A. Then he always smiles with my father.
B. Furthermore, he wants to open his own company in the future.
C. My father sometimes talks to him and he happily shares about his life and work.
D. I really admire him because of his great achievements to society.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
One of (19) important discoveries of the nineteenth century was a method of using
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

natural gas for cooking and heating. Large amounts of natural gas are found in the United
States, usually several thousand feet below the surface of (20) Earth.
For many years after natural gas first discovered, it was thought to have no value. Finally,
therefore, people began (21) its uses and to find ways of storing it and of moving it
from place to place.
Today natural gas is stored in large tanks and used for lighting, cooking, and heating. In (22)
ways, natural gas is one of our finest (23) . It is cheap and can be used for
cooking without making the room hot. It can be moved (24) from one place to
another through long pipelines, some of which are hundreds of miles in length.
Question 19. A. more B. the most C. as D. most

Question 20. A. the B.a C. an D.0

Question 21. A. to B. understand
understand
C. to understanding D. understood
Question 22. A. much B. any C. many D. a lot
Question 23. A. energies B. powers C. pollutants D. fuels
Question 24. A. easy B. easiness C. easier D. easily
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
closest in meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. They expect that the professor will arrive this morning.
A. It is expected that the professor will arrive this morning.
B. It expected that the professor would arrive this morning.
C. It is expect that the professor will arrive this morning.
D. It is expected that the professor would arrive this morning.
Question 26. My friend told me, "Would you like to have a picnic this weekend?"
A. My friend invited me to have a picnic that weekend.
B. My friend suggested having a picnic that weekend.
C. My friend advised me having a picnic that weekend.
D. My friend reminded me to have a picnic that weekend.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
made from the given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. Everyone/ be/ delight/ that/ they/ passed/ examination/.
A. Everyone were delighted that they passed the examination.
B. Everyone was delighted that they passed the examination.
C. Everyone are delighting that they passed the examination.
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

D. Everyone is delighting that they passed the examination.

Question 28. If/ I/ be/ you,/ I/ read I English papers/ improve/ reading skill.
A. If I were you, I should improve my reading skill.
B. If you were me, you should read English papers to improve your reading skill.
C. If I am you, I will read English papers to improve my reading skill.
D. If I were you, I would read English papers to improve my reading skill.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?

NO®
PARKING
A. You can park your car in any place here without rules.
B. Do not park your car here; it is not allowed.
C. Only customers can park in this area.
D. You can park your car in any spot you like.
Question 30. What does the notice say?

End-of-term school party!

Classroom 11A All students welcome
Friday 17th Bring food!
Mrs. Harrison

A. To attend this party, you need to be a student from Classroom 3B.

B. Mrs. Harrison will bring something to the party for students to eat.
C. Everyone at the school is invited to the party on the 17th.
D. The party will take place after Friday 17th.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
English is one of the most popular languages in the world. It comes second in the number of
speakers after Chinese. In Vietnam, more and more people are studying English and they
consider it a key to success. However, not everyone knows how to learn English effectively.
The best way to improve the four skills: speaking, listening, reading, and writing is to
practice regularly. You should make use of every opportunity to speak English with friends in
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

class or at English-speaking clubs or ourselves in front of the mirror. Learning by heart all the
words does not help much if you do not read a lot because you will easily forget what you
have learned. Reading books, listening to the radio, and watching films are better ways to
memorize words. Besides English learners should not be so shy because making mistakes
is unavoidable in learning foreign languages. Practicing speaking a lot is a good way to
correct your mistakes.
Question 31. How many skills are mentioned in paragraph 2?
A.2 B.3 C.4 D. 5
Question 32. The word "improve" in paragraph 2 is OPPOSITE in meaning to _
A. enhance B. better C. boost D. worsen
Question 33. A good way to correct your mistakes is _
A. avoiding speaking English B. stopping learning English
C. practicing speaking English a lot D. forgetting learning English
Question 34. According to the passage, which of the following statements is TRUE?
A. You should never speak English with yourselves.
B. English learners should be shy if they make mistakes.
C. Making mistakes is important in learning foreign languages
D. Many Vietnamese people consider English a key to success.
Question 35. The word "memorize" in paragraph 2 is CLOSEST in meaning to _
A. remember B. forget C. communicate D. remind
Question 36. The passage is mainly about.
A. people who study English in Viet Nam
B. how to learn English effectively
C. how to read books, listen to the radio and watch films
D. how to learn English ineffectively
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each question,
mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
When you turn 15, you should start thinking seriously about your career. However, making
career choices can be challenging, especially in this changing world.
Assembly workers and ticket sellers, (37) , are being replaced by machines.
However, technology has also created new jobs, such as software engineers and online
teachers. Besides, beauty jobs like nail artists and hairdressers are becoming popular (38)
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

Computer skills have become a must for many jobs. (39) . People also collaborate
with each other so often that teamwork and communication skills are now increasingly
important.
Many teenagers are willing to take vocational courses instead of going to university. Training
can be both face-to-face and online. Opportunities to learn new skills are open to everyone
provided that they have inquiring minds.
(40) . It's a good idea for you to work well in teams, keep on learning and have good
computer skills. By doing so, you can move confidently on your career path.
A. whose jobs are repetitive
B. For example, doctors need to keep digital medical records of their patients
C. In the future, there may be even more changes in the world of work
D. because people want to take better care of themselves
Question 37. Question 38. _

Question 39. Question 40.

----- -----
 50 E>E THU• 'C CHIEN LUYE• N THI vAo 10 - HA NO• i

Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose
underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. head B. bean C. meal D. team
Question 2. A. sociable B. ocean C. receive D. special
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs
from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following
questions.
Question 3. A. inform B. arrange C. computer D. native
Question 4. A. destruction B. enjoyment C. mechanic D. interview
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to
each of the following questions.
Question 5. behaving badly, he was punished by his parents.
A. Although B. Despite C. Because of D. Because
Question 6. This watch costs too much, ?
A. doesn't it B. isn't it C. does it D. is it
Question 7. There used to be a huge stadium is now a modem leisure centre.
A. there B. what C. which D. where
Question 8. I'm hungry, but there isn't food left in the fridge.
A. a lot B. a C. some D. any
Question 9. If Emily sick today, she would be able to go to school.
A. isn't B. weren't C. wasn't D. didn't
Question 10. This time tomorrow I with my cousin in London on Viber.
A. will chat B. am C. chat D. will be chatting
chatting
Question 11. Please read the carefully before you use this machine.
A. instructions B. advices C. labels D. information
Question 12. Linda: "Would you like to come with US for lunch?" - Jolie: " "
A. Yes, so do I. B. Yes, I'd love to. C. Yes, it is. D. Yes, I do.
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 13
to 16.
ANNOUNCEMENT OF THE MID-TERM TESTS
The school administrators would like (13) _
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

► All students (14) present by 7:30, from Dec 26 up to Dec 29.

► (15) cheating during your tests.
► Bringing along mobile devices means (16) your tests.
Question 13. A. to B. announce C. to announcing D. announced
announce Question 14. A. B. required C. have to be D. receive
must Question 15. A. B. Not C. No D. Hardly
Without Question 16. A. B. to stop C. stop D. to stopping
stopping
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the blank to make
a logical text.
I live in a coastal town. It used to be a beautiful and liveable place. _
a. Besides, the beaches are polluted and pickpockets happen frequently.
b. I think the local government should invest in better public amenities such as parks and
sports facilities.
c. Now, it's a concrete jungle with big and ugly buildings.
A. b-c-a B. c-b-a C. a-c-b D. c-a-b
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17) most
appropriately.
A. People are with a safe and clean atmosphere.
B. The city will look more modem and attract more tourists.
C. They should also clean up the beach and increase the security in the town.
D. I also try to protect the environment in my town.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
Alexander McQueen
Alexander McQueen is one of the world's most famous clothes designers. He started (19)
in an expensive clothes shop in London where he made clothes for people like
Prince Charles and the Russian leader Mikhail Gorbachev. (20) the 1990s, he
decided to work on his own and he opened his own fashion business.
(21) rich and famous people became his customers and the clothes (22) he made
for them were often unusual. Magazines and newspapers liked to write articles about his
clothes and about him. (23) , he wasn't always pleasant to journalists so they didn't
always write nice things about him. But McQueen never cared what anyone said about him.
Unfortunately, he (24) in 2010 when he was only 41 years old.
 50 E>E THU• 'C CHIEN LUYE• N THI vAo 10 - HA NO• i

Question 19. A. to working B. work C. worked D. working

Question 20. A. In B.On C. At D. For
Question 21. A. Much B. Many C. A lot D.A
Question 22. A. whose B. who C. which D. whom
Question 23. A. However B. Therefore C. Furthermore D. In fact
Question 24. A. dies B. died C. die D. dying
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
closest in meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. You are not allowed to leave the room without permission.
A. You mustn't leave the room without permission.
B. You might leave the room without permission.
C. You needn't leave the room without permission.
D. You don't have to leave the room without permission.
Question 26. Science and technology have completely changed human life.
A. Human life has been completely changed by science and technology.
B. Human life have been changed completely by science and technology.
C. Human life have been completely changed by science and technology.
D. Human life has changed by science and technology completely.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
made from the given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. It/ first/ time/ he/ stay/ up/ late I study/ exam.
A. It is first time he stayed up late to study for the exam.
B. It is the first time for him to stay up late to study for the exam.
C. It is the first time he stays up late to study for the exam.
D. It is the first time he has stayed up late to study for the exam.
Question 28. Respect/ our ancestors / one/ traditions/ our people
A. To respect our ancestors is one of the traditions on our people.
B. Respect our ancestors is one tradition of our people.
C. Respecting our ancestors was one of the traditions of our people.
D. Respecting our ancestors is one of the traditions of our people.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

ELEVATOR
,QUTOF ORDER
t-li- .... -··....

A. The elevator is working well and you can use it.

B. The elevator is not working and you cannot use it.
C. The elevator is being repaired and will work again soon.
D. The elevator is for special use only and not for everyone.
Question 30. What does the notice say?
,
Don't keep this soup in the fridge for more than two days after
opening it.

A. If you open this soup, only keep it in the fridge for two days.
B. You must open and eat this soup in the next two days.
C. Put this soup in the fridge as soon as you open it.
D. If you open this soup, you shouldn't keep it in the fridge.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
You can do a few things to make homework less stressful. First, be sure you understand
what you have to do in your assignment. Write it down in your notebook if you need to and
don't be afraid to ask questions about what is expected.
Second, use any extra time you have at school to work on your homework. Many schools
have libraries that are specifically designed for students to study or to get their homework
done.
Third, pace yourself. You need to plan your time. If it is a heavy homework day, you ) will
need to devote more time to your homework.
Whenever you need your help, the first person you should ask for help is your teacher.
Sometimes, it is good to have someone explain something that you are not completely sure
of. In addition, you might also be able to get some help from another student. If there is a
friend who is a good student, think about asking that person to study with you.
Question 31. The word "stressful" in the first paragraph is OPPOSITE in meaning to

A. annoying B. relaxing C. tiring D. wasteful

 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

Question 32. In order to make homework less stressful, the first thing to do is _
A. to remember the deadline
B. to understand what you have to do in your assignment
C. to go to school library as soon as possible
D. to know what you can do it for you
Question 33. If you have any extra time at school, you should _
A. spend time with your friends
B. use it to make your day planner
C. use it to understand the assignment
D. study or get your homework done
Question 34. The word "devote" in the third paragraph is CLOSEST in meaning to

A. reduce B.spend C. develop D. waste

Question 35. When a student needs some help, the first person to ask for help is _
A. the best student at school B. his teacher
C. a member in his family D. his friend
Question 36. What is the main idea of the passage?
A. Students can follow some advice to avoid worrying about homework.
B. Students should ask their teachers for help when they need it.
C. Students might get some help from their friends.
D. Students can do their homework in school libraries.
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each question,
mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
Sardinia is the second largest island in Italy. (37) . One of the crafts that make the
island well-known is basket weaving. This is considered one of the most remarkable
handicrafts on the island because it (38) _
Baskets are usually woven by Sardinian women. They have handed down the techniques
from generation to generation. The shapes and dimensions of the baskets are different
according to the technique, the area of production, and the kind of material used. (39)

In the past, people hung the baskets on the walls of their houses or displayed them on
shelves like artwork. Today the baskets are used (40) . People really appreciate the
craft because nowadays it is increasingly rare to find good quality baskets like these.
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

Sardinian people believe that basket weaving is a dying skill and they hope to preserve it in
the future.
A. They use various natural materials such as willow, palm, straw, and hay
B. It is famous for its beautiful nature and a variety of ancient crafts
C. combines manual skills and natural resources
D. in homes or for decorative purposes

Question 37. Question 38.

---- ----
Question 39. Question 40.
---- ----
 50 E>E THU• 'C CHIEN LUYE• N THI vAo 10 - HA NO• i

E>E s6 12
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose
underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. pressure B. sentence C. membership D. repeat
Question 2. A. chapter B. chemical C.exchange D. church
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs
from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following
questions.
Question 3. A. attend B. option C. D. become
produce
Question 4. A. cinema B. D. popular
position C. family
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to
each of the following questions.
Question 5. She left her keys in the room before leaving home, ?
A. hasn't she B. wasn't she C. isn't she D. didn't she
Question 6. She studied hard, she passed the exam.
A. so B. if C. because D. as
Question 7. It has been 10 years since we last the film.
A. see B. saw C. have seen D. had seen
Question 8. I tennis a lot, but I don't play very often now.
A. get used to playing B. am used to play
C. used to play D. used to playing
Question 9. It's very hot today. I wish I on the beach now.
A. am B. will be C. were D. was
Question 10. If you don't use the computer, please _
A. turn it on B. turn it off C. put it on D. take it off
Question 11. In the morning, Sandra usually eats a loaf of bread and drinks a _
coffee.
A. bottle B.cup C. head D. bunch
Question 12. Eden and Edward are chatting after work. Eden suggests eating out.
Eden: "Shall we eat out tonight?" - Edward: " "
A. That's a great idea B. It is very kind of you
C. You are very welcome D. That's all right
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer
 50 E>E THU• 'C CHIEN LUYE• N THI vAo 10 - HA NO• i

sheet to indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 13
to 16.
TRANG AN SCENIC LANDSCAPE COMPLEX
Quick facts
• Recognised as (13) first mixed World Heritage Site in 2014
• Famous for its beautiful (14) and long cultural history
• Consists (15) three protected areas
Natural beauty and biodiversity
• Beautiful limestone mountains, valleys, and rivers
• More than 600 types of plants and 200 types of animals
Cultural heritage
• Caves showing how early humans lived over a period of 30,000 years
• Hundreds of temples and (16) pagodas
Current condition
• The landscape is not changed or damaged by human activities.
• Most of the site is still kept in its natural state, e.g. the original style of architecture.
Question 13. A. the B. a C. an D. no article
Question 14. A. view B. scene C. sight D. landscape
Question 15. A. in B. of C. for D. by
Question 16. A. historian B. historic C. history D. historically
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the blank to make
a logical text.
I have been on an unforgettable summer course in America. _
a. The most special experience was my visit to the top of Rockefeller Centre because I could
view the whole city below.
b. In the evening, we played board games and billiards.
c. We had an enjoyable campus tour, attended English classes, and joined team activities.
A. b-a-c B. c-a-b C. c-b-a D. a-b-c
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17) most
appropriately.
A. That was the first time I travelled without my parents, so I felt like I grew up a lot after the
trip.
B. I think the bad weather will make me disappointed.
C. I have never prepared for this kind of trip before.
 50 E>E THU• 'C CHIEN LUYE• N THI vAo 10 - HA NO• i

D. Maybe, I will take part in this course in the future.

Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
Lunar New Year, more commonly known by its shortened name Tet, (19) is the most
important and (20) holiday and festival in Viet Nam. Tet takes place from (21)
first day of the first month of the Lunar calendar (around late January or early
February) until at least the third day. Many Vietnamese (22) for Tet by cooking
special foods and cleaning the house. There are lots of customs practised during Tet, like
visiting a person's house on the first day of the New Year, wishing New Year's greetings (23)
giving lucky money to children and elderly people. During Tet, Vietnamese visit their
relatives and temples (24) forget the trouble of the past year and hope for a better
.
upcoming year.
Question 19. A. who B. which C. that D. whom
Question 20. A. popular B. dangerous C. difficult D. boring
Question 21. A. a B. an C. the D. x
Question 22. A. prepare B. preparation C. preparative D. preparing
Question 23. A. or B. so C. but D. and
Question 24. A. in order to B. so that C. because of D. due to
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
closest in meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. "We will move to this flat next week," said the girl.
A. The girl said that they will move to that flat the following week.
B. The girl said that they would move to that flat the following week.
C. The girl said that they would move to this flat next week.
D. The girl said that we would move to that flat the following week.
Question 26. This is the first time I have gone out for a picnic.
A. I have ever gone out for a picnic.
B. I have never gone out for a picnic before.
C. I had never gone out for a picnic before.
D. I never go out for a picnic.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
made from the given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. John/ is/ old/ understand/ the problem.
 50 E>E THU 'C CHIEN LUYE N THI vAo 10 - HA
• •
NO i
•

A. John isn't old enough understand the problem.

B. John isn't old enough to understand the problem.
C. John is so old to understand the problem.
D. John isn't too old understand the problem.
Question 28. They/ decide / learn English / go / study/ Australia
A. They decided learning English before going to study in Australia.
B. They decided and learned English before going to study in Australia.
C. They decided to learn English before go to study in Australia.
D. They decided to learn English before going to study in Australia.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?

SECURITY
CAMERA
IN USE

A. Security cameras are not being used in this area.

B. Security cameras are watching and recording in this area.
C. There are no security cameras around this building.
D. Security cameras are only active during the night.
Question 30. What does the notice say?

"The cafe will have live music on Friday nights starting at 7 PM.
Enjoy music while you dine."

A. Live music will be played on Saturday nights.

B. The cafe will have live music on Friday nights starting at 7 PM.
C. Music will be played only in the morning.
D. The cafe will not have live music this month.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
Every one of us produces garbage of one kind or another. Some of the garbage is \ thrown
into the sea. Some is burnt or buried under the ground. Every year we need to find about
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

800,000 cubic metres of empty land just to bury the garbage.

This is the same as filling one football stadium with garbage up to 20 metres high. This
garbage damages the environment. Although a lot of garbage is buried in the ground, some
of it gets blown about in the wind. Also, when garbage is burnt, poisonous gases are given
off into the air. The garbage thrown into the sea will pollute the water.
What can we do about these problems? One very easy answer is to produce less garbage.
We can recycle things made from glass and paper as well as tin cans. People can refuse to
take the plastic bags from the shops and supermarkets by bringing with them ; their own
bags or baskets when they go shopping.
The government should tell people about the dangers of garbage pollution. Education is
perhaps the most important factor for keeping our environment healthy for s the future.
Question 31. According to paragraph 2, poisonous gases are given off when we _
A. throw the garbage into the sea B. recycle the garbage
C. bum the garbage D. blow the garbage about
Question 32. According to paragraph 3, when we go shopping, we should _
A. use our own baskets or bags B. tell other people about recycling
C. buy less food D. ask for more plastic bags
Question 33. All of these can be recycled EXCEPT _
A. glass B. paper C. tin cans D. poisonous gases
Question 34. Which is probably the most important way to protect the environment?
A. recycle more garbage B. educate people
C. throw more garbage into the ocean D. stay away from shops
Question 35. The word "poisonous" in paragraph 2 is CLOSEST in meaning to _
A. toxic B. clean C. healthy D. pleasant
Question 36. The word "dangers" in paragraph 2 is OPPOSITE in meaning to _
A. risks B. threats C. disadvantages D. benefits
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each question,
mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
The local newspaper carried out a survey with city dwellers about (37) . Most
participants in the survey talked about the city's traffic. First, they wanted stricter traffic laws
to stop drivers from ignoring traffic lights and breaking speed limits. (38) . In addition,
they hoped their city would improve its public transport system. (39) . There should
be bus lines that reach almost all areas in the city, so it would be easy for people to get
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

around. They said that good public transport could also save the city money. The local
authority wouldn't need to construct new parking lots and widen roads to cater for the
increasing number of private cars. Finally, the survey participants suggested the local
authority build traffic apps. The apps could recommend to drivers (40) . The sooner
the government started implementing these, the more convenient it would be to travel
around the city.
A. how to make the city a more liveable place
B. For example, buses should be clean and have air conditioners
C. This would help reduce road accidents
D. the best routes to avoid traffic congestion
Question 37. Question 38. _
Question 39. Question 40. _
 50 E>E THU• 'C CHIEN LUYE• N THI vAo 10 - HA NO• i

E>E s6 13
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose
underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. tldy B. sight C. mineral D. describe
Question 2. A. therefore B. throw C. thick D. thought
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs
from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following
questions.
Question 3. A. baby B. novel C. picture D. remind
Question 4. A. entertain B. pollution C. computer D. collection
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to
each of the following questions.
Question 5. It's very noisy in the new neighbourhood; , we enjoy living there.
A. therefore B. but C. so D. however
Question 6. Sarah is the student in this class.
---
A. very intelligent B. most intelligent
C. more intelligent D. less intelligent
Question 7. He will sell traditional handicraft at the market next week, ?
A. will he B. didn't he C. doesn't he D. won't he
Question 8. Sun, which is one of millions of stars in the universe, provides us with
heat and light.
A. The B.A C.An D.x
Question 9. The man came to my house yesterday starred in a very famous film.
A. what B. whose C. who D. which
Question 10. Ha Long city is famous its beautiful beaches.
A. in B. of C. for D. with
Question 11. Living are much lower here than in big cities like Hanoi or Ho Chi Minh
City.
A. salary B. expenses C. prices D. payment
Question 12. Hoa: "Shall I help you with a suitcase?" - Mai:" "
A. Not a chance B. What a pity.
C. I can't agree more. D. That's very kind of you.
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

sheet to indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 13
to 16.
Want to be (13) tour guide?
• Are you over 18 and (14) in travelling and (15) different cultures?
• Apply to SGV Vocational School. We provide tour guide training courses all year round.
• No qualifications needed
• Low (16)
• Apprenticeships provided
Question 13. A. an B.a C. the D. another
Question 14. A. interesting B. interested C. interest D.
interestingly
Question 15. A. surveying B. seeking C.
discovering D.
exploring
Question 16. A. price B. expense C. cost D. rate
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the blank to make
a logical text.
I was one of the few children in my village who was still at school at the age of 15. Every
day, I got up early and walked to school. _
a. Learning then depended mostly on our teachers and textbooks.
b. I learned simply by taking notes during class, memorising them, and doing the homework.
c. We had no library or lab and the nearest bookshop was six kilometres away.
A. b-c-a B. c-a-b C. c-b-a D. a-c-b
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17) most
appropriately.
A. I felt so bored that I wanted to live in the city.
B. Life then was simple.
C. I promise, I will try to study hard to have a better future.
D. Life here was so complex.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
Health and fitness are some of the most important aspects of life. Without these, life will be
very unhappy and dreadful.
There are many ways to (19) your health and fitness. Certain activities should be
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

followed daily like regular physical exercise. It can be (20) simple activity as climbing
stairs instead of taking a lift or elevator, (21) more than taking a car to go to different
places. It is important to eat proper and clean food at the right time. The food should also be
rich in nutrition (22) high in fibre, low in fat, high protein content and have (23)
vitamins. Proper sleeping pattern is also important to keep healthy. Try to go to bed
at the same time each night and sleep at least 7 hours per day.
For any of these activities, it is important to be self-motivated. The fitness activities should be
a part of your daily (24) , and this will benefit you by improving your lifestyle. It is
important to maintain the health and fitness of not just our physical self but our mental self as
well, to have a happy and fulfilled life.
Question 19. A. B. make C. keep D. stay
maintain Question 20. B.a C.an D. a lot of
A. some Question 21. B. walking C. to walk D. walked
A. walk Question 22. A. B. although C. because D. such as
and Question 23. A. B. less C. much D. fewer
more Question 24. A. B. routine C. condition D. meal
action
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
closest in meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. "Please give me some advice tomorrow, Tom," said Jane.
A. Jane told Tom to give her some advice tomorrow.
B. Jane asked Tom to give her some advice the following day.
C. Jane asked Tom give her some advice the following day.
D. Tom told Tom to give me some advice tomorrow.
Question 26. Water these plants or they will die.
A. If you did not water these plants, they will die.
B. If you water these plants, they will die.
C. If you don't water these plants, they will die.
D. If you are watering these plants, they will die.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
made from the given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. weather I cold/ they/ go finishing.
A. The weather was too cold that they couldn't go fishing.
B. The weather was too cold for them to go fishing.
C. The weather was such cold that they couldn't go fishing.
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

D. The weather was so cold that they could go fishing.

Question 28. Past/ children / not have / many/ form / entertainment
A. From the past, children not have many forms of entertainment.
B. In the past, children didn't have many forms of entertainment.
C. In the past, children don't have many forms of entertainment.
D. For the past, children didn't have many forms of entertainment.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?

htrtter:stook..oom • 431987038

A. You are allowed to take photos in this area.

B. Photography is not allowed in this area at any time.
C. You can take photos if you have permission.
D. Taking photos is encouraged and permitted here.
Question 30. What does the notice say?
r
"The local swimming pool is having a water safety course
for children on Saturday morning. Sign up now!"
,,

A. The water safety course for children will be held on Saturday morning.
B. Sign up now for the children's course.
C. The course is held in the afternoon for teenagers.
D. Registration begins next month for the children's course.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
The lifestyle of people living in urban areas of big cities like Ho Chi Minh City and Hanoi is
different from that of people living in rural areas of villages etc. Life in the city is often modern
and complicated. City life is busy and most adults are working. The lifestyle is competitive
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

and the daily routine consists of work till the evenings and then spending time with family or
friends at night. Most of the inhabitants in the city work at many different positions like
secretaries, doctors, teachers, government workers, factory i workers and street vendors etc.
The cost of living in the urban areas is more than that in Ji the countryside. Because of this
reason, people tend to work hard to make ends meet.
80% of the Vietnamese population lives in rural areas and villages which are scattered
throughout the lowland's areas and along the coastal line. In these areas, the way people
live on a daily basis is in strong contrast to life in urban areas and larger cities. People work
in groups and take up jobs as farmers and fishermen. Everybody is helpful to one another
and is involved in a variety of activities such as raising livestock, making handicrafts and
farming etc. Along the coastal line, fishermen are very dependent upon the sea as it is their
only means of livelihood. These fishermen are thus very hardworking and worship their work.
Those people residing in the central highlands or northern mountains live by growing a
number of things like rice, coffee, rubber trees and tea etc.
Question 31. The text is mainly about _
A. lifestyle in the countryside
B. lifestyle in the city
C. lifestyle in the city and in the countryside
D. lifestyle of young people
Question 32. People in the city tend to work hard to make ends meet because of _
A. the variety of jobs B. many modern-day amenities
C. busy daily routine D. the higher cost of living
Question 33. According to the text, Vietnamese people mostly live in _
A. urban areas B. rural areas and villages
C. both urban and rural areas D. suburban area
Question 34. According to the text, the following things are the jobs of people in the
countryside EXCEPT _
A. raising livestock and farming B. street vendors
C. making handicrafts D. growing rice, coffee, rubber trees and tea
Question 35. The word "make ends meet" in the first paragraph is CLOSEST in meaning
to
--
A. earn money B. succeed in life C. save money D. make a decision
Question 36. The word "dependent" in the second paragraph is OPPOSITE in meaning to
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

A. generous B. self-reliant C. reliable D. responsible

Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each question,
mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
Twenty years ago, people tried to leave the suburbs for cities but nowadays many people
are reluctant to make such a move. They say that compared to suburban areas, (37)
_
The high cost of living is the first disadvantage. The bigger the city is, the higher the living
cost is. Accommodation and petrol are expensive. (38) . Apart from that, city people
seem to suffer from more noise and air pollution. The densely populated neighbourhoods,
busy traffic, and big construction sites make cities noisy and dusty. These are harmful to
people's health, such as increasing their stress levels, disturbing their sleep and making
them suffer from breathing problems.
(39) . House prices are high in the city, so people tend to live in smaller houses or in
apartment blocks. Many cities lack spaces for outdoor activities; therefore, teenagers often
hang out at shopping malls or in entertainment complexes (40) _
The cities' authorities are trying to overcome these problems. However, they still have a long
way to go before they can reduce living costs and pollution, and increase green space to
make all cities in the world more liveable places.
A. city life has many drawbacks
B. instead of doing sports outdoors
C. Lack of space is another drawback of city life
D. Food and drinks are also pricey

Question 37. Question 38.

----- -----
Question 39. Question 40.
----- -----
 50 E>E THU• 'C CHIEN LUYE• N THI vAo 10 - HA NO• i

E>E s6 14
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose
underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. proud B. about C. around D. would
Question 2. A. what B. whom C. where D. which
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs
from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following
questions.
Question 3. A. letter B. careful C. agree D. sister
Question 4. A. educate B. entertain C. volleyball D. chemistry
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to
each of the following questions.
Question 5. If we enough time, we'll study this exercise more carefully.
A. will have B. have C. had D. would have
Question 6. He shows me where tickets.
---
A. buy B. to buy C. buys D. buying
Question 7. It's a secret. You let anyone know about it.
A. may not B. needn't C. mightn't D. mustn't
Question 8. The artist, painting you have bought, is a friend of my father's.
A. whom B. whose C. from whose D. from whom
Question 9. The blue house is than the green one.
A. far the largest B. largest far C. large far D. far larger
Question 10. The trip to the National Gallery has been until next Friday.
A. put off B. looked into C. turned up D. found out
Question 11. Phong always gets up early every morning he's not late for his work.
A. so that B. even though C. because D. as soon as
Question 12. Daisy: "Would you like to drink some more tea?" - Linda: " "
A. You are totally right B. Yes, I like you
C. Yes, please D. No, I don't like.
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 13
to 16.
Dear Customers,
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

It is my pleasure (13) you that our new store 'Stationery City' is now open for
business in your area. We offer a wide range of office equipment and furniture. We would
like to offer you our special introductory discount of 40% off all purchases (14) 13th
November. We can also offer you a loyalty scheme which could (15) you thousands
on your office costs. Please see our website www.stationerycity.com for (16) details.
Thank you for your attention.
Question 13. A. informing B. inform C. to informing D. to inform
Question 14. A. before B. after C. on D. in
Question 15. A. earn B. profit C. waste D. save
Question 16. A. farther B. further C. supplementary D. complimentary
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the blank to make
a logical text.
Nowadays, electronic devices are becoming more and more popular in modern classrooms.

a. First, teachers can use electronic devices to teach interactive lessons, provide real-time
feedback to students, etc.
b. Some schools use digital textbooks and educational software instead of traditional print
materials.
c. Second, Students can use them to access online resources, cooperate with their )
classmates, and complete assignments online.
A. b-a-c B. c-b-a C. a-c-b D. b-c-a
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17) most
appropriately.
A. Then, we can use electronic devices in classrooms.
B. In conclusion, I think they are very useful and convenient in classrooms.
C. Moreover, students can have a lot of outdoor activities.
D. To me, I like using electronic devices when I have free time.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
When travelling, hostels are usually the cheapest places to stay. They (19) five to
thirty dollars a night. The 7,000 youth hostels around the world vary greatly: some are
beautiful and comfortable, but others are not! All of them, however, are usually ' clean and
safe. Hostels are always full (20) other people travelling cheaply, (21) they
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

are good places to meet people and exchange information. There are usually ten or more
beds in a room. Women and men sleep (22) . In hostels, each visitor must bring his
or her own sleeping bag and towel. (23) hostels also require you (24) the
hostel during the day.
Question 19. A. pay B. price C. cost D. take
Question 20. A. in B. with C. D.
by of
Question 21. A. so B. but C. because D. although
Question 22. A. separate B. separation C. separately D.
separating
Question 23. A. A lot B.Some C. Much D.A
Question 24. A. leave B. to leave C. D. to leaving
leaving
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
closest in meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. Although they are poor, they are very generous.
A. In spite of their poverty, they are very generous.
B. In spite of their poor, they are very generous.
C. In spite of they are poor, they are very generous.
D. In spite of their poverty but they are very generous.
Question 26. "Why don't we travel to Phu Quoc Island by ferry?" they said.
A. They asked why we didn't travel to Phu Quoc Island by ferry.
B. They suggested travelling to Phu Quoc Island by ferry.
C. They wished that we travelled to Phu Quoc Island by ferry.
D. They wanted to travel to Phu Quoc Island by ferry.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
made from the given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. He / not/ have / eyes / tested I a year.
A. He last had his eyes tested for a year.
B. He didn't have any tests on his eyes since a year.
C. He hasn't had his eyes tested for a year.
D. The last time he has tested his eyes was a year ago.
Question 28. If/ you I speak/ English / we / offer/ you I job.
A. If you can speak English, we could offer you the job
B. If you could speak English, we would offer you the job.
C. If you could speak English, we will offer you the job.
 50 E>E THU• 'C CHIEN LUYE• N THI vAo 10 - HA NO• i

D. If you spoke English, we will offer you the job.

Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?

NO DOGS
ALLOWED

IN THE POOL

A. Dogs are always allowed to be in the pool area.

B. Dogs are sometimes allowed in the pool area.
C. Dogs can swim in the pool whenever they like.
D. Dogs cannot be in the pool area at any time.
Question 30. What does the notice say?

[ BOOKSHOP-CLOSED AFTERNOONS )

A. The bookshop is closed all day.

B. The bookshop is open in the morning.
C. The bookshop is open in the afternoon.
D. The bookshop is closed in the morning.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
Eating a balanced diet means choosing a wide variety of foods and drinks from all s the food
groups. It also means eating certain things in moderation, namely saturated fat, cholesterol,
refined sugar, and salt. The goal is to take in nutrients you need for health at the
recommended levels. You can get the most nutrients by choosing foods with a high-nutrient
density. Nutrient-dense foods provide substantial amounts of vitamins and minerals and
relatively few calories, such as fresh fruit and vegetables, lean meat and fish, and whole
grains and beans.
Low-nutrient dense foods have few vitamins but lots of calories, such as candy bars, soda,
donuts and onion rings. Vegetable sources of protein, such as nuts, beans, and whole grains
are great choices and offer vitamins, minerals and healthy fibres. The best protein choices
are poultry and fish. For those who love red meat, you should stick with the leanest cuts,
choose moderate portion sizes, and make it only an occasional part of your diet. Developing
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

healthy eating habits is not as confusing or as restrictive as you may imagine. The first
principle of a healthy diet is simply to eat a wide variety of foods. This is important because
different foods make different nutritional contributions. Fruits, vegetables, grains, and
legumes-foods high in complex carbohydrates, fibre, vitamins, and minerals, low in fat and
free of cholesterol-should make up the bulk of the calories you consume. The rest should
come from low-fat dairy products, lean meat and poultry, and fish.
Question 31. The following things are low-nutrient dense foods EXCEPT _
A. candy bars B. soft drinks
C. donuts and onion rings D. peanuts
Question 32. Which are the best protein choices?
A. nuts, beans, and whole grains B. poultry and fish
C. donuts and onion rings D. green vegetables
Question 33. Eating a wide variety of foods is important because _
A. they offer vitamins, minerals and healthy fibres
B. they make up the bulk of the calories
C. you can get the most nutrients by choosing them
D. different foods make different nutritional contributions
Question 34. The word "moderation" in the first paragraph is OPPOSITE in meaning to

A. balance B. excess C. avoidance D. limitation

Question 35. The word "consume" in the second paragraph is CLOSEST in meaning to

A. collect B. eat C. need D. consider

Question 36. The text is mainly about _
A. a healthy lifestyle B. a of variety of nutritious foods
C. healthy eating habits D. a balanced diet
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each question,
mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
We can manage our time effectively (37) . Firstly, it is important to set clear and
realistic goals and prioritise tasks accordingly. This means that you must identify what is the
most important and urgent and allocate time and resources accordingly. Next, creating a
schedule or to-do list can be helpful in staying on track and (38) within the time
allotted. Thirdly, it is important to learn to say no to distractions and time- wasting activities
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

such as checking social media. Instead, you should focus on the task at hand and work
efficiently to complete it. Additionally, (39) for self-care activities t can help increase
productivity and prevent burnout. Finally, it is essential to regularly review and adjust your
schedule to ensure that you are making progress towards your goals and accommodating
yourself to any working conditions in your life. By following these tips, you can make the
most of your time, be more productive, and (40) _
A. ensuring that all tasks are completed
B. by following some of these strategies
C. achieve success in all aspects of your life
D. taking regular breaks and scheduling time

Question 37. Question 38.

----- -----
Question 39. Question 40.
----- -----
 50 E>E THU• 'C CHIEN LUYE• N THI vAo 10 - HA NO• i

E>l:S015
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose
underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. begin B. secure C. temporary D. rewarding
Question 2. A. routine B. future C. tourist D. talent
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs
from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following
questions.
Question 3. A. prevent B. protect C. pollute D. cancel
Question 4. A. interview B. recognise C. motivate D. entertain
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to
each of the following questions.
Question 5. When we reached the airport, we found that all the flights due to the
storm.
A. was cancelled B. had been cancelled
C. cancelled D. had cancelled
Question 6. We four quizzes and five tests so far this semester.
A. have had B. are having C. had D. will have
Question 7. I really admire the professor I met at the conference.
A. whose B. where C. which D. whom
Question 8. He visited his grandmother yesterday, ?
A. didn't he B. hasn't he C. isn't he D. doesn't he
Question 9. We have English class Mondays and Tuesdays.
A. in B.on C. at D. from
Question 10. We heard the news as soon as we the car radio.
A. went over B. switched on C. grew up D. turned down
Question 11. Maria felt when she heard her brother shouting while she was studying.
A. sick B. confident C. relaxed D. annoyed
Question 12. Linda: "Would you mind opening the window?" - Jane: " "
A. I agree with you. B. Yes, you can. C. Not at all. D. Yes, I'd love to.
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 13
to 16.
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

Dear Mr Peterson,
I would like (13) a change in our delivery service policy to your attention. Until now, we
have always provided free delivery for (14) order. However, (15) increasing fuel
prices, we regret that this service will now only be available for orders of (16) £100. I
want to take this opportunity to thank you for your most valued custom.
Question 13. A. brought B. bring C. bringing D. to bring
Question 14. A. any B. an C. a lot of D. several
Question 15. A. thanks to B. for fear of C. due to D. despite
Question 16. A. above B. over C. under D. approximate
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the blank to make
a logical text.

I fell in love with Vancouver's natural habitats.

--
a. I like swimming in the Kitsilano pool, which is the longest outdoor swimming pool in
North America.
b. I can go hiking in the summer and snowboarding in the winter in the mountains.
c. Sometimes I pack my favourite foods and go to Kitsilano Beach to get a bit of sunshine.
A. b-a-c B. c-b-a C. b-c-a D. a-c-b
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17) most
appropriately.
A. I spent a lot of time exploring this place with my friends.
B. In addition, it is the most wonderful destination in the world.
C. Next, you should visit Vancouver one day in the future.
D. In short, Vancouver is worth visiting if you want to enjoy nature.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
When dining in a typical Korean restaurant with locals, get ready to share your food! s Doing
it in the Korean way means eating from the (19) bowl, since sharing and common
dining are a big part of their culture. Sitting around the big round table, with (20) small,
different dishes called "banchan" on top of it and usually one big grill in the middle of the
table to grill your own meat, is not a sign of a lazy chef but an opportunity (21) the
ritual.
Since the (22) is to eat straight from the bowl without having your own plate, seeing
other people's spoons dipped in the same pot shouldn't surprise you. So, feel free to stick
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

your chopsticks in that kimchi shouting: my germs!

Compared (23) the western customs of consuming the food, the biggest difference is
that you have your personal plate (24) you place the food, which is not shared with the
rest once it is on your plate. Also, the habit is to usually eat only one big, main dish, with
possibly one or two side dishes, while Koreans have a variety of small bites.
Question 19. A. similar B. different C. separate D. same
Question 20. A. much B. lots of C. a D. any
Question 21. A. enjoying B. to enjoy C. enjoy D. to enjoying
Question 22. A. B. traditionalist C. tradition D. traditional
traditionally Question 23. B. over C. at D. from
A. with Question 24. A. B. which C. that D. where
who
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
closest in meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. Life in the countryside isn't as stressful as life in the city.
A. Life in the city is less stressful than that in the countryside.
B. Life in the countryside is more stressful than that in the city.
C. Life in the city is more stressful than life in the countryside.
D. Life in the countryside is so as stressful as life in the city.
Question 26. You are not allowed to leave the room without permission.
A. You mustn't leave the room without permission.
B. You might leave the room without permission.
C. You have right to leave the room without permission.
D. You don't have to leave the room without permission.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
made from the given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. All flights/ Noi Bai/ International Airport/ cancel/ fog.
A. All flights from Noi Bai International Airport were cancelled because fog.
B. All flights from Noi Bai International Airport were cancelled because of fog.
C. All flights from Noi Bai International Airport were cancelled despite of fog.
D. All flights from Noi Bai International Airport were cancelled in spite of fog.
Question 28. It/ be/ such/ good movie/ that/ she/ watch/ twice/
A. It is such good movie that she has watched it twice.
B. It is such a good movie that she has watched it twice.
C. It is such good movie that she watched it twice.
 50 E>E THU• 'C CHIEN LUYE• N THI vAo 10 - HA NO• i

D. It is such a good movie that she had watched it twice.

Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?

NOTICE
"' PLEASE RETURN
'i/i/U!! vo ::: = NG
=
1h.rtt:c :o:ko>m• 22C8
• 28076?

A. Return your cart anywhere in the parking lot.

B. Return the cart to the designated cart area.
C. Keep the cart in your car until you get home.
D. Return the cart at the store entrance.
Question 30. What does the notice say?

Announcement:
Library Hours
Monday - Friday: 9 AM - 6
PM
Saturday: 10 AM - 4 PM
Closed on Sundays

rary Is open every ay o e wee .

B. The library closes at 6 PM on weekdays.
C. The library opens at 9 AM on Saturdays.
D. The library is open on Sundays.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
Twitter is a social network that allows users to send and receive short messages, called
tweets. Tweets can be up to 140 characters long. You can send tweets from your computer
or even from your mobile phone. While some social networking services like Facebook or
MySpace are more complicated, Twitter is fairly simple to use. To send or receive messages
you just have to create an account on Twitter. You can only send texts to Twitter, images are
not allowed. Your messages on Twitter can be private, meaning only your friends can read
them or you could make them public, meaning they can be seen by everyone. Recently,
Twitter has also been used in business. Companies use Twitter to inform people about new
products or just to post something that is on sale. Twitter has become very popular. Since its
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

birth in 2006, over one hundred million people around the world have been using it
regularly.
Question 31. This passage is mainly about
A. a new product B. a new company C. an account D. a social network
Question 32. According to the passage, Twitter is to use.
A. expensive B. complicated C. simple D. cheap
Question 33. The word "private" is CLOSEST in meaning to
A. individual B. public C. special D. social
Question 34. You can do three following activities on Twitter EXCEPT
A. send messages B. receive messages
C. send images D. introduce new products
Question 35. It can be inferred from the passage that Twitter has now
A. been only nation-wide popular B. been worldwide popular
C. not been popular D. been only used in business
Question 36. The word "regularly" is OPPOSITE in meaning to
A. frequently B. commonly C. rarely D. sometimes
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each question,
mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
Chi, a student at a specialised high school in Ha Noi, needs to have a well-balanced life
because she wants to excel in her studies, pursue her passions and hobbies, etc. (37)
Firstly, Chi starts each day by planning her schedule and setting priorities for the day, making
sure to allocate time for studying, extracurricular activities, and socialising. She also takes
breaks throughout the day to relax and recharge.
In addition, Chi dedicates time to her hobbies, (38) . She believes that pursuing her
passions brings her joy and a sense of fulfilment.
Chi also (39) and makes an effort to stay in touch even when she is busy with
schoolwork. She understands the importance of building and maintaining strong
relationships with them.
Finally, Chi gives priority to her physical and mental health. (40) . She also practises
mindfulness and meditation to manage stress and maintain a positive mindset.
By following these practices, we believe that Chi is on her way to achieving a fulfilling and
well-balanced life.
A. spends time with her family and friends regularly
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

B. Below are some of the things she often does to achieve a well-balanced life
C. such as reading, listening to music, and doing sports
D. She gets enough sleep, eats a balanced diet, and does exercise regularly

Question 37. Question 38.

---- ----
Question 39. Question 40.
---- ----
 50 E>E THU• 'C CHIEN LUYE• N THI vAo 10 - HA NO• i

E>E s6 16
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose
underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. adapt B. apply C. access D. aware
Question 2. A. sculp!ure B. lantern C. pottery D. treat
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs
from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following
questions.
Question 3. A. answer B. admire C. advise D. adjust
Question 4. A. develop B. understand C. imagine D. consider
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to
each of the following questions.
Question 5. He more confident since he joined the club.
A. is becoming B. becomes C. has become D. become
Question 6. The Great Walls of China thousands of years ago.
A. is built B. was built C. is building D. was building
Question 7. I look forward you on Tuesday after work.
A. see B. to seeing C. to see D. seeing
Question 8. Her mother, has been working for thirty years, is retiring next month.
A. whose B. whom C. that D. who
Question 9. Peter is the student in the class. He learns almost all subjects well.
A. more intelligent B. as intelligent C. most intelligent D. intelligently
Question 10. Nam is not very good English.
A. in B. at C. with D. to
Question 11. He was offered the job thanks to his performance during his job
interview.
A. impressive B. impression C. impress D. impressively
Question 12. Jen: "Shall we eat out tonight at Diamond Restaurant?" - Erwin:" "
A. That's a good idea. B. It's very kind of you.
C. You're welcome. D. That's alright.
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 13
to 16.
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

Writers wanted!
Wowee Magazine is looking (13) writers for (14) website. Pay is based on the
number of people (15) read your articles. You may also receive free tickets to events
and free products to test.
♦ This is (16) great opportunity to get valuable work experience.
♦ We want people who are: chatty, interesting, passionate, skilled
♦ Contact us at [email protected]
Question 13. A. for B. at C. down D. up
Question 14. A. our B. their C.my D. its
Question 15. A. B. whom C. which D. whose
who Question 16. B. the C. an D.a
A.0
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the blank to make
a logical text.
This is such a kid-friendly place.
a. The whole city is like an adventure playground.
b. At weekends, I take my daughters to the mind-blowing museum, explore a rainforest, or
play outdoor games with them.
c. There are hundreds of activities to entertain children.
A. b-a-c B. b-c-a C. c-a-b D. a-c-b
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17) most
appropriately.
A. Vancouver is a perfect place for family life.
B. Vancouver is a good place for people who want to explore the nature.
C. Vancouver is a perfect destination for foreign tourists.
D. Vancouver is such a wonderful place for education.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
UNESCO has given an award to a festival (19) South Korea. It decided (20)
South Korea's Lotus Lantern Festival to its list of intangible (21) heritage. The festival
is one of 25 things the UN added to its heritage list this year.
The South Korean festival (22) in spring to celebrate Buddha's birthday. It symbolises
lighting up the world to make things fair for everyone. The festival dates back 2,000 years.
There was an ancient temple in 57 BC that royals visited to see lotus lanterns. Today, it is
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

one of Korea's biggest festivals. People (23) temples with lanterns made of paper and
bamboo. Villages, towns and cities hold parades where people carry lanterns through the
streets. A spokesperson said: "We will try to make the festival a cultural (24) that can
be loved by people around the world."
Question 19. A. on B. at C. D. with
in
Question 20. A. adding B. add C. to add D.added
Question 21. A. cultural B. culture C. culturally D. cultures
Question 22. A. held B. is held C. holds D. is hold
Question 23. A. celebrate B. decorate C. honour D. hang
Question 24. A. value B. site C. wonder D. heritage
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
closest in meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. Tom said, "I want to visit my friends this weekend."
A. Tom said he wants to visit his friends this weekend.
B. Tom said he wanted to visit his friends this weekend.
C. Tom said he wants to visit his friends that weekend.
D. Tom said he wanted to visit his friends that weekend.
Question 26. Peter usually had lunch in the canteen, but he doesn't now.
A. Peter got used to having lunch in the canteen.
B. Peter usually has lunch in the canteen now.
C. Peter is used to have lunch in the canteen.
D. Peter used to have lunch in the canteen.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
made from the given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. She/ go back/ the village/ where/born/ grow up
A. She goes back to a village where she was born and grew up.
B. She goes back to the village where she was born and grown up.
C. She is going back to village where she was born and grew up.
D. She went back to the village where she was born and grew up.
Question 28. I wish / can/ go camping/ you/ tomorrow
A. I wish I can go camping with you tomorrow.
B. I wish I can go to the camp with you tomorrow.
C. I wish I could go camping with you tomorrow.
D. I wish I could going to camp with you tomorrow.
 50 E>E THU• 'C CHIEN LUYE• N THI vAo 10 - HA NO• i

Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?

SAFETY FlRST
AVOID
A CONTAMINATION
WASH YOUR
HANDS BEFORE
EATING, DRINKING
OR SMOKING

A. Wash your hands only if they look dirty before eating.

B. It is fine to eat without washing your hands first.
C. Wash your hands before you eat to keep everything clean and safe.
D. Wash your hands after eating, not before you start.
Question 30. What does the notice say?

DAN'S ICE CREAMS

Buy one, get one free!
(Special offer 12-2 p.m. only)

A. The ice cream shop is open for only 2 hours.

B. Two ice creams will cost the same as one.
C. You can get free ice creams all afternoon.
D. You can only buy 2 ice creams at a time.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
Earth Hour is an annual event which asks you to switch off all your lights for one hour. The
aim is to involve as many people as possible in positive change for our planet.
What is Earth Hour?
Earth Hour is organised by the World Wide Fund for Nature (WWF) and it's a big event
usually at the end of March every year. On this evening, people 'go dark' - that is, switch off
lights in their homes, schools and businesses all at the same time for one hour. Earth Hour
started in Australia in 2007, when 2.2 million people in Sydney turned off all unnecessary
lights for an hour. Since then, it has grown into an international event, and many countries
around the world have taken part. Famous buildings that have gone dark for Earth Hour
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

include the Sydney Opera House and Harbour Bridge, the Petronas Towers in Kuala
Lumpur, the Houses of Parliament and Buckingham Palace in London, the Eiffel Tower in
Paris, the Forbidden City in Beijing and New York's Empire State Building.
What's the idea behind Earth Hour?
The idea is to raise awareness of environmental issues and call for action to protect nature,
so that people enjoy healthy, happy and sustainable lives now and in the future.
It's true that switching off the lights for just one hour saves only a small amount of power. But
this is only the beginning. On one level, participating in Earth Hour makes people think about
the problem of climate change and what we can do in everyday life to protect nature.
What does '60+' mean?
The logo of Earth Hour is '60+'. The number 60 is for the 60 minutes of Earth Hour, and the
plus invites people to keep on taking action even after Earth Hour is finished. In fact, people
who join Earth Hour say that taking part makes them want to do more for the environment.
The climate activist Greta Thunberg says that 'Earth Hour is every hour of everyday.
Question 31. When is Earth Hour?
A. annual event B. at the end of March every year
C. in 2007 D. 60 minutes
Question 32. What do people do for Earth Hour?
A. Switch off non-essential lights.
B. Watch TV to participate in the campaign.
C. Raise awareness of environmental issues
D. Switch on the lights at famous buildings.
Question 33. The word "go dark" in the second paragraph is CLOSEST in meaning to

A. walking in the dark B. living in the dark

C. switch off lights D. turn on lights
Question 34. According to the passage, which of these have gone dark for Earth Hour
EXCEPT ?
A. The Petronas Towers
B. The Eiffel Tower
C. The World Wide Fund for Nature (WWF)
D. The Sydney Opera House
Question 35. According to paragraph 3, how does Earth Hour help the planet?
A. It makes people switch off lights in their homes, schools and businesses.
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

B. It helps people know more about climate change.

C. It encourages people to use more electricity.
D. It raises people's awareness of environmental issues
Question 36. What is the main idea of the text?
A. Ways to save electricity
B. An introduction of Earth Hour
C. How to protect the environment
D. Some interesting stories about Earth Hour
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each question,
mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
London, the capital city of England and the United Kingdom, is situated on the River
Thames, which meanders through the city. It is renowned for its numerous bridges. Among
the bridges, the oldest one is London Bridge, which was originally built of wood but
reconstructed in stone in 1217. However, (37) , which was designed to blend in with
the nearby Tower of London.
London is a thriving commercial and cultural centre with many significant financial
organisations such as the Bank of England and the London Stock Exchange. They are
located in the area called the City. Docklands, the former port in east London, has been
redeveloped as a business centre. (38) . Due to the high cost of housing near the city
centre, many people working in London prefer to live in the suburbs and commute to work by
train or bus. London's transportation system is well-connected, with various modes of
transportation available, including the red London buses, (39) , commonly known as
'the Tube'.
(40) . Although some people from other parts of Britain view it as very noisy and dirty,
many others visit London only for the 'bright lights' - the theatres around Shaftesbury Avenue
or the shops on Oxford Street. People also take their children to visit Buckingham Palace,
where the royal family lives, and the clock tower, from which Big Ben tolls the hour. Young
people, on the other hand, are lured to the pubs and comedy clubs of Covent Garden, live
music concerts, and the stalls of Camden Market.
A. The West End boasts theatres, cinemas, museums, and stores
B. London is now a cosmopolitan, multicultural city which has attracted people from around
the globe
C. the most unique bridge is Tower Bridge
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

D. black taxi cabs, and the London Underground

Question 37. Question 38.

---- ----
Question 39. Question 40.
---- ----
 50 E>E THU• 'C CHIEN LUYE• N THI vAo 10 - HA NO• i

E>E s6 17
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose
underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. mood B. flood C. spoon D. moon
Question 2. A. classmate B. pressure C. embarrass D. missing
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs
from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following
questions.
Question 3. A. decide B. enjoy C. rebel D. review
Question 4. A. B. loyalty C. resident D. confidence
apartment
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to
each of the following questions.
Question 5. " products did you sell?" - "Maybe 100. I don't remember."
A. How many B. How much C. When D. What
Question 6. Some students in my class prefer TV to playing sports.
A. watched B. to watch C. watch D. watching
Question 7. Jack working for the local newspaper 2 months ago.
A. stops B. stopped C. had stopped D. has stopped
Question 8. The teacher didn't seem to be happy about our tasks, ?
A. didn't they B. did they C. didn't he D. did he
Question 9. He tried hard, he couldn't win a gold medal at the Olympics.
A. nor B. because of C. but D. in spite of
Question 10. My favourite item of clothing is the blue T-shirt my mother bought for
me.
A. which B. who C.whom D. what
Question 11. My brother's hobby is old postcards.
A. composing B. including C. taking D. collecting
Question 12. Mr. Harry: "Your pronunciation is getting better now, John." - John:" "
A. Oh, you're right. B. Thank you. It's encouraging,
C. Never mind. D. Don't worry about it!
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 13
to 16.
 50 E>E THU 'C CHIEN LUYE N THI vAo 10 - HA
• •
NO i
•

CALLING ALL MODELS

Think you could be a model? If so, we'd like to meet you!
Working as (13) successful fashion model isn't easy but it is very exciting and could
be a great opportunity. Girls and boys should be over 16 with a minimum (14) of 172
cm and 182 cm respectively. If you are (15) 16 and do not yet have the required
height, we will still be interested in meeting you, (16) you must bring a parent.
Question 13. A. x B. the C. an D. a
Question 14. A. height B. tall C. peak D. weight
Question 15. A. below B. beneath C. under D. prior to
Question 16. A. so B.and C. nor D. but
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the blank to make
a logical text.
Keeping a journal or using a tracking app on your phone is a great way to get your goals.

a. Once these small goals become part of your routine, you can gradually add new goals.
b. For example, limiting eating out to twice a week or incorporating weightlifting into your
exercise routine.
c. By doing this, you can monitor your progress and ensure that you stay on track.
A. b-c-a B. c-b-a C. c-a-b D. a-c-b
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17) most
appropriately.
A. To me, a tracking app is very useful to my life.
B. With these goals, you will meet and make a lot of friends.
C. These small goals are easier to achieve and will eventually lead to meeting your main
goal.
D. However, it can cause many troubles for users.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
Air-travel is the most modern form of (19) transport and it (20) in the 20th century. Millions of
people use airplanes for a variety of reasons. It is also extremely expensive to (21) air-travel
facilities. Some travel for business, others go on holiday (22) air and others use cargo planes
to move their products from country to country very (23). Some courier companies now have
their own fleet of planes ready to carry parcels and post more efficiently. There are different
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

types of passenger services - some are cheap and provide a 'no-frills' service which is good
for short journeys. Other airlines provide passengers with a luxurious flying experience.
Airports are getting busier and it is evident that (24) passengers and businesses than ever
are using airplanes to get to their destinations.
Question 19. A. main B. private C. public D. personal
Question 20. A. was developed B. is developed
C. developed D. will developed
Question 21. A. take off B. bring up C. set up D. look for
Question 22. A. in B.on C. by D. at
Question 23. A. quick B. quickly C. quicker D. quickness
Question 24. A. more B. less C. fewer D. much
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
closest in meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. He started learning French six years ago.
A. It is six years since he has learnt French.
B. He has learned French for six years.
C. He hasn't learnt French for six years.
D. It was six years ago did he start learning French.
Question 26. "Why don't you meet to discuss how to organise the fair?"
A. He suggested to meeting to discuss how to organise the fair.
B. He suggested that we shouldn't meet to discuss how to organise the fair.
C. He suggested that we should meet to discuss how to organise the fair.
D. He suggested to meet to discuss how to organise the fair.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
made from the given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. When/ her parents/ come/ home, I she/ study/ her room.
A. When her parents came home, she studied in her room.
B. When her parents were coming home, she was studying in her room.
C. When her parents were coming home, she studied in her room.
D. When her parents came home, she was studying in her room.
Question 28. I / sometimes come / see my friend / borrow/book
A. I came sometimes to see my friend and borrow a book.
B. I sometimes will come to see my friend and borrow a book.
C. I sometimes come to see my friend and borrow a book.
 50 E>E THU• 'C CHIEN LUYE• N THI vAo 10 - HA NO• i

D. To see my friend sometimes I come to borrow a book.

Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?

A. The shallow water is only for children.

B. Do not dive here.
C. Diving is allowed here, so you should dive into the water.
D. Swimming is not allowed here, so you cannot enter the water.
Question 30. What does the notice say?

From 1 October.
Please do not enter the pool
before you have used the shower.

A. The pool is closed on October 1st.

B. You need to wash before you swim.
C. There will be a new shower at the pool.
D. You must dry off before entering the pool.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
Around the world, there are some jobs that may seem quite strange and surprising to you.
A. Train pushers
In Japan, the railway system is huge and everyone there uses trains. This makes them
overcrowded most of the time. During rush hour, railway station attendants called 'pushers'
or 'oshiya' do the strangest job in the world - they push passengers into trains. They have to
do this because of the large number of commuters who wish to arrive at their desired
locations on time. That's why they must endure the pain of squeezing themselves inside the
train.
B. Cleaners of the world's highest building
Have you ever wondered how the world's tallest building, Burj Khalifa, in Dubai, is cleaned?
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

It takes a team of 36 window cleaners a total of three months to clean the s tower's reflective
windows. Working from a height of more than 800 metres, the cleaners face huge challenges
especially during bad weather. They must be the bravest cleaners in the world.
C. Golf balls divers
Every year in the UK, millions of golf balls get lost in the water around golf courses. This
gave rise to the demand for golf ball divers whose job is to dive deep into the lakes ' and
ponds around golf courses to find the lost balls. Most of them are professional scuba divers,
but they spend long hours crawling around in mud and carrying heavy buckets. On average,
they find 5,000 balls per lake. After cleaning them, they resell or recycle the balls. Sounds
dangerous, doesn't it?
Question 31. Which best serves as the title for the passage?
A. Typical Jobs B. Well-paid Jobs
C. Unusual Jobs D. Low-paid Jobs
Question 32. The word overcrowded in paragraph A is CLOSEST in meaning to
A. packed B. sparse C. empty D. unlimited
Question 33. According to paragraph A, what do 'oshiya' do during rush hour?
A. They count the number of commuters.
B. They endure the pain inside the train.
C. They push passengers into trains.
D. They pay attention to each commuter.
Question 34. The word bravest in paragraph B is OPPOSITE in meaning to
A. most dangerous B. most scared
C. most courageous D. happinest
Question 35. How long does it take to clean the building Burj Khalifa, in Dubai?
A. 800 days B. three months C. 36 weeks D. 5000 hours
Question 36. All of the following are said about golf ball divers EXCEPT
A. the majority of them are professional scuba divers.
B. they resell or recycle the balls after cleaning them.
C. their job is to find lost golf balls underwater.
D. they earn a lot of money from their job.
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each question,
mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
I live in a smalltown of Millbrook in the rolling hills of upstate New York. (37) . Despite
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

its small size, Millbrook has a rich history and vibrant cultural scene (38) on its
charming Main Street. It is home to a diverse range of residents, from young families to
retirees, and boasts a strong sense of community spirit. Every year, residents come together
for events like the Millbrook Farmers Market and the Millbrook Literary Festival, (39)
In spite of its rural setting, Millbrook is well-connected to nearby cities like Poughkeepsie and
New York City, making it an attractive place to live for those seeking a peaceful retreat from
urban life. (40)
A. It is a liveable community of just over 1,500 residents
B. Overall, Millbrook is a warm and welcoming community with a strong sense of place and
identity
C. which celebrate the town's agricultural heritage and literary tradition
D. with numerous galleries, restaurants, and boutiques
Question 37. Question 38. _

Question 39. Question 40.

----- -----
 50 E>E THU• 'C CHIEN LUYE• N THI vAo 10 - HA NO• i

E>E s6 18
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose
underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. find B. think C. drive D. mind
Question 2. A. tense B. decision C. skill D. house
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs
from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following
questions.
Question 3. A. survive B. defend C. appeal D. struggle
Question 4. A. essential B. dangerous C. regular D. medical
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to
each of the following questions.
Question 5. She went to the bookshop she wanted to buy a comic book.
A. although B. because C. despite D. because of
Question 6. London is a large city. Its is smaller than Tokyo or Shanghai.
A. populate B. popular C. populous D. population
Question 7. My friends are interested art and architecture.
A. up B. in C. from D. for
Question 8. He advised me all the facts before doing the project.
A. considered B. considering C. consider D. to consider
Question 9. Can you speak other languages?
A. few B. much C. some D. any
Question 10. Alexander Fleming, discovered penicillin, received the Nobel Prize in
1945.
A. that B. which C. who D. whom
Question 11. Antony has lived Seoul for four years.
A. on B. in C. at D. of
Question 12. Nam: "I think we should all recycle our rubbish." - Nick:" "
A. Yes, I agree B. Yes, I'm glad too
C. I'm fine thanks D. No, thanks
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 13
to 16.
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

Babysitter wanted
• for (13) twins
• occasional weekday evenings for up to six hours. Would be suitable (14) a student
with (15) experience.
• £4.50 (16) hour
• Phone Jane on 719 873 466
Question 13. A. 2-year-old B. 2-years-old C. two-years-old D. two year old
Question 14. A. with B. for C. in D. about
Question 15. A. little B. many C. some D.an
Question 16. A. an B. each C. every D. a
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the blank to make
a logical text.
Last night I had an amazing dream. _
a. I was so happy because I could take a photo with him.
b. In my dream, while I was walking on the street, I met my idol, Hieu Thu Hai.
c. He was very friendly and handsome, and he also hugged me.
A. b-a-c B. c-b-a C. a-c-b D. b-c-a
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17) most
appropriately.
A. I was so scared that I shouted loudly.
B. Finally, I agreed to receive the gift and said thanks to him.
C. After that, I had a big breakfast with him.
D. Later I woke up and wondered if it was all a dream.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
Over the last 5 years, more and more students from the school have taken part in
environmental projects, such as tree planting and improving the school grounds. But, no
matter how much we do, there's always more that can be done to (19) the place
where we live.
This year students from the Conservation Club plan to work with local people to make a
community garden near the school. As Tim, a student, says: "No one (20) to live in
an unattractive area. If we work together, we can turn these areas into spaces that we can
enjoy (21) time in. "This kind of local action is not just about (22)
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

environment. It also helps people get to know (23) neighbours and it can help build
strong communities.
If you core (24) the state of your town and you are interested in taking port in the
project, please contact the school for further information.
Question 19. A. assist B. improve C. contribute D. enjoy
Question 20. A. stays B. stay C. wants D. want
Question 21. A. giving B. doing C. spending D. paying

Question 22. A. the B.0 C.a D.an

Question 23. A. her B. his C. its D. their
Question 24. A. at B. in C. about D.on
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
closest in meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. "Let's help the homeless in the neighbourhood." Maria said.
A. Maria suggested to help the homeless in the neighbourhood.
B. Maria suggested help the homeless in the neighbourhood.
C. Maria suggested helping the homeless in the neighbourhood.
D. Maria suggested having helped the homeless in the neighbourhood.
Question 26. He got up early in order to catch the plane.
A. He got up early but he missed catching the plane.
B. He got up early so that he could catch the plane.
C. He wanted to catch the train but he couldn't get up early.
D. He never caught the plane as he got up early.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
made from the given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. She/ publish/ first poem/ time/ eight
A. She was publishing her first poem by the time she is eight.
B. She published her first poem by the time she had been eight.
C. She had published her first poem by the time she was eight.
D. She has published her first poem by the time she has been eight.
Question 28. Suggest/ we / improve /quality/ tourism / services
A. It is suggested we must improve the quality of tourism services.
B. It is suggesting we need improve the quality of tourism services.
C. I suggest that we should improve the quality of tourism services.
D. I suggest that we will improve the quality of tourism services.
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?

ATTENTION

NO PETS
ALLOWED
A. Only pets with short fur are allowed here.
B. No pets are allowed here unless you have permission.
C. Only big pets are allowed; small pets are not allowed.
D. Pets and other animals are not allowed here.
Question 30. What does the notice say?

Hounslow Cinema: Special Offer

Buy tickets to four films and you don't need
to pay for the next one!
Every day until 5:30 p.m.

A. You can watch up to four films for free.

B. You must buy 5 tickets to get it free.
C. Cheap tickets are available for groups of four in the evenings.
D. The fifth film you see during the daytime is free.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
Spoken by 68 million people in the world, Italian is the only official language of two countries
(Italy and...can you guess the second one? The answer is at the end of this passage!) and
one of the official languages of the European Union, the Vatican, and Switzerland.
As we have mentioned before, from a linguistic perspective Italian is a nee-Latin known as
romance language, and its history is intertwined with poetry and literature. We owe to
Dante Alighieri and his Divina Commedia - written in his native Florentine language - the
standardisation of Italian, which soon became the commonly spoken language among
educated people all over the not-yet-become country.
Despite its celebrity, Italian is not the only language spoken in Italy. The Italian state
 50 E>E THU 'C CHIEN LUYE N THI vAo 10 - HA
• •
NO i
•

recognizes not less than 12 linguistic minorities, even though only three are actually in use in
public schools in the areas of interest: French in the Vailed Aosta, German in the Bolzano
province, and Slovenian in the Trieste province. In addition, Italy is the land of another great
linguistic abundance: dialects. According to the UN, 29 dialects are spoken in the country,
with the National Statistic Institute estimating that 14% of Italians only speak a local dialect,
and another 32,2% alternatively use Italian and a dialect depending on context.
The mix of Italian and dialects is not only part of the daily lives of many Italians, but also
influences a big part of Italian literature both of ancient and modern times. Some examples
include Carlo Goldoni, Carlo Emilio Gadda or, more recently, Andrea Camilleri, author of the
Commissario Montalbano saga.
And now, the solution to our riddle is... the little Republic of San Marino! Did you guess?
Question 31. What is the best title of the passage?
A. People in Italy and their customs
B. Italian language and literature
C. Italian is an international language
D. The most spoken language
Question 32. From a linguistic perspective, Italian is _
A. a Latin language B. romance language
C. intertwined with poetry D. Florentine language
Question 33. The word "celebrity" in the 3rd paragraph is CLOSEST in meaning to
A. speciality B. festivity C. popularity D. nationality
Question 34. The word "abundance" in the 4th paragraph is OPPOSITE in meaning to
A. shortage B. costume C. anxiety D. diversity
Question 35. According to the passage, which of the following is NOT mentioned?
A. There are other languages spoken in Italy.
B. Over one tenth of Italians only speak a local dialect.
C. Andrea Camilleri used dialects in his work.
D. Italian is an official language of the US.
Question 36. According to the passage, Italy is the only official language of Italy and
A. Republic of San B. European Union
Marino
D. Switzerland
C. the Vatican
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each
question, mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct
option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

Edinburgh is the capital city of Scotland. It has enormous historical significance. Located on
the east coast of Scotland, Edinburgh proudly offers a window to the past. For many people,
this city is (37) _
Edinburgh has been Scotland's royal city since 1437. Most of Edinburgh's sights are within
two districts: the old town and the new town. The mediaeval Royal Mile stretching for over a
mile from Edinburgh Castle to the Palace of Holyrood house dominates the city's central
area. The Royal Mile is one of the largest, longest and most splendid streets for buildings in
Britain.
To millions of visitors, (38) . Princess Street is in Edinburgh's new town, directly
below the castle.
Next to Princess Street, in the shadow of Edinburgh Castle, lies the green Princess ' Street
Gardens. (39) _
(40) . The world-famous Edinburgh Fringe Festival (a series of arts festivals held in
August) draws thousands and thousands of visitors to the city annually. Therefore,
Edinburgh is really a place no traveller should ignore.
A. This is one of the most delightful gardens in Britain
B. an exciting mix of something traditional and something modern
C. Edinburgh Castle is a must-see because there are many treasures
D. Edinburgh is also a cultural centre

Question 37. Question 38.

----- -----
Question 39. Question 40.
----- -----
 50 E>E THU• 'C CHIEN LUYE• N THI vAo 10 - HA NO• i

E>E s6 19
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose
underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. please B. house C. mouse D. practise
Question 2. A. delicious B. facility C. city D. place
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs
from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following
questions.
Question 3. A. temple B. household C. account D. farmer
Question 4. A. importance B. violence C. buffalo D. grandparent
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to
each of the following questions.
Question 5. Those fashionable jeans were expensive, ?
A. were they B. was it C. weren't they D. wasn't it
Question 6. If I you, I would take part in that English course.
A. will be B. were C. have been D. am
Question 7. He drives than his younger brother so you can rely on him.
A. carefully B. the most carefully
C. more carefully D. as carefully
Question 8. She often plays piano in her free time.
A. a B. an C. the D. x
Question 9. I am the boy is wearing a white T-shirt.
A. whose B. whom C. who D. which
Question 10. My memory is poor. I can't learn these new words
A. in mind B. in heart C. of mind D. by heart
Question 11. Hurry up, or you won't the last bus.
A. miss B. keep C. catch D. go
Question 12. Nam: "Would you like me to wash the dishes for you?"
Nick: " . That's very kind of you."
A. Yes, please B. No, you won't
C. You're right D. Nothing special
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 13
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

to 16.
Come and join our lunchtime yoga class with experienced yoga teacher Divya Bridge!
When? (13) Tuesday at 1:30 p.m.
Where? (14) Room 7
How much? £10 for four 30-minute classes
What to bring? (15) clothes. Divya will provide the yoga mats
How to join? Write to Sam at [email protected]
We can only take a (16) of 20 in the room, so book now!
Question 13. A. Each B. Most C. Every D. All
Question 14. A. the B.a C.an D. about
Question 15. A. B. comfortable C. expensive D.cheap
fashionable Question 16. B. number C. maximum D. minority
A. minimum
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the blank to make
a logical text.
The One Pillar Pagoda is a historic Buddhist temple in Ha Noi. It is located in the western
part of the city, near Ho Chi Minh's Mausoleum.
a. Months later, when the Queen gave birth to a boy, the Emperor ordered the construction
of a pagoda supported by only one pillar to look like the lotus seat in his i dream.
b. One night, he dreamt that he met a man, who was sitting on a great lotus flower in a
square-shaped pond on the western side of Thang Long Citadel and this man gave the King
a baby boy.
c. Legend has it that Emperor Ly Thai To of the Ly Dynasty, who had no children, used to go
to pagodas to pray to Buddha for a son.
A. a-c-b B. b-a-c C. c-b-a D. b-c-a
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17) most
appropriately.
A. One Pillar Pagoda is situated in Ba Dinh District, on a street named after the pagoda
itself.
B. The One Pillar Pagoda, also known by names such as Dien Huu Pagoda.
C. According to a theory, the pagoda was built in the style of a lotus emerging out of the
water.
D. The design of the One Pillar Pagoda is very special.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

to 24.
Different types of hobbies offer different types of benefits. First, if you are (19)
physical hobbies, for example, hiking, camping, swimming, yoga, you can increase both your
heart rate and brain function; lose weight, build muscle and (20) bones. Second, it's
advisable for you to spend your time on some hobbies like gardening, listening to music,
painting or drawing, cooking and photography because they can improve your mental health,
decrease stress by relaxing your mind after daily life of hard work. Hobbies are also (21)
great way to socialize and expand your relationship; to improve confidence level,
boost self-esteem, and improve the quality of life. Last but not least, some hobbies can
provide a way to save or make money. (22) , to save money you can refurbish items
you find at a garage sale or grow your own vegetables. To make money, you can sell the
photographs you (23) or the cakes you bake.
Hobbies are essential to having a well-rounded life. Saving some time for yourself to enjoy a
hobby can provide the physical, mental, emotional, social and economic benefits that make
life (24) , relaxing, and fun!
Question 19. A. interest in B. keen to C. fond of D. crazy with
Question 20. A. upgrade B. strengthen C. reduce D. support

Question 21. A. a B.an C. the 0.0

Question 22. A. Therefore B. However C. Furthermore D. For example
Question 23. A. make B.do C. take D. have
Question 24. A. the more B. the most meaningful
meaningful
D. more meaningful
C. most meaningful
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
closest in meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. It isn't necessary to bring skis as they are included in the package.
A. You have to bring skis as they are included in the package.
B. You need to bring skis as they are not included in the package.
C. You must bring skis as they are not included in the package.
D. You don't have to bring skis as they are included in the package.
Question 26. She hasn't played the piano for five years.
A. The last time she played the piano five years ago.
B. She played the piano five years ago.
C. The last time she played the piano was five years ago.
D. She doesn't play piano five years ago.
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
made from the given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. You /go/ the gym / twice /week/ stay healthy.
A. You should to go to the gym twice a week to stay healthy.
B. You ought go to the gym twice a week to stay healthy.
C. You should go to the gym twice a week to stay healthy.
D. You had better going to the gym twice a week to stay healthy.
Question 28. I / interest/ read I article / global wanning / the newspaper.
A. I was very interested to read your article about global wanning in die newspaper.
B. I was very interesting to read your article about global warming in the newspaper.
C. I was interested in reading your article of global wanning in the newspaper.
D. I was very interesting in reading your article of global wanning in the newspaper.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?

PLEASE
KEEP DOOR
CLOSED
A. The door should always be open and you should never lock.
B. You should always make sure to close the door after use.
C. Only close the door at specific times when allowed.
D. You should leave the door closed at all times.
Question 30. What does the notice say?
,
Please turn off your phone during the movie.
This helps everyone enjoy the show.

A. Keep your phone on.

B. Use your phone during the movie.
C. Turn off your phone while the movie is playing.
D. Leave your phone at home.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
There is a saying that if you have not visited Ha Long Bay, you have not yet been to Viet
Nam. On the other hand, we can say that if you have not visited Ha Long Bay, you have not
yet seen the most beautiful place in the world. It takes us around 4 hours by bus to travel
180 km from Ha Noi towards the northeast to Ha Long Bay.
Ha Long Bay has been twice recognized by UNESCO as a World Heritage Site in 1994 and
in 2000, and also that Ha Long Bay is in second place in the worldwide competition of the
World's Seven Natural Wonders. 1,969 limestone islands of various shapes, sizes, and in
different green and amazing colours rise above the sea level in an area of more than 1,500
square kilometres that creates this world heritage site. Ha Long Bay still keeps its historical
and cultural values.
Ha Long Bay is attractive and beautiful throughout the four seasons: spring, summer,
autumn, and winter. Travelling on small sailboats among hundreds of limestone islands, one
may visit the amazing Surprise Cave, the floating fishing village, and see how the locals live,
which are top of the list of things to do here. On Titov Island, one may swim and relax on the
beach or enjoy a kayaking programme to the nearby Luon Cave and much more.
The experience of visiting Ha Long Bay is unforgettable, where you will see something that
will stay in your mind and eyes for years. You will enjoy meeting Vietnamese people and
tasting their delicious food. You will have fresh air all day and night, especially if you wake up
early in the morning and watch the sunrise on the deck coming slowly through the islands.
Be sure not to miss visiting Ha Long Bay in your lifetime.
Question 31. What is the possible title of the passage?
A. Experiences of visiting Ha Long Bay
B. The beauty of Ha Long Bay
C. The popularity of visiting Ha Long Bay
D. Ha Long Bay - A famous destination in Vietnam
Question 32. People spend about to travel from Hanoi to Ha Long Bay by bus.
A. two hours B. three hours C. four hours D. five hours
Question 33. The word "various" in paragraph 2 is OPPOSITE in meaning to
A. different B. similar C. unique D. changeable
Question 34. One of the features of Ha Long Bay is
A. 1,969 limestone islands of various shapes, sizes
B. hundreds of limestone islands in only green colour
C. the limestones are above the sea level in an area of more than 2000 square kilometres
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

D. it is as attractive throughout the spring and summer

Question 35. As mentioned in the text, tourists can enjoy the following things when travelling
to Ha Long Bay except
A. fresh seafood in the bay
B. a kayaking programme to the nearby Luon Cave
C. a luxurious cruise around Ha Long Bay
D. a small sailboat among hundreds of limestone islands
Question 36. The word "unforgettable" in paragraph 4 is CLOSEST in meaning to
A. usual B. memorable C. normal D. wonderful
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each question,
mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
I went to Singapore on my own for a ten-day summer course. There were about 15 students
from China, Malaysia, Cambodia, India, and Iran in the course. We were all so surprised
about the cleanliness and discipline of the country. (37) . We worked in groups of five
from different countries to search for a location on a map that the school staff gave us. The
time we spent doing the activity together was really memorable. (38) . After four hours
of walking, taking the bus and metro as well as getting lost, we arrived at the destination.
Over the remaining days, (39) . We worked on projects and culture workshops. We
discussed and shared our own traditions and customs. During the time here, we also visited
the Botanic Gardens, took photos in the orchard garden and explored Chinatown (40)
At the weekend, we went to the Discovery Centre. We were impressed by the attraction and
interactive gallery as well as the brilliant learning experiences we had. After the trip, I felt
proud of myself for being able to go without my parents and leaving my comfort zone.
A. we attended English lessons
B. On the second day of the course, we had special team-building activities
C. where we bought souvenirs for our parents and friends
D. We discussed how to find the place

Question 37. Question 38.

----- -----
Question 39. Question 40.
----- -----
 50 E>E THU• 'C CHIEN LUYE• N THI vAo 10 - HA NO• i

E>E s6 20
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose
underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. change B. habit C. balance D. fatty
Question 2. A. design B. preserve C. physical D. basic
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs
from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following
questions.
Question 3. A. inform B. decide C. practice D. admit
Question 4. A. telephone B. tradition C. recycle D. achievement
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to
each of the following questions.
Question 5. If it snows this winter, we skiing in the mountains.
A. went B. could go C. would go D. will go
Question 6. London an underground train system since the nineteenth century.
A. have had B. had C. has had D. has
Question 7. Excuse me? Can you English?
A. speech B. speak C. speaking D. spoken
Question 8. The book I like is on the table.
---
A. who B. whom C. which D. where

Question 9. The bus collects us 5

---
A. at B. in o'clock. D. with
C.on
Question 10. The craft of conical hat making in Hue is usually from generation to
generation.
A. dealt with B. lived on C. turned off D. passed down
Question 11. According to the weather , it will be raining tonight.
A. prediction B. information C. announcement D. forecast
Question 12. Mary: "Thank you for a lovely evening. - Peter:" "
A. You're welcome B. Have a good day C. Cheers D. Thanks
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 13
to 16.
The French teacher wanted to teach children (13) the ages of 3 and 12. Applicants
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

(14) have teaching experience. £15 (15) hour. Company LinguaFun is a

language school that (16) modern language classes to students of all ages.
Location: Singapore.
Question 13. A. B. among C. in D. from
between Question 14. B. must C. may D. can
A. should Question 15. B.a C.each D.
A. the per
Question 16. A. sets up B. opens C. offers D. serves
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the blank to make
a logical text.
Origami is the art of paper folding. I love doing it on my own in my free time. _
a. Furthermore, doing origami helps me to relax after school.
b. With just some sheets of paper, I can create almost anything: flowers, birds, or fans.
c. Origami can help me boost my creativity.
A. b-a-c B. c-a-b C. c-b-a D. b-c-a
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17) most
appropriately.
A. Origami is the traditional Japanese art of paper folding.
B. In conclusion, making origami has several benefits beyond just creating beautiful designs.
C. Next, origami requires a lot of patience and persistence.
D. I hope you enjoy learning how to do origami.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
Online shopping Is one of the (19) growing areas of the Net, which offers users
many (20) over traditional shopping. Customers have access to a wider range of the
best goods than In any shopping centre; there are no queues or parking problems shops are
(21) 24 hours a day and purchases are delivered to your door. What's more, prices
and competitive, and online price comparison services enable you (22) the most
suitable items. (23) sites search the net for a product and then show you how much
different online stores are charging. Once you have decided what you (24) , and who
you are going to buy It from, simply click on the "add to shopping basket" icon on your
smartphone.
Question 19. A. fastest B. faster C. fast D. most
fast
 50 E>E THU 'C CHIEN LUYE N THI vAo 10 - HA
• •
NO i
•

Question 20. A. disadvantages B. advantages C. problems D. chances

Question 21. A. opening B.open C.opened D. to open
Question 22. A. find B. found C. finding D. to find
Question 23. A. Every B. Each C. Much D. A lot of
Question 24. A. are going to buy B. buy C. have bought D. bought
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
closest in meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. Antony has decided to study English. He wants to get a good job in the future.
A. Antony decides to study English in order to he can get a good job in the future.
B. Antony decides to study English although he can get a good job in the future.
C. Antony has decided to study English so that he can get a good job in the future.
D. Antony decides to study English so as that he can get a good job in the future.
Question 26. "Can I have a day off tomorrow?" asked Emma.
A. Emma asked that she could have a day off tomorrow.
B. Emma asked if she can have a day off tomorrow.
C. Emma asked that if she could have a day off tomorrow.
D. Emma asked if she could have a day off the next day.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
made from the given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. The/ new/ hospital/ big/ the/ old.
A. The new hospital is not as big as the old one.
B. The new hospital is not bigger as the old one.
C. The new hospital is more bigger than the old one.
D. The new hospital is as big than the old one.
Question 28. It/ take I me I one hour/ go/ work/ bicycle.
A. It took me one hour to go to work by bicycle.
B. It took I one hour to go to work by bicycle.
C. It took me one hour going to work by bicycle.
D. It took my one hour to go work by bicycle.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

NO RUNNING
A. Running is not encouraged here, so you should run as much as you can.
B. Running is allowed in some specific places, but not here.
C. Only children are allowed to run here; adults should walk.
D. Running is not allowed in this area, so you need to walk instead of running.
Question 30. What does the notice say?

The gym will be closed for

cleaning on Saturday from 8 AM
to 10 AM.
A. The gym is open on Saturday.
B. The gym opens early on Saturday.
C. The gym closes at 10 AM every day.
D. The gym is closed for cleaning on Saturday.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
President Ho Chi Minh was a great leader of Vietnam. He was born in 1890 in a small village
in central Vietnam. As a young man, he travelled to many countries to learn about ' the
world, and to find ways to vanquish the French colonial empire and the American Empire,
who attacked his country.
In 1945, Ho Chi Minh declared Vietnam's independence from France and became the
country's first president. He worked tirelessly to build a new Vietnam, one that was free from
foreign domination and that would provide a better life for all Vietnamese people. Moreover,
under Ho Chi Minh's leadership, Vietnam made great progress in education. The literacy rate
increased from just 10% in 1945 to over 90% by the time of his death in1969.This was a
remarkable achievement, especially given the difficult situation that the country faced.
On the other hand, Ho Chi Minh was also a great diplomat. He was able to build strong
relationships with other countries which helped Vietnam to defend itself against foreign
attacks.
Today, Ho Chi Minh is remembered as a national hero in Vietnam. His image appears on the
Vietnamese currency, and many streets and buildings are named in his honour. His spirit
 50 E>E THU 'C CHIEN LUYE N THI vAo 10 - HA
• •
NO i
•

continues to inspire the Vietnamese people to work towards a better future for their country.
Question 31. Which of the following is the best title of the passage?
A. President Ho Chi Minh and his family background.
B. President Ho Chi Minh's image on the Vietnamese currency.
C. Did Vietnam gain independence by itself?
D. President Ho Chi Minh's great contributions to Viet Nam
Question 32. According to the passage, what did the French colonial empire and American
Empire do?
A. travelled to many countries B. attacked Vietnam
C. learnt about the world D. vanquished the country
Question 33. The word "vanquish" in the 1st paragraph is CLOSEST in meaning to _
A. defeat B. resign C. bond D. rule
Question 34. According to the second paragraph, which of the following is NOT true?
A. No one was the Vietnamese president before Ho Chi Minh.
B. Vietnam was declared to be independent from France in 1945.
C. Under Ho Chi Minh's leadership, Viet Nam had a better education.
D. The illiteracy rate increased by around 80% before Ho Chi Minh's death.
Question 35. The word "achievement" in the 2nd paragraph is OPPOSITE in meaning to

A. success B. account C. failure D. genius

Question 36. It can be inferred from the last paragraph that.
A. many streets are named Ho Chi Minh
B. President Ho Chi Minh is highly respected
C. there are many presidents in Vietnam
D. Vietnamese like their currency a lot
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each question,
mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
We went camping at Ba Vi National Park, 60 kilometres to the west of Ha Noi. Our teacher
chose this location as it is not far from Ha Noi and is (37) . It is home to hundreds of
wildlife species, so we had a chance to get into a real natural habitat.
We went there on a coach. We set off early and because the road was a bit bumpy and
tricky, we were tired when we arrived. After about two hours, we finally reached the campsite
in Ngoc Hoa cave area. (38) . We explored the rich nature in the Botanical Garden,
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

trying to take deep breaths of the fresh air and enjoying the diversity of the flora there. We
took photos of the places we saw. (39) . We sat around the fire and sang and
danced. We also had team-building activities, which were exciting and memorable. On the
next day, we went trekking to Thuong Temple - a national cultural monument at Tan Vien
Peak. We learnt much (40) from our guide.
We tried Lam rice, hill chicken and milk products - the specialities of the area. We were so
impressed by the trip's activities, scenery and the food of the area.
A. famous as a mountainous ecological tourism centre
B. about the culture associated with the legend Son Tinh and Thuy Tinh
C. At night, we burnt wood for a campfire.
D. We set up our camps before exploring the park.

Question 37. Question 38.

----- -----
Question 39. Question 40.
----- -----
 50 E>E THU• 'C CHIEN LUYE• N THI vAo 10 - HA NO• i

E>E s6 21
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose
underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. leaf B. earth C. cream D. deal
Question 2. A. weather B. theory C. therefore D. neither
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs
from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following
questions.
Question 3. A. promote B. follow C. control D. accept
Question 4. A. domestic B. protection C. officer D. assistant
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to
each of the following questions.
Question 5. The language in Vietnam is Vietnamese.
A. nation B. national C. nationally D. nationality
Question 6. Tommy was very tired, he tried to finish the final exam.
A. Although B. Despite C. However D. Because
Question 7. Our plane arrives in Hanoi at two o'clock in afternoon.
A. the B. a C. x D. an
Question 8. Our office by the workers yesterday.
A. is painting B. painted C. was painted D. paints
Question 9. My youngest brother is very fond eating chips.
A. of B. about C. at D. with
Question 10. My grandfather his workshop twenty years ago.
A. set up B. took off C. looked up D. put off
Question 11. The villagers will soon die because they fresh water.
A. got out of B. ran out of C. grew out of D. made out of
Question 12. Lan: "Thank you very much for a lovely party." - Hoa:" "
A. Have a good day. B. Thanks.
C. Cheers. D. You are welcome.
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 13
to 16.
Charles School
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

Learn English in one of our three schools for the best experience at the lowest (13)
Choose from London, Oxford or Cambridge. Practise your English, (14) friends and
see England!
1. General English: Improve your speaking, listening, reading and writing.
2. Intensive course: 31 hours per week, Monday - Thursday 9 a.m.-5 p.m. and Friday 9 pm.-
12 p.m.
3. Part-time course: 15 hours per week, Monday - Friday, mornings, afternoons (15)
.
evenings.
• Mornings: 9 a.m.-I 2 p.m.
• Afternoons: 2-5 p.m.
• Evenings: 5-8 p.m.
4. Exam preparation: Extra focus (16) grammar and vocabulary, and exam practice:
19 hours per week, Monday to Thursday 9 a.m.-1 p.m., Friday 9 a.m.-I 2 p.m.
Question 13. A. value B. expectation C. risks D. costs
Question 14. A. meet B. build C. keep D. make
Question 15. A. and B. or C. except D. include
Question 16. A. in B.on C. at D. with
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the blank to make
a logical text.
We had an amazing time at the amusement park yesterday. Things didn't go exactly as
planned, however.
a. We were all set to ride the roller coaster, but then the ride broke down unexpectedly, and
we had to wait for over an hour for it to be fixed.
b. The day started off perfectly, with bright sunshine and everyone excited to have fun.
c. It felt like we were waiting forever, but finally, the roller coaster started up again, and we
had a blast!
A. b-c-a B. a-c-b C. c-b-a D. b-a-c
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17) most
appropriately.
A. Next, we tried out the other exciting rides, but they were all closed due to technical issues.
B. In spite of the unexpected delay, it was still a memorable day out for the whole family.
C. It was really hot, but luckily, the park had plenty of places to cool down and get
refreshments.
D. We were all exhausted after such a long day, but it was definitely worth it!
 50 E>E THU• 'C CHIEN LUYE• N THI vAo 10 - HA NO• i

Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
The tourist industry (19) to be the world's largest industry. The direct economic impact
of the industry, including accommodation, transportation, entertainment, and attractions, is
worth trillions of dollars every year. The statistics show that the number of international
tourist arrivals worldwide (20) 1.04 billion in 2012.
Such large numbers of (21) , however, are beginning to cause problems. For example,
in the Alps, thousands of skiers (22) the mountains they come to enjoy. Even parts of
Mount Everest in the Himalayas are reported to be covered with old food tins, tents, and
pieces of equipment that have been thrown away.
Now there is a new holiday guide called Holidays That Don't Cost the Earth. It tells you
how you can be a responsible tourist by (23) your travel agent or your tour operator
the right questions before you (24) a holiday.
Question 19. A. consider B. is considered C. are considered D. is considering
Question 20. A. reached B. came C. went D. experienced
Question 21. A. tours B. tauristic C. tourism D. tourists
Question 22. A. destroy B. will destroy C. are destroying D. destroyed
Question 23. A. ask B. to ask C. asked D. asking
Question 24. A. go B. book C. make D. stay
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
closest in meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. This comic book is really interesting. We have read it twice.
A. This comic book is such interesting that we have read it twice.
B. This comic book is too interesting that we have read it twice.
C. This comic book is so interesting that we have read it twice.
D. This comic book is interesting enough that we have read it twice.
Question 26. "Would you like to come out to dinner with me tonight, Jenny?" Paul said.
A. Paul suggested that Jenny go out to dinner with him that night.
B. Paul insisted on Jenny going out to dinner with him that night.
C. Paul invited Jenny to go out to dinner with him that night.
D. Pau offered Jenny to go out to dinner with him that night.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
made from the given cues in each of the following questions.
 50 E>E THU 'C CHIEN LUYE N THI vAo 10 - HA
• •
NO i
•

Question 27. He / see / well / unless / he /wear/ glasses.

A. He can't see well unless he doesn't wear his glasses.
B. He can see well unless he wears his glasses.
C. He can see well unless he doesn't wear his glasses.
D. He can't see well unless he wears his glasses.
Question 28. No mountain / Indochinese Peninsula/ high / Fansipan.
A. No mountain in the Indochinese Peninsula is as higher as Fansipan.
B. No mountain in the Indochinese Peninsula is higher as Fansipan.
C. No mountain in the Indochinese Peninsula is as high as Fansipan.
D. No mountain in the Indochinese Peninsula is the highest Fansipan.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?

NO
OVERNIGHT
PARKING
* * * J
* *

A. Overnight parking is not allowed, you have to pay extra.

B. You have to leave before dark.
C. Only employees are allowed to park here overnight.
D. Overnight parking here is free, so you can leave your car there all night.
Question 30. What does the notice say?

Bring a notebook and a pen to the workshop.

You will need them to take notes.

A. Bring a notebook and a pen because they are useful for you.
B. Bring a notebook and a pen in case you need to write down something
C. Don't bring a notebook and a pen to the workshop because they will give you there.
D. Buy a notebook and a pen and bring them to the workshop.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
I was born in Ha Noi, the capital of Viet Nam. Ha Noi is famous for its natural beauty, with
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

lots of rivers and lakes. There are many historical places to visit in Ha Noi. The Literature
Temple (Van Mieu - Quoc Tu Glam) is the country's first-ever historical university. Teenagers
often come here to pray for high results in their upcoming examinations. As Viet Nam is a
Buddhism-oriented nation, its capital has also been the centre of Buddhism for centuries. In
Ha Noi alone, there are about 600 temples and pagodas. It also has a big church in the city
centre, a popular place for the few Christians living here. With a population of nearly eight
million, the city is quite crowded. However, the public transportation is not adequate, so
visitors find it hard to safely cross the roads. The city is packed with universities and
enterprises, making it the top destination for higher education students and labour workers.
Many people from rural areas reside in Ha Noi so that they can get well-paid jobs. This
makes the city become more crowded than ever before.
Question 31. What is the passage about?
A. a city B. changes in a city
C. a city in the past D. life in the countryside
Question 32. The word "popular" is in CLOSEST in meaning to
A. interesting B. common C. unique D. quiet
Question 33. Teenagers often visit The Literature Temple because
A. it is the country's first ever historical university
B. they want to pray for high results in their upcoming examinations
C. it is famous for its natural beauty
D. it is packed with universities and enterprises, making it the top destination for higher
education students.
Question 34. What is the most popular religion in Ha Noi?
A. Buddhism B. Christianity C. Islam D. both A and B
Question 35. Why has the city become more crowded than ever before?
A. Hanoi is the top destination for higher education students and labour workers
B. There are some popular places for the few Christians living here
C. Many people from rural areas reside in Ha Noi to get well-paid jobs
D. Hanoi has also been the centre of Buddhism for centuries
Question 36. The word "rural" is OPPOSITE in meaning to
A. urban B. countryside C. simple D. outskirts
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each
question, mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct
option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

Stilt houses are popular among (37) , from the Thai in the Northern Highlands to the
Khmer in the Mekong Delta. The houses come in different sizes and styles, and show the
traditional culture of their owners.
Stilt houses are made from natural materials like wood, bamboo, and leaves. They stand on
strong posts, about two or three metres above the ground. (38) . People climb a
seven- or nine-step staircase to enter the house. The most important place in the '! house is
the kitchen. It has an open fire in the middle of the house. (39)
The stilt houses of the Tay and Nung usually overlook a field. The stilt houses of the Thai,
however, face mountains or a forest. The Bahnar and Ede have a communal house (called a
Rong house) as the heart of their village. These communal houses (40)
A. This allows them to keep people safe from wild animals
B. different ethnic minority groups
C. are the largest and tallest ones in the village
D. It is the place for family gatherings and receiving guests

Question 37. Question 38.

----- -----
Question 39. Question 40.
----- -----
 50 E>E THU• 'C CHIEN LUYE• N THI vAo 10 - HA NO• i

E>E s6 22
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose
underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. aisle B. sail C. afraid D. straight
Question 2. A. iron B. celebrate C. parents D. restaurant
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs
from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following
questions.
Question 3. A. B. student C. advice D. parent
doctor
Question 4. A. B. challenging C. successful D. practical
different
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to
each of the following questions.
Question 5. He was first person to leave the meeting.
A. the B. an C. a D.0
Question 6. You pay attention in class if you want to understand the lesson well.
A. would B. could C. might D. should
Question 7. We are going to donate money to the local charity organisation.
A. few B. many C. some D. any
Question 8. They used outdoors and under pressure when they lived in Tokyo.
A. to work B. worked C. to working D. work
Question 9. The city will have to find a solution to reduce traffic jams, ?
A. will it B. won't it C. won't they D. will they
Question 10. Tet holiday is the most important for Vietnamese people.
A. costume B. nation C. religion D. celebration
Question 11. Natural cause a lot of damage for countries every year.
A. disasters B. features C. resources D. scenes
Question 12. Mary and her friend - Jane are talking about their plans for the weekend.
Mary: "Why don't we go to the cinema?" - Jane: " "
A. Will you join us? B. Yes, let's!
C. I'd like it D. What play is it?
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 13
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

to 16.
Best Body Fitness
Best Body Fitness isn't just (13) gym: it's a full-service fitness membership made for you.
It's so EASY.
• Easy to start, stop, cancel or refund a membership
• Easy to access - we're (14) 24/7, we never close
• Easy to do exercise - we have (15) equipment, no long wait
• Easy results - our trainers and equipment give you success
• Easy to find - (16) the centre of town, near public transport and with parking
• Come and visit US for a personal tour!

Question 13. A. a B.an C. the D.0

Question 14. A. open B.opened C. opening D.opens
Question 15. A. many B. lots of C.an D. any
Question 16. A. in B. at C. by D.on
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the blank to make
a logical text.
My family went to the beach for a day trip. _
a. We built sandcastles, played beach volleyball, and even went for a swim in the cool ocean
water.
b. We packed a picnic basket filled with delicious sandwiches, snacks, and fruit.
c. As soon as we arrived, the sun was shining, and the beach was perfect for a relaxing day.
A. a-b-c B. b-a-c C. c-b-a D. b-c-a
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17) most
appropriately.
A. We stayed at the beach until late in the afternoon, enjoying the beautiful sunset before
heading home.
B. The beach was crowded with people, but we found a nice spot to spread out our towels.
C. It was a hot day, but the cool ocean breeze made it more enjoyable.
D. The kids loved playing in the sand and building sandcastles.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
Ayers Rock, which was found for the first time by European explorers in 1873, is a famous
landmark (19) the desert of central Australia. The original inhabitants of this part of
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

Australia, the Aborigines, call it Uluru. It is 348 metres high, 3.6 kilometres long and 1.9
kilometres wide. It is a beautiful red-brown colour, especially when the sun (20) on it early in
the morning and in the evening.
When tourists want (21) Uluru, they often start 440 kilometres away in a town called
Alice Springs. People on these trips usually sleep outside under the stars, not in tents (22)
it's more exciting. A fire keeps away snakes and (23) animals during the
night. And when the sun comes up in the morning, the view of Uluru is amazing.
After breakfast, visitors often walk around the base of the rock. There are caves around the
base of the rock and inside them you (24) _ see paintings. Some of them are
thousands of years old.
Question 19. A. next B. in C. front D. for
Question 20. A. look B. watch C. sits D. shines
Question 21. A. visit B. visited C. visiting D. to visit
Question 22. A. B. moreover C. such D. however
because Question 23. B. other C.an D. any
A. another Question 24. B.can C. have D.
A. ought are
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
closest in meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. I last met my grandparents five years ago.
A. I haven't met my grandparents for five years.
B. I have met my grandparents for five years.
C. I often met my grandparents five years ago.
D. I didn't meet my grandparents five years ago.
Question 26. People have reported that Thien Duong is the longest cave in Vietnam.
A. People report that Thien Duong has been the longest cave in Vietnam.
B. People reported that Thien Duong has been the longest cave in Vietnam.
C. It has been reported that Thien Duong is the longest cave in Vietnam.
D. It was reported that Thien Duong is the longest cave in Vietnam.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
made from the given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. I / please / you / work / hard.
A. I'm pleased for you working hard.
B. I'm pleased to you work hard.
C. I'm pleased that you are working hard
 50 E>E THU 'C CHIEN LUYE N THI vAo 10 - HA
• •
NO i
•

D. I'm pleasing that you are working hard.

Question 28. It/ expensive dictionary/ I / not/ buy/ it.
A. It is such an expensive dictionary that I couldn't buy it.
B. It is so an expensive dictionary that I couldn't buy it.
C. It is such expensive dictionary that I couldn't buy it.
D. It is too expensive dictionary that I couldn't buy it.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?

ATTENTION

NO
CHILDREN

A. Children are welcome in this area.

B. The area is for people over 16 only.
C. Children are not allowed to run in this area.
D. Children can enter but must be accompanied by an adult.
Question 30. What does the notice say?

Please keep the noise to a minimum

in the library.

A. Do not listen to music in the library to keep it quiet.

B. Please be quiet in the library.
C. Watch movies with the volume at its highest.
D. Make noise when studying in the library.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
Tet in Viet Nam starts with the first new moon, usually in late January or early February. The
celebrations usually last for three days. The Vietnamese celebrate Tet with family gatherings,
wonderful foods and lion dances. Let's take a look at some of the traditions linked to Tet, the
most popular festival in Viet Nam.
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

♦ Red is a bright, happy colour that keeps away bad spirits. That's why people decorate their
homes with red and yellow to bring good luck for the next year. Also, parents and
grandparents give children special lucky money in red envelopes.
♦ One thing people avoid during Tet is sweeping the house. Before Tet, the Vietnamese
clean their houses to clear out any bad luck from the previous year. People finish cleaning
before New Year's Day because they believe you'll brush away your good luck if you sweep
the house during Tet. People also buy branches of apricot blossom or peach blossom, which
symbolise a long life, to decorate their houses.
Traditionally, people travel back to their hometowns to celebrate Tet with their family. During
their stay, they visit relatives and have large meals together. They wear colourful new clothes
to bring them good luck for the coming new year. They also visit flower fairs s and
calligraphy markets where calligraphers can write poems on "giay do", wood or stone for
them.
Question 31. What is the best title of the passage?
A. Family gatherings on Tet holidays
B. Tet in Viet Nam
C. Traditional celebrations in Viet Nam
D. Popular activities during Tet holidays
Question 32. According to the passage, how long does Tet usually last?
A. For a long time. B. For three days.
C. In early February D. In late January
Question 33. Why do people decorate their homes with red?
A. Because it can bring good luck for the next year.
B. Because it can bring bad luck for the next year.
C. Because it can keep away bad spirits.
D. Because it can give lucky money.
Question 34. The word "clear out" is CLOSEST in meaning to _
A. keep B. remove C. change D. clean
Question 35. Which of the following is NOT true, according to the passage?
A. Houses are decorated with branches of apricot blossom or peach blossom.
B. Apricot blossom and peach blossom symbolise a long life.
C. People finish cleaning their houses before New Year's Day.
D. The Vietnamese clean their houses during Tet.
Question 36. The word "luck" is OPPOSITE in meaning to _
 50 E>E THU 'C CHIEN LUYE N THI vAo 10 - HA
• •
NO i
•

A. blessing B. misfortune C. happiness D. wealth

Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each question,
mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
Stress is a normal part of teens' life; however, (37) . When you face stress, use
some of these strategies to manage it.
♦ Getting a good night's sleep: Teens need eight to ten hours of sleep a day, so get enough
sleep. (38)
♦ Doing exercise: Doing enough physical exercise (39) . You should exercise for at
least 60 minutes a day.
♦ Talking it out: Talk about your stress to an adult. This person can be your teacher, parent,
or someone you trust.
♦ Writing about it: You can reduce your stress by writing down your problems. You can also
write about times you felt good and soon you will start to feel better.
♦ Going outside: (40) . Places with green trees and fresh air will make you feel better.
A. too much stress can be dangerous
B. You will feel more relaxed if you spend sometime in nature
C. is important for teens
D. To make it easier, keep your smartphone away from your bed
Question 37. Question 38. _

Question 39. Question 40.

----- -----
 50 E>E THU• 'C CHIEN LUYE• N THI vAo 10 - HA NO• i

E>E s6 23
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose
underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. angry B. educate C. stranger D. plane
Question 2. A. village B. dangerous C. garage D. passenger
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs
from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following
questions.
Question 3. A. provide B. pursue C. succeed D. broaden
Question 4. A. essential B. digital C. generous D. talented
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to
each of the following questions.
Question 5. They tea when the doorbell _
A. has - was ringing B. were having - rang
C. had - rang D. having - ringing
Question 6. I've lived in this house 1990.
---
A. from B. since C. for D. in
Question 7. According to our school's regulations, students use mobile phones in
class.
A. mustn't B. shouldn't C. needn't D. won't
Question 8. The students laughed when they saw the monkeys eating bananas.
A. happy B. happily C. happiness D. unhappy
Question 9. It's very kind you to help me.
A. to B. of C. with D. for
Question 10. Of the 4 kids, Julia is and best at English.
A. more hard-working B. most hard-working
C. the most hard-working D. as hard-working as
Question 11. Local people often sell like bracelets, scarves and hats to tourists.
A. lacquerware B. artisans C. handicrafts D. sculptures
Question 12. Jack: "Well done! That's a very nice picture! Tom:" "
A. Thanks. It's nice of you to say so. B. Wow. That's incredible.
C. Yes. I think so too. D. Right. I've painted a nice picture.
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer
 50 E>E THU 'C CHIEN LUYE N THI vAo 10 - HA
• •
NO i
•

sheet to indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 13
to 16.
Whether you're travelling to the islands or the mountains of Thailand, you're likely to spend
at least one night (13) its capital city on the way. Bangkok might be noisy and
polluted, (14) it's also an exciting city with (15) things to see and do. Why
not (16) it a longer stay?
Question 13. A. in B.on C. at D. of
Question 14. A. and B. C. or D. but
so
Question 15. A. a few B. plenty of C. a great deal of D. most
Question 16. A. in B. at C. by D.on
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the blank to make
a logical text.
I was excited to go to the zoo with my friends. _
a. We spent hours watching the animals, learning about their habits and habitats.
b. We saw lions roaring, monkeys swinging through the trees, and elephants munching on
grass.
c. But when we arrived, we discovered that the zoo was surprisingly crowded
A. b-c-a B. c-b-a C. a-c-b D. c-a-b
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17) most
appropriately.
A. The zoo had many interesting exhibits, including a reptile house and an aviary filled with
colourful birds.
B. We learned a lot about animal conservation and the importance of protecting endangered
.
species.
C. Despite the crowds, it was a fun and educational day out, and I can't wait to go back
.
again.
D. My favourite part was the giraffe enclosure, where we could get close to these gentle
giants.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
Robotic restaurants
Nowadays, robots are so (19) that they are used routinely to carry out many tasks
that people don't want to do because they are repetitive, dirty, or dangerous. Robots can also
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

be programmed to carry out (20) jobs that are too complex for humans. Robots most
obviously impact everyday life, especially in the service capacity. Japan leads (21) _
world in robot technology by using robots in restaurant kitchens to make sushi and chop
vegetables. They are also important earlier in food production, planting rice, and growing
crops.
(22) , robots work as receptionists, cleaners, and drink servers. Some robots
specialise in (23) coffee, starting with the beans, while others can be hired as a
waiter to (24) drinks at parties or working behind a bar. The makers of such robots
claim savings of up to 20 percent on the cost of spilled drinks.
Question 19. A. helpless B. helpful C. dangerous D. useless
Question 20. A. a B.any C. much D. some
Question 21. A. the B.a C.an D.0
Question 22. A. B. buy C. give D. provide
Additionally Question 23. A. B. to make C. making D. to making
make Question 24. A. serve B. buy C. give D. provide
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
closest in meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. He is sorry he can't speak English well.
A. He wishes he can speak English well.
B. He wishes he could speak English well.
C. He wishes he had spoken English well.
D. He wishes he would speak English well.
Question 26. The woman is too weak. She can't lift the basket.
A. Although she is weak, she can lift the basket.
B. The woman is weak enough to lift the basket.
C. The woman is so weak that she can't lift the basket.
D. The woman is weak in order to lift the basket.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
made from the given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. Tom / give / new/ mobile phone / 20th birthday.
A. Tom were given a new mobile phone on his 20th birthday.
B. Tom was gave a new mobile phone on his 20th birthday.
C. Tom was given a new mobile phone on his 20th birthday.
Tom given a new mobile phone on his 20th birthday.
 50 E>E THU 'C CHIEN LUYE N THI vAo 10 - HA
• •
NO i
•

Question 28. It/ believe /that/ New York/ most expensive / city / the world.
A. It was believed that New York is the most expensive city in the world.
B. It is believed that New York is the most expensive city in the world.
C. It is believed that New York to be the most expensive city in the world.
D. It believed that New York is the most expensive city in the world.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?

A. You are free to eat or drink anything you like in this area whenever you want.
B. Eating and drinking are permitted only in this specific area and not outside of it.
C. Do not bring any food or drinks into this area at any time as it is not allowed.
D. Food and drink can only be consumed in this area during certain hours of the day.
Question 30. What does the notice say?
,
Remember to bring your ID card when you enter the building.
You will need it to go through security.

A. Leave your ID card at home

B. No ID card required
C. Show your ID card upon entry
D. Bring your ID card for security check
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
Motorists in China are experiencing a traffic jam from hell. Thousands of drivers have been
stuck in their cars for ten days on the Beijing-Tibet Expressway just outside the Chinese
capital. The gridlock started on August 14th when roadworks began. The bad news is that
the chaos will continue for another month. The tailbacks stretch back for 100km. The
situation has been made worse by dozens of cars breaking down or overheating. Around
400 traffic police have been assigned to patrol the jam to make sure tensions don't rise too
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

far. The horrendous snarl-up is the result of the explosion in the s number of cars on Chinese
roads. As China becomes wealthier, more people are buying cars, thus causing more traffic
problems.
Drivers trapped in the traffic jam know they have to be patient and sit for long hours in their
cars. There are no showers for them to use and if they need to use a toilet, they have to lock
their car and wander off to the nearest cafe. There are many complaints of local people
taking advantage of the stranded motorists by charging them more than double prices for
drinks and snacks. People are keeping themselves busy by playing cards or board games.
Some have reported feeling homesick. One truck driver Juang Shao expressed his
frustration over the situation: "I've missed my daughter's birthday and the food in my truck
has probably turned into soup," he said. He said he was worried his truck could be stuck in
the traffic forever.
Question 31. What caused traffic congestion on those days?
A. roadworks B. the Beijing-Tibet Expressway
C. the gridlock D. the tailbacks
Question 32. How many traffic police patrol the gridlock?
A. 100 B.200 C.300 0.400
Question 33. What do drivers have to do when they are stuck in the traffic jam?
A. be impatient B. lock their cars
C. play cards or board games D. be patient
Question 34. Which of the following happened in the gridlock EXCEPT _
A. people who live near the jam are making money from those stranded.
B. drivers kept themselves busy by playing cards or board games.
C. some people felt homesick.
D. there was a truck which was stuck in the traffic forever.
Question 35. The word "tensions" is CLOSEST in meaning to _
A. calmness B. relaxation C. pleasure D. stress
Question 36. What is the main idea of the passage?
A. The worst traffic jam in China
B. The disadvantages of traffic jams
C. How to survive in a heavy traffic jam
D. Ten-day Chinese Traffic Jam
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each question,
mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct option that
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.

I feel fortunate that I am living in a peaceful village in southern Viet Nam. The scenery 2 here
is beautiful and (37) . The houses are surrounded by green trees. There are 5 lakes,
ponds, and canals here and there. The air is fresh and cool. (38) . The people work
very hard. They grow vegetables, cultivate rice, and raise cattle. At harvest time, they use
combine harvesters to harvest their crops. (39) Others live by fishing in lakes,
ponds, and canals. Life in the village is very (40) . They play traditional games.
Sometimes they help their parents pick fruit and herd cattle.
A. Life here seems to move more slowly than in cities
B. picturesque with vast fields stretching long distances
C. comfortable for children
D. Many families live by growing fruit trees in the orchards

Question 37. Question 38.

----- -----
Question 39. Question 40.
----- -----
 50 E>E THU• 'C CHIEN LUYE• N THI vAo 10 - HA NO• i

E>E s6 24
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose
underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. sign B. shift C. gift D. king
Question 2. A. feature B. culture C. tradition D. statue
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs
from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following
questions.
Question 3. A. intend B. install C. follow D. decide
Question 4. A. humorous B. essential C. dangerous D. regular
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to
each of the following questions.
Question 5. The kids were still playing football the heavy rain.
A. despite B. in spite C. although D. because of
Question 6. She was that she always came top of the class.
A. so clever B. too clever C. such clever D. clever enough
Question 7. Do you mind if I turn the TV? I want to watch the news.
A. off B. out C. down D.on
Question 8. You don't seem very in the movie. Don't you like it?
A. interested B. interesting C. interest D. interestingly
Question 9. If the weather worse, we won't go to the beach.
A. gets B. will get C. got D. would get
Question 10. English is his tongue. Besides, he can speak French and Spanish.
A. mother B. language C. country D. nation
Question 11. My sister will my children when I am on business.
A. go down B. get off C. turn on D. look after
Question 12. Mrs. White: "Thank you very much for helping the disadvantaged children
here!"

The volunteers: " "

---
A. What a pity! B. It's our pleasure.

C. Sorry, we don't know D. That's nice of you.

Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 13
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

to 16.
Good evening, ladies and gentlemen. We have (13) at JFK airport (14) New
York, where the local time is 18:30 and the temperature is 76°. We hope you (15) _
your flight with American Airlines this evening (16) wish you a very safe journey to
your final destination.
Question 13. A. departed B. taken off C. reached D. landed
Question 14. A. in B. at C.on D. into
Question 15. enjoyed B. have enjoyed C. will enjoy D. enjoy
Question 16. A. so B. but C. and D. nor
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the blank to make
a logical text.
I was nervous about my first day at a new school. _
a. My classmates were friendly and welcoming, making me feel comfortable in no time.
b. I was worried about meeting new people and making friends in a completely unfamiliar
environment.
c. To my surprise, the day turned out to be much better than I expected.
A. b-c-a B. c-a-b C. a-b-c D. b-a-c
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17) most
appropriately.
A. I quickly realized that starting a new school can be exciting and full of new opportunities.
B. I made sure to put a smile on my face, and it made a difference in how others interacted
with me.
C. The teachers were kind and helpful, making the transition much easier.
D. The first day was definitely challenging, but I learned to adapt and overcome my fears.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
What makes a good language learner?
- Don't be afraid of making mistakes. Good language learners notice their mistakes and learn
from (19)
- Do group activities. A good language learner always (20) opportunities to have a
talk with other students.
- Make notes during every class. Notes help you (21) new language. Look at your
notes when you do your homework.
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

- Use a dictionary. Good language learners often use dictionaries to (22) words they
don't know. They also make their own vocabulary lists.
- Do extra practice. Test and improve your language, reading and listening skills with self-
study materials. You (23) find a lot of them online.
- Enjoy learning. Watch a TV series or films, listen to songs, play video games (24) _
read books in the language you are learning. It's never too late to become a good language
learner.
Question 19. A. her B. him C. you
D. them
Question 20. A. looks at B. looks for C. picks up D. turns down
Question 21. A. to remember B. remembering C. remembered D. to
remembering
Question 22. A. look B. support C. lose D. check
Question 23. A. must B. should C. may D. can
Question 24. A. and B. so C. or D. but
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
closest in meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. "If I were you, I would take a break," Tom said to Daisy.
A. Tom wanted to take a break with Daisy.
B. Tom advised Daisy to take a break.
C. Tom suggested not taking a break.
D. Tom offered Daisy to take a break.
Question 26. We broke the computer. It belongs to my father.
A. We broke the computer which it belongs to my father.
B. We broke the computer who belongs to my father.
C. We broke the computer which belongs to my father.
D. We broke the computer, that belongs to my father.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
made from the given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. I/ have/ an/ exciting/ holiday/ before.
A. I have had such an exciting holiday before.
B. I have never have such an exciting holiday before.
C. I never had such an exciting holiday before.
D. I have never had such an exciting holiday before.
 50 E>E THU 'C CHIEN LUYE N THI vAo 10 - HA
• •
NO i
•

Question 28. It/ difficult / exercise / we / could / not/ do/ it.

A. It was so a difficult exercise that we couldn't do it.
B. It was too a difficult exercise that we couldn't do it.
C. It was such difficult exercise that we couldn't do it.
D. It was such a difficult exercise that we couldn't do it.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?

DON'T
DRINK
AND
DRIVE

A. Drinking alcohol is not safe when you are driving a car or other vehicles.
B. You can drive a car if you drink only a little alcohol and feel okay.
C. It is good to drink water while driving so you stay awake and safe.
D. You should only drive if you have not had any alcohol to drink.
Question 30. What does the notice say?

"Attention, all students! Please note that our library will

now open at 10:00 AM and close at 6:00 PM, Monday through Friday.
Our weekend hours remain the same. Thank you for your cooperation."

A. Change in the library's hours on weekends.

B. Change in the library's location.
C. Change in the library's opening and closing times on weekdays.
D. Change in the library's phone number.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
Some doctors think that you should drink a glass of water each morning because of its
importance to your body. You should drink this water first thing before doing anything else.
The temperature of the water should be similar to body temperature; neither too hot nor too
cold.
Water helps clean out your kidneys. It prepares your stomach for digestion. Water can also
help your intestines work better. After drinking water, the intestines can more easily take out
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

nutrients from our food. Water also helps us go to the bathroom more easily.
Scientists suggest that people take in 1,600 millilitres of water each day. However, don't
drink all of that water in one sitting. If you do, your kidneys will have to work much harder to
eliminate it. It's better to drink some in the morning and some in the afternoon. Some people
think it's better to drink between meals and not during meals. They think water dilutes the
juices produced in our stomachs. This can interfere with I normal digestion.
Question 31. The reason why people ought to drink water every morning is that.
A. it is important to the body
B. its temperature is similar to body temperature
C. it is the first thing to do before doing anything else
D. it helps us avoid being thirsty
Question 32. Which of the following is NOT mentioned in paragraph 2 as the part of the
body that water is good for?
A. kidneys B. stomach C. livers D. intestines
Question 33. Scientists suggest that people drink of water each day.
A. 16 millilitres B. 16000 millilitres
C. 160 millilitres D. 1600 millilitres
Question 34. The word "take in" in paragraph 3 is CLOSEST in meaning to _
A. consume B. save C. use D. collect
Question 35. The word "eliminate" in paragraph 3 is OPPOSITE in meaning to _
A. remove B. delete C. process D. keep
Question 36. What is the main idea of the passage?
A. The best amount of water to drink B. The importance of water
C. How to drink water properly D. The advice for the doctors
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each question,
mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
Some teenagers enjoy spending free time with their friends. Others prefer doing leisure
activities with their family members. I love spending time with my family (37) _
At the weekend, we usually go for a bike ride. (38) . We take photos and look at them
later. My big brother and I are also into cooking. My brother looks for easy recipes. After that,
we prepare the ingredients and cook. Sometimes the food is good, but sometimes it isn't (39)
. The leisure activity I like the most is doing DIY projects with my mum. She teaches
me to make my own dresses and doll clothes. (40) . Once I won the first prize in a
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

costume contest at my school.

A. We cycle to some nearby villages to enjoy the fresh air
B. On special occasions, we make special dresses together
C. because it's a great way to connect with them
D. nevertheless, we love whatever we cook

Question 37. Question 38.

---- ----
Question 39. Question 40.
---- ----
 50 E>E THU• 'C CHIEN LUYE• N THI vAo 10 - HA NO• i

E>E s6 2s
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose
underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. pasture B. acquaintance C. constant D. talkative
Question 2. A. with B. brother C. though D. thousand
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs
from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following
questions.
Question 3. A. label B. luxury C. receive D. model
Question 4. A. charity B. energy C. separate D. pollution
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to
each of the following questions.
Question 5. He was advised that he singing lessons.
A. should take B. will take C. had taken D. took
Question 6. She can't buy that book because she has money.
A. a lot of B. many C. much D. little
Question 7. She a postcard when the telephone rang.
A. wrote B. was written C. was writing D. has written
Question 8. I'm learning English I want to get a good job after school.
A. but B. because C. so D. although
Question 9. Let's go to the library, ?
A. shall we B. will we C. would we D. should we
Question 10. To save money, we should the amount of energy used in our homes.
A. reduce B. increase C. stop D. leave
Question 11. I think I lost my key. I've it everywhere but I can't find it.
A. looked out B. looked for C. looked after D. looked in
Question 12. Jim: "What about collecting used paper, bottles and plastic bags every day?"
Ha and Mai: " "
---
A. Because they can pollute the environment.
B. I think so. Who can do that?
C. That's a very good idea. Let's do that.
D. What about this weekend?
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer
 50 E>E THU 'C CHIEN LUYE N THI vAo 10 - HA
• •
NO i
•

sheet to indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 13
to 16.
Single ensuite room available in our lovely (13) house in Didsbury. Five-minute walk
from the city centre. Move in from 1 June. (14) kitchen and living room with two (15)
housemates, no parking, £600 a month excluding bills. (16) pets. Contact
07890 123456 for viewing.
Question 13. A. three bedrooms B. three bedroom C. three-bedrooms D. three-bedroom
Question 14. A. B. Shared C. Similar D. Used
Common Question 15. B. lady C. elder D. female
A. girl Question 16. A. B.A C.No D.Some
None
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the blank to make
a logical text.
My family decided to go on a camping trip in the mountains. _
a. We roasted marshmallows over the campfire, told stories, and enjoyed the peaceful
atmosphere under a sky full of stars.
b. We arrived at the campsite and set up our tent, eager to explore the beautiful
surroundings.
c. The drive was long and winding, but the scenery was breathtaking, with lush forests and
towering peaks.
A. b-a-c B. c-b-a C. a-c-b D. c-a-b
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17) most
appropriately.
A. The camping trip was a perfect opportunity to disconnect from the hustle and bustle of
everyday life.
B. We woke up early to hike to the top of a nearby mountain, where we had stunning views
of the valley below.
C. We learned how to build a campfire and cook our meals over the open flames, which was
a new and exciting experience.
D. We even saw some wild animals, like deer and squirrels, roaming freely in the woods.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
Every Vietnamese child dreams (19) an amazing Mid-Autumn Festival with his or her
own brightly lit lantern and moon cakes. Mid-Autumn Festival is also (20) in Viet
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

Nam as the "Children's Festival". While the Mid-Autumn Festival is celebrated in many Asian
countries, the Vietnamese version has its own (21) and legends. Our best-known
tale is about a man named Cuoi who hung on to a magical banyan tree as it floated up to the
moon. We say that if you look closely at the full moon, you can see the shadow of a man
sitting under a tree. Children parade lanterns in the streets (22) the night of Mid-
Autumn Festival to help light the (23) to the earth for Cuoi from the moon. Lion
dancing is an essential part of the Mid-Autumn festival. Groups of children gather, each (24)
a red lantern. Everyone sings along and feels so happy.
Question 19. A. about B. with C. of D. for
Question 20. A. said B.spoken C. known D. held
Question 21. A. traditions B. traditional C. traditionally D. tradition
Question 22. A. on B. at C. into D. for
Question 23. A. tour B. move C. travel D. way
Question 24. A. carries B. transports C. takes D. delivers
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
closest in meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. You don't take any exercise. You feel unhealthy.
A. If you don't take any exercise, you will feel healthy.
B. If you took more exercise, you would feel healthier.
C. If you take more exercise, you will feel healthier.
D. If you were healthier, you would take more exercise.
Question 26. They will fly to the USA. They used to live there.
A. They will fly to the USA, where they used to live there.
B. They will fly to the USA, which they used to live.
C. They will fly to the USA, that they used to live.
D. They will fly to the USA, where they used to live.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
made from the given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. I / spend / 4 hours / read /first/ chapter/ the book.
A. I spent 4 hours reading the first chapter of the book.
B. I spent 4 hours to read the first chapter of the book.
C. I spent 4 hours to reading the first chapter of the book.
D. I spent 4 hours read the first chapter of the book.
Question 28. I / wish / I /can/ cook I well /as/ mom.
 50 E>E THU 'C CHIEN LUYE N THI vAo 10 - HA
• •
NO i
•

A. I wish I could cook as well as my mom.

B. I wish I can cook as well as my mom.
C. I wish I could cooked as well as my mom.
D. I wish I can cook as better as my mom.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?

Please
Take
Your
Trash
with You
A. Leave your trash in the designated bins provided in the area.
B. Take your trash with you when you leave this place.
C. Only take your trash with you if it is recyclable.
D. You can leave your trash in any area around here.
Question 30. What does the notice say?

ADVENTURE PARK
Half-price tickets for groups of 12 or more
Ask at entrance

A. Only discount for groups of 12.

B. Going alone will cost more.
C. You will have more fun with friends
D. Going with a group of 12 will get a discount.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
The teddy bear is a child's toy, a nice soft stuffed animal suitable for cuddling. It is, however,
a toy with an interesting history behind it.
Theodore Roosevelt, or Teddy as he was commonly called, was the president of the United
States from 1901 to 1909. He was an unusually active man with varied pastimes, one of
which was hunting. One day the president was invited to take part in a bear hunt and as
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

Teddy was President, his hosts wanted to ensure that he caught a bear. A bear was
captured, and tied to a tree; however, Teddy, who really wanted to hunt a bear, refused to
shoot the bear and, in fact, demanded that the bear be extricated from the ropes; that is, he
demanded that the bear be set free. \
The incident attracted a lot of attention among journalists. First a cartoon drawn by Clifford
K. Berryman to make fun of this situation appeared in the Washington Post, ' and the cartoon
was widely distributed and reprinted throughout the country. Then toy i manufacturers began
producing a toy bear which they called "teddy bear". The teddy bear became the most widely
recognised symbol of Roosevelt's presidency.
Question 31. According to the first paragraph, what is a teddy bear?
A. A toy B. A gentle animal
C. The US president D. A famous hunter
Question 32. The word "pastimes" in the passage is CLOSEST in meaning to _
A. past events B. leisure activities
C. previous jobs D. hunting trips
Question 33. Which of the following is true, according to the second paragraph?
A. Theodore Roosevelt's only pastime was hunting
B. Theodore Roosevelt actually caught a bear.
C. The bear that Theodore caught was tied to a tree.
D. Theodore wanted the bear to be set free.
Question 34. The word attention" in the passage is OPPOSITE in meaning to
A. concern B. care C. concentration D. ignorance
Question 35. What does the teddy bear symbolise?
A. the freedom of a bear B. Roosevelt's presidency
C. Roosevelt's hobby D. a famous cartoon
Question 36. The text most likely discusses _
A. president Roosevelt's pastimes B. the fun of hunting
C. the history of a popular toy D. toy manufacturing
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each question,
mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
Digital technologies have remarkably changed teenagers' life and work both positively and
negatively. According to UNICEF, 71% of 15-24-year-olds are online and (37) _
(38) . They have various devices like computers, tablets, smartphones, and
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

applications to improve the ways they learn, broaden their relationships, and spend their
leisure time. They have more opportunities to learn, get access to information, and use
different communication channels inexpensively.
(39) . First, there is a concern about children's physical and mental health. Statistics
show that teens spend less time doing physical activities, and (40) , bone and eye
problems. Moreover, teens are also at risk of visiting websites which promote self-harm or
suicide. In fact, cyber-bullying on the Internet has become more serious than bullying at
school.
Schools and parents should guide children so that they can use devices wisely and not
become victims of those devices and technologies.
A. Teenagers benefit from the advances in technology
B. many more teens suffer from obesity
C. However, they also face many risks
D. one third of Internet users are under 18 years old
Question 37. Question 38. _

Question 39. Question 40.

----- -----
 50 E>E THU• 'C CHIEN LUYE• N THI vAo 10 - HA NO• i

E>E s6 26
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose
underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. beach B. meat C. seat D. weather
Question 2. A. B. citadel C. complex D. contestant
cavern
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs
from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following
questions.
Question 3. A. teacher B. lesson C. action D. police
Question 4. A. difficult B. relevant C. volunteer D. interesting
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to
each of the following questions.
Question 5. Peter suggests that his sister to the seaside in the summer.
A. going B. to go C. went D. should go
Question 6. It took them at least two month show to pronounce these words.
A. to learn B. learning C. learnt D. learn
Question 7. It's very hot today. I wish I on the beach now.
A. am B. was C. were D. had been

Question 8. Lucia cannot remember the name of the restaurant she ate her
---
favourite Pho.
A. which B. whose C. whom D. where
Question 9. the heavy rain, we all enjoyed the excursion.
A. Although B. Despite C. In spite D. Because
Question 10. There weren't eggs left for the people who had breakfast at 9:30 a.m.!
A. some B. much C. any D. a little
Question 11. Susan is very of telling other people what to do.
A. interested B. fond C. keen D. excited
Question 12. Peter: "Would you like some more tea?" - John:" "
A. Yes, please B. Yes, you would C. No, I won't D. No, please
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 13
to 16.
Subject: Courses in August
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

Dear Sir or Madam,

I (13) your website and I would like to know more about your English courses. I am
interested in (14) a (15) course in August. Are there any places available, and what
are the start dates?
Also, do you have (16) accommodation for those dates?
Thank you for your help.
Regards,
Simona
Question 13. A. saw B. am going to see C. had seen D. have
seen
Question 14. A. taking B. doing C. sitting D. making
Question 15. A. two-weeks B. two weeks C. two-week D.
two week
Question 16. A. some B.an C. any D. a little
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the blank to make
a logical text.
a. My friend and I went to the park for a fun afternoon. _
b. We laughed and ran around the tree, enjoying the fresh air and sunshine.
c. We found a shady spot under a big tree and had a picnic lunch.
It was a beautiful day, and the park was filled with people enjoying the warm weather.
A. a-c-b B. c-b-a C. b-c-a D. c-a-b
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17) most
appropriately.
A. We played some fun games like tag and frisbee, and even rode our bikes around the
park.
B. The park had a playground with swings, slides, and a climbing frame, where we had a
blast.
C. We saw lots of kids playing, families having picnics, and even some dogs running around.
D. It was a relaxing and enjoyable afternoon, and we felt happy and refreshed when we went
home.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
People who use the Internet too much may have mental health problems. They may have
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

problems if they cannot get online regularly. A survey from a Canadian university looked at
the Internet (19) of 254 students and their mental health. Researchers said 107
students were addicted or had problems like depression or anxiety (20) their Internet
addiction. We know little about the dangers of it and need to do more research.
A researcher explained (21) problems there are. He said: "We found that students
addicted to the Internet had significantly more trouble (22) with their day-to-day
activities, (23) life at home, at work or at school." He added: "People with Internet
addiction also had significantly higher amounts of depression, and problems (24) _
time management." We also need to find out if mental health problems cause Internet
addiction.
Question 19. A. habits B. traditions C. customs D. lifestyles
Question 20. A. instead of B. because of C. thanks to D. in addition
Question 21. A. which B. that C. what D. whether
Question 22. A. dealing B. deal C. to deal D. to dealing
Question 23. A. making B. including C. D. excluding
Question 24. A. for B. about counting
D. with
C. of
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
closest in meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. Peter tried his best. He couldn't win the match.
A. Peter tried his best, and he couldn't win the match.
B. Peter tried his best, so he couldn't win the match.
C. Peter tried his best, but he couldn't win the match.
D. Peter tried his best, or he couldn't win the match.
Question 26. "What about helping the homeless in the neighbourhood?" Maria said.
A. Maria suggested letting help the homeless in the neighbourhood.
B. Maria suggested helping the homeless in the neighbourhood.
C. Maria advised to help the homeless in the neighbourhood.
D. Maria reminded to help the homeless in the neighbourhood.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
made from the given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. They/ use/ go/ school/ bike/ they/ young.
A. They used go to school by bike when they were young.
B. They used to going to school by bike when they were young.
C. They used to go to school by bike when they were young.
 50 E>E THU 'C CHIEN LUYE N THI vAo 10 - HA
• •
NO i
•

D. They used to went to school by bike when they are young.

Question 28. new/ computer/ expensive / he / not/ buy/ it.
A. The new computer is so expensive that he cannot buy it.
B. The new computer is such expensive that he cannot buy it.
C. The new computer is too expensive that he can buy it.
D. The new computer is so expensive but he can buy it.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?

LOUD MUSIC
PAST
9:00 PM
A. Loud music can be played at any time during the night.
B. Only classical music is permitted to be loud after 9 PM.
C. You are allowed to play loud music only before 9 PM.
D. Make sure to keep the music quiet after 9 PM.
Question 30. What does the notice say?

Please try to return books to the correct shelf.

Thank you.
.J

A. Put books back in the correct place.

B. Bring books back at the correct time.
C. Leave the books on the floor after using them.
D. Return books to any shelf, as it does not matter where.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
Unlike life in the countryside, which is often considered to be simple and traditional, life in the
city is modern and complicated. People from different regions move to cities in the hope of
having a better life for themselves and their children. With plenty of job opportunities
available in the city, the inhabitants work as secretaries, businessmen, teachers,
government officials, factory workers, street vendors or construction workers sand so on.
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

The high cost of living requires city dwellers, especially those with low income, to work
harder or to take part-time jobs. For many people, daily life typically involves getting up in the
early morning to do exercise in public parks, preparing for a hard day of working and
studying, then travelling along crowded boulevards or narrow streets filled with motor
scooters and returning home late at night. They usually live in large houses, high- \ rise
apartment blocks or even in small rental rooms equipped with modern facilities, like the
Internet, telephone, television, and so on. Industrialization and modernization, as well as
global integration, have big impacts on lifestyle in cities. The most noticeable impact is the
Western style of clothes. The Ao dai, Vietnamese traditional clothes - is no longer regularly
worn in Vietnamese women's daily life. Instead, jeans, T-shirts and fashionable clothes are
widely preferred.
Question 31. What is the main idea of the passage?
A. Life in the city
B. Advantages of living in the city
C. Differences between country life and city life
D. Typical life of a city dweller
Question 32. The word "available" in paragraph 2 is OPPOSITE in meaning to _
A. convenient B. free C. limited D. beneficial
Question 33. The most important reason why people move to the city is _
A. to have busy days B. to take part-time jobs
C. to look for a better life D. to look for a complicated life
Question 34. According to the passage, city life can offer city dwellers all of the following
things EXCEPT .
A. the Internet
B. friendly communication with neighbours
C. a variety of jobs in different fields
D. modem facilities
Question 35. Industrialization and modernization may lead to _
A. the disappearance of Western-styled clothes
B. changes in lifestyles
C. the fact that women no longer wear Ao dai
D. global integration
Question 36. The word "impact" in paragraph 2 is CLOSEST in meaning to _
A. effect B. action C. situation D. force
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each question,
mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
recently purchased a robot vacuum cleaner. It is a compact, disc-shaped machine (37)
. It can move around spaces and avoid obstacles like furniture, walls, and stairs
thanks to an array of sensors. My robot vacuums up dirt and debris from carpets, rugs, and
hard floors using suction power and rotating brushes.
My robot is programmed to operate according to a set timetable, allowing it to clean my
house while I am away. The robot is equipped with a charging dock, (38) .
(39) . In addition to receiving notifications and updates on the robot's cleaning
progress, these features enable me to start, stop, and schedule cleaning sessions remotely.
(40) . It gives me a hands-free way to keep my house clean and tidy.
A. My vacuum cleaner robot also features Wi-Fi connectivity and a smartphone app for
operation
B. that is designed to clean floors automatically
C. Overall, my vacuum cleaner robot is a practical and time-saving
D. which it can automatically return to when it needs to recharge its batteries
Question 37. Question 38. _

Question 39. Question 40.

----- -----
 50 E>E THU• 'C CHIEN LUYE• N THI vAo 10 - HA NO• i

E>E s6 27
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose
underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. mood B. tool C. flood D. soon
Question 2. A. warm B. wrong C. weak D. wide
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs
from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following
questions.
Question 3. A. explore B. follow C. install D. invest
Question 4. A. electric B. computer C. fascinate D. fantastic
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to
each of the following questions.
Question 5. How does it cost you to buy a ticket for this concert?
A. many B. often C. long D. much
Question 6. Some students in my class would like sports.
A. played B. playing C. play D. to play
Question 7. John told me to wait for him the coffee shop.
A. in B. at C.on D. of
Question 8. This is the first time I volunteer work in our community.
A. have done B.do C. would do D. did
Question 9. Jack is not Linda because she always has the quickest answers.
A. as intelligent than B. more intelligent as
C. the most intelligent D. as intelligent as
Question 10. Sam is young to live alone aboard.
A. too B. enough C. so D. such
Question 11. You cut down on fast food, or else you will get fat quickly.
A. should B. can C. must D. may
Question 12. Jacob is talking to Rosie after the Spanish speaking
contest. Jacob: "Congratulations on winning the first prize!" - Rosie: "
"
A. What can I do for you? B. What a pity!
C. You're welcome. D. Thank you so much.
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 13
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

to 16.
Hi Sunny!
How are you?
We (13) to Singapore, so I wanted to ask your advice on what we should do (14)
we're there. What shouldn't we miss? We'll have our two kids aged 6 and 8 with us,
so ideally we want to do things we can enjoy as a family.
We've already got a hotel booked in Marina Bay, and we arrive (15) 12 May for a
week.
I hope you're around, so we can (16) _
See you soon,
Janet
Question 13. A. will come B. come C. have just come D. are coming
Question 14. A. while B. during C. D. when
Question 15. A. at B. in as D. about
Question 16. A. see in B. meet up C.on D. get over
C. turn up
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the blank to make
a logical text.
I was so excited to go to the amusement park with my friends. _
a. We rode the roller coasters, went on the Ferris wheel, and played games in the arcade.
b. The park was crowded with people, but we still had a blast.
c. We arrived at the park and were greeted by the sights and sounds of excitement and
laughter.
A. a-b-c B. b-a-c C. c-a-b D. c-b-a
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17) most
appropriately.
A. We ate delicious snacks like cotton candy and popcorn, and drank refreshing lemonade.
B. We even won a giant stuffed animal at the shooting game, which made me so happy!
C. We laughed and screamed with joy as we rode the thrilling rides.
D. The amusement park was definitely a great place to have fun and let loose.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
Britain will soon ban smoking in cars with children. Britain's government wants (19) _
the harm cigarette smoke does to children. New laws will cut the chances of children passive
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

smoking. This is when someone breathes in the smoke from other people's cigarettes. Many
studies say passive smoking can almost be as (20) as actually smoking a cigarette.
The British government says that it has looked at searches pointing out that children (21)
sit in smoke-filled cars have health problems. It is particularly bad in cars because
there is so little space, so the car fills (22) smoke very quickly. Everyone agrees with
the new law. Some lawmakers argue that it takes away the freedom for people to smoke in
their own car. (23) , Britain's health minister states that the health of children is (24)

--- than the freedom to smoke.

Question 19. A. reduce B. to reducing C. to reduce D. reducing
Question 20. A. harmful B. heavy C. harmless D. careless
Question 21. A. whom B. who C. where D. when
Question 22. A. about B. of C. in D. with
Question 23. A. Moreover B. However C. Thus D. But
Question 24. A. as important as B. important
C. most D. more important
important
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
closest in meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. It rained heavily. The match was cancelled.
A. Because the heavy rain, the match was cancelled.
B. In spite of the heavy rain, the match was cancelled.
C. Because of raining heavily, the match was cancelled.
D. Although it rained heavily, the match was cancelled.
Question 26. Michael is not tall. He cannot become a pilot.
A. Michael is tall enough to become a pilot.
B. Michael is not short enough to become a pilot.
C. Michael is so short to become a pilot.
D. Michael is not tall enough to become a pilot.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
made from the given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. I/ look/ forward/ travel/ Nha Trang/ next week.
A. I'm looking forward to travel to Nha Trang next week.
B. I'm looking forward travel to Nha Trang next week.
C. I'm looking forward to travelling to Nha Trang next week.
D. I'm looking forward travelled to Nha Trang next week.
 50 E>E THU 'C CHIEN LUYE N THI vAo 10 - HA
• •
NO i
•

Question 28. He / not/ drive / carefully/ he / use to.

A. He doesn't drive as carefully as he used to.
B. He doesn't drive carefully than he used to.
C. He doesn't drive as carefully than he used to.
D. He doesn't drive as carefully he does.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?

A. You can sit on the furniture if you want.

B. Only some pieces of furniture can be used for sitting.
C. Sitting on the furniture is not allowed here.
D. You may sit on the furniture only during designated breaks.
Question 30. What does the notice say?

Remember to switch off the lights when you leave.

A. Keep the lights on until someone tells you otherwise.

B. Leave the lights on for safety.
C. Only switch off the lights at night.
D. Turn off the lights before you go.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
In the early years of television, educational specialists believed that it would be very useful in
teaching and learning. Many schools have brought television sets, intending to use them
effectively to improve the quality of education; but actually they are rarely used i properly in
classrooms. Meanwhile, children spending the majority of their out-of-school ' hours watching
TV and their typical school days proceed as if television did not exist.
There are some explanations for the failure of television to get the interest of the teachers.
Firstly, the schools that purchased television sets have not set aside money for 2 equipment
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

repairs and maintenance so these television sets are sooner and later out of work.
Secondly, these schools have not found an effective way to train teachers to integrate
television into their ongoing instructional programs. Lastly, most teachers do not regard the
quality of television and its usefulness in the classroom.
Teachers at the schools work hard for at least twelve years to train their students to become
good readers. However, according to recent statistics, teenagers seldom spend their free
time reading books and newspapers but watching television instead.
Question 31. The text is about.
A. the use of television at schools B. teaching and learning television
C. educational specialists D. watching TV outside school
Question 32. The word "useful" in the first paragraph is OPPOSITE in meaning to _
A. helpful B. suitable C. effective D. harmful
Question 33. When TV first appeared, educational specialists .
A. did not appreciate it
B. did not appreciate it
C. believed it would be useful for schooling
D. banned children from watching TV
Question 34. Which of the following is NOT TRUE according to the passage?
A. Schools have brought television sets with the aim of improving the quality of education.
B. Television sets are used properly in classrooms.
C. Schools haven't found an effective way to train teachers to integrate television into their
ongoing instructional programs.
D. Television sets require repairs and maintenance.
Question 35. The word "out of work" in the first paragraph is CLOSEST in meaning to

A. fix B. stop running C. unemployed D. energetic

Question 36. Children spend their free time.
A. reading books B. reading newspapers
C. learning foreign language D. watching TV
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each
question, mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct
option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
The latest smartphones are sleek, slim, and offer many features such as high- resolution
cameras, fast processors, and artificial intelligence capabilities. They allow users to perform
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

a wide range of tasks, including browsing the Internet, (37) , and streaming videos.
(38) , They have unique features such as foldable screens, holographic displays, and
improved battery life. Al will play a significant role in the development of these devices, (39)
, facial recognition, and natural language processing becoming more sophisticated.
(40) . They have abilities to control more of our daily activities, such as managing our
homes, vehicles, and health. The possibilities are endless, and it will be exciting to see what
the future holds for electronic devices.
A. In the future, smartphones are likely to become even more advanced
B. with features such as voice recognition
C. Smartphones will likely become even more integrated into our lives
D. sending emails, making video calls, playing games

Question 37. Question 38.

----- -----
Question 39. Question 40.
----- -----
 50 E>E THU• 'C CHIEN LUYE• N THI vAo 10 - HA NO• i

E>E s6 2a
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose
underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. problem B. love C. box D.hobby
Question 2. A. thunder B. bathroom C. brother D. earthquake
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs
from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following
questions.
Question 3. A. garden B. beauty C. standard D.ago
Question 4. A. committee B. Vietnamese C. uniqueness D. agreement
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to
each of the following questions.
Question 5. I always check my results carefully because I want to avoid mistakes.
A. to making B. make C. to make D. making
Question 6. We will have a Christmas party the 24th of December.
A. in B. of C. on D. at
Question 7. Tony works for your company, ?
A. does he B. doesn't Tony C. isn't he D. doesn't he
Question 8. He will take us to Hoi An, was a UNESCO world heritage.
A. that B. which C. when D. where
Question 9. Jose spent time on playing computer games during COVID-19
quarantine period.
A. a B. a lot of C. many D. a few
Question 10. Laura her project if she more time now.
A. would completed - had B. would complete - had
C. will complete - has D. completed - would have
Question 11. He went to a seaside resort because he was on water-skiing.
A. fond B. crazy C. keen D. interested
Question 12. Mr. Jonathan is at the restaurant.
Mr. Jonathan: "Can I have a glass of water, please?" - Waiter: " "
A. Of course, sir. B. Sorry, I can't.
C. It's out of stock now. D. I'm busy now.
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer
 50 E>E THU• 'C CHIEN LUYE• N THI vAo 10 - HA NO• i

sheet to indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 13
to 16.
SCHOOL TRIP UPDATE
Dear Students,
We hope you (13) come on our school trip next weekend. (14), the Science and Technology'
Museum is closed for building work on Saturday, (15) we have got tickets for St Fagans
National History Museum instead. The good news (16) that entry is free so the trip will now
cost £10 each.
Arrival and departure times are the same.
Mr Stuart Noble
Head Teacher
Question 13. May B. could C. will D.can
Question 14. A. B. Unfortunately C. Fortunately D. Fortunate
Unfortunate Question 15. B. so C. for D. as
A. but Question 16. A. are B. was C. is D. will be
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the blank to make
a logical text.
I was looking forward to going to the beach with my family. _
a. We built sandcastles, splashed in the waves, and played beach volleyball.
b. We arrived at the beach and found a nice spot to set up our towels and umbrellas.
c. The weather was perfect, with clear blue skies and warm sunshine.
A. a-b-c B. b-a-c C. c-b-a D. c-a-b
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17) most
appropriately.
A. The beach was crowded with other families enjoying the day.
B. We had a delicious picnic lunch on the sand, with sandwiches, fruit, and chips,
C. We collected seashells and found some colourful crabs hiding in the sand.
D. It was a fantastic day filled with fun, laughter, and relaxation.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
When Scotsman Alexander Graham Bell (19) the telephone in 1876, it was a
revolution in communication. (20) the first time, people could talk to each other over
great distances almost (21) if they were in the same room. Nowadays, though, we
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

(22) use Bell's invention for taking photographs, (23) the Internet or
watching video clips rather than talking. Over the last two decades a new (24) of
spoken communication has emerged: the mobile phone.
Question 19. A. invents B. is invented C. invented D. was
invented
Question 20. A. As B.By C. For D. Since
Question 21. A. more clearly than B. as clearly as C. so clearly as D. less clearly
than
Question 22. A. .
increase B. increased C. increasing D.
increasingly
Question 23. A. accessing B. contacting C. entering D.
searching
Question 24. A. aids B. means C. tools D. ways
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
closest in meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. The old man is my friend. He is standing under the tree.
A. The old man who is standing under the tree is my friend.
B. The old man whom is standing under the tree is my friend.
C. The old man which is standing under the tree is my friend.
D. The old man he is standing under the tree is my friend.
Question 26. "Where will you have your holiday next summer?"
A. Jack asked me where I would have my holiday the following summer.
B. Jack asked me where I had my holiday the following summer.
C. Jack asked me if I would have my holiday the following summer.
D. Jack asked me where I will have my holiday the next summer.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
made from the given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. It/ rain/ hard/ many people/ come/ the stadium.
A. It rained very hard, so many people came to the stadium.
B. It rained very hard, but many people came to the stadium.
C. It rained very hard, or many people came to the stadium.
D. It rained very hard, and many people came to the stadium.
Question 28. It/ take I me I long time / get use to /wear/ glasses.
A. It took me a long time getting used to wearing glasses.
 50 E>E THU 'C CHIEN LUYE N THI vAo 10 - HA
• •
NO i
•

B. It take me a long time to get used to wear glasses.

C. It took me a long time to get used to wear glasses.
D. It took me a long time to get used to wearing glasses.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?

NOTICE

NO BICYCLES
ALLOWED IN
BUILDING
A. You are allowed to bring your bicycle into the building whenever you want.
B. All bicycles must be left outside and not brought into the building.
C. Only smaller bicycles are not allowed in the building, larger bicycles are allowed.
D. All bicycles mustn't be left outside the building and not brought inside.
Question 30. What does the notice say?

Please keep your noise level low in this area.

A. Only reduce noise during office hours.

B. Speak loudly so everyone can hear you.
C. Make sure to be quiet and not disturb others.
D. Noise level does not matter in this area.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
You probably hear a lot about the environment. But do you really worry about it? Do you
help to save the Earth? Cleaning a planet is not a task for only one person. People
everywhere have to get involved and understand this is our world. If we pass the world on
about the importance of reducing, reusing and recycling, the destiny of this planet can
change.
Reducing the amount of waste you produce is the best way to help the environment. Did
you switch off the water while brushing your teeth in the morning? You should do it! Did
you walk to school or did you use public transportation?
Reusing is another way of being environmentally friendly. Try to find ways to use things
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

again! Take cloth sacks when you go shopping instead of taking home newspapers or plastic
bags. You should use cloth sacks again and again. You have to save some trees Shoe
boxes and margarine containers can be used to store things or become fun art projects. Use
your imagination!
You can also recycle in your home or even at school. Many communities have I recycling
centres for newspapers, batteries and a variety of glass and plastics. These can be made
into new products.
Question 31. What is the best way to help the environment?
A. The involvement of people everywhere on this planet.
B. Recycling things in your home or at school.
C. Reusing things instead of buying or using new ones.
D. Reducing the amount of waste produced.
Question 32. According to the passage, how many ways are there to help save the Earth?
A. 4 B. 5 C.3 0.6
Question 33. According to the third paragraph, which of the following can be used to make
fun arts?
A. shoe boxes B. cloth sacks C. batteries D. plastic bags
Question 34. The word "worry" is OPPOSITE in meaning to _
A. concern
B.annoy C. depress D. comfort
Question 35. Where can waste be recycled?
A. only at home and at school B. at home, at school, or recycling centers
C. at the factory D. only recycling centres
Question 36. The word "store" is CLOSEST in meaning to _
A. keep B. empty C. maintain D. shop
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each question,
mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
The Harbour of Rio de Janeiro is one of the largest bays on Earth and is considered (37)
. It is located in the city of Rio de Janeiro on the southeastern coastline of Brazil. (38)
. The harbour is surrounded by mountains and is connected to the sea via a series
of channels.
The major attraction of this natural wonder is its tropical climate, (39) . It also has
some beautiful beaches and lush forests which provide recreation areas for visitors.
Additionally, the mouth of the harbour is unique because it resembles more of a river than a
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

bay. This is the reason why the city has its name Rio de Janeiro, which means "River of
January".
(40) . At this time, the weather is fairly nice, and there are not as many people as in
the summer months.
A. one of the seven natural wonders of the world
B. September and October are the best months to visit the Harbour of Rio de Janeiro
C. It is also known as Guanabara Bay
D. which attracts tourists from all over the world

Question 37. Question 38.

---- ----
Question 39. Question 40.
---- ----
 50 E>E THU• 'C CHIEN LUYE• N THI vAo 10 - HA NO• i

E>E s6 29
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose
underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. culture B. C. institution D. university
student
C. watch D. teacher
Question 2. A. machine B. church
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs
from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following
questions.
Question 3. A. include B. achieve C. replace D. comment
Question 4. A. difficult B. popular C. D. national
effective
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to
each of the following questions.
Question 5. I think learning English is very for our job in the future.
A. useless B. useful C. use D. used
Question 6. At this time yesterday, while I the dishes, my brother TV.
A. was washing - watched B. washed - was watching
C. washed - watched D. was washing - was watching
Question 7. It is very kind of Tomme finish my task.
A. to help B. help C. helped D. helping
Question 8. Your cat is so lovely, but is so naughty.
A. my B. mine C. I D. me
Question 9. This is the building I have ever seen in Vietnam.
A. taller B. tall C. most tall D. tallest
Question 10. I promise I to school on time.
A. am going to B. am going C. will go D. go
Question 11. I think country life is so boring and because you're not close to
shops and services.
A. unhealthy B. inconvenient C. comfortable D. peaceful
Question 12. Jane: "I think you've taken my bag by mistake." - Dan:" "
A. What a shame! B. Not at all! C. I m so sorry. D. It's my pleasure.
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 13
to 16.
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

Cinema Museum
Ronald Grant, who opened the Cinema Museum (13) the 1960s, travelled round the
country and bought things from cinemas which were closing down. This included old film
posters and wooden cinema seating. At the museum, you can now see these and much
more, including the uniforms that cinema staff once (14) wear.
Please let us (15) by phone or email if you'd like to come. We'll be happy to see you,
but we need to arrange a guide, because it's only possible to visit the museum on (16)
organised tour.
Question 13. A. of B. at C.on D. in
Question 14. A. have to B. must C. had to D. need to
Question 15. A. knew B. knowing C. to know D. know
Question 16. A. a B.an C. the D. X

Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the blank to make
a logical text.
My friends and I decided to go on a hike in the mountains. _
a. We admired the stunning views of the valleys below and the distant peaks.
b. The trail was challenging at times, with steep inclines and rocky paths.
c. We packed our backpacks with snacks and water, and set off on the trail with excitement.
A. b-c-a B. c-a-b C. a-b-c D. c-b-a
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17) most
appropriately.
A. We even saw some wild animals, like deer and squirrels, roaming freely in the woods.
B. We were exhausted but happy when we reached the summit and enjoyed the panoramic
.
view.
C. We took lots of photos to capture the beauty of the mountain scenery.
D. The hike is a great way to get some exercise and enjoy the fresh air.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
Most people think of computers as very modern (19) , products of our new
technological age. But actually the idea for a computer had been worked out over two
centuries ago by a man (20) Charles Babbage. Babbage was born in 1791 and
grew up to be a brilliant mathematician. He drew up plans for several calculating machines
(21) he called "engines". But despite the fact that he (22) building some of
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

these, he never finished any of them. Over the years people have argued whether his
machines would ever work. Recently, however, the Science Museum in London has finished
building (23) engine based on one of Babbage's designs. (24) has taken six
years to complete and more than four thousand parts have been specially made.
Question 19. A. inventions B. inventors C. invent D.
invention
Question 20. A. written B. called C. recognized D. known
Question 21. A. which B. who C. when D. where
Question 22. A. wanted B. started C. made D. missed
Question 23. A. that B. the C. some D.an
Question 24. A. He B.They C.On D. It
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
closest in meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. "Would you like to have a picnic with US next week?" they said to me.
A. They suggested have a picnic with them the following week.
B. They advised me to have a picnic with them the following week.
C. They invited me to have a picnic with them the following week.
D. They said to me that I had a picnic with them the following week.
Question 26. We don't have enough money to buy a new house.
A. If we have enough money, we will buy a new house.
B. If we had enough money, we would buy a new house.
C. We wish we have enough money to buy a new house.
D. We wish we didn't have enough money to buy a new house.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
made from the given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. She / glad / he / reply/ to/ her letter.
A. She was glad that he replied to her letter.
B. She was glad to he replied to her letter.
C. She were glad that he replied to her letter.
D. She was glad that he replies to her letter.
Question 28. My teacher/ suggest/ we / raise / funds / poor students.
A. My teacher suggested we should raise funds for poor students.
B. My teacher suggested we raised funds for poor students.
C. My teacher suggested we raising funds for poor students.
 50 E>E THU• 'C CHIEN LUYE• N THI vAo 10 - HA NO• i

D. My teacher suggested we should raising funds for poor students.

Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?

A. School ahead
B. Road works ahead
C. Pedestrian crossing ahead
D. Traffic light ahead
Question 30. What does the notice say?

Please take off your shoes before entering.

A. Only take off shoes in the living room.

B. Wear your shoes inside the house.
C. Remove your shoes before you enter the house.
D. You can wear shoes inside but not in the kitchen.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
Music influences people in different ways or the same person differently at different times.
Music may seem to influence people differently. That is because people can react differently
to music. We are able to apply a choosing process to the music we hear. If someone hates
jazz, then a jazz piece with a positive effect will probably not make him s feel good. A happy
song might appear to make an angry person angrier, yet it is not the music itself that is
creating the anger; rather it is the positive effect of the music. The angry ' person does not
want to accept the song's happy feeling: it points out his already existing anger, and makes
that anger come to the surface. When a piece of music is played and we are listening to it,
our body, mind, and feelings are being affected. The musicians of ancient cultures such as
China, India, Turkey and Greece understood the effects of music.
In fact, Pythagoras, in ancient Greece, introduced a whole science that concerned them.
Because the musicians of these ancient cultures understood these effects, they created
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

music that was positive, uplifting, and beneficial. Once the effects of music are better
understood, the next step is to gain a better understanding of the music around us, and s
what effect it is actually having.
Question 31. According to the text, music _
A. cannot be chosen B. affects everybody in the same way
C. affects us in different ways D. never make us angry
Question 32. According to the text, a happy song may _
A. make people feel good B. influences people in different ways
C. react differently to the music D. make an angry person angrier
Question 33. In ancient cultures, there used to be a science that concerned the effects of
music 1n
A. China B. India C. Turkey D. Greece
Question 34. The word "angry" has a CLOSEST in meaning to _
A. calm B. irritated C. confident D. satisfied
Question 35. The text is mainly about.
A. the science of music
B. understanding music
C. the effects of music on human feelings
D. music and an angry person
Question 36. The word "positive" has an OPPOSITE in meaning to _
A. good B. negative C. useful D. practical
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each question,
mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
Some people find it really difficult to learn English, and here are some of the reasons. (37)
. Therefore, it is very hard for English learners to (38) as well as use them
correctly in different contexts. Secondly, English grammar is complex. For example, there are
twelve basic tenses in English. This makes learners confused when they have to use the
tenses correctly in different sentences. Other grammatical points, (39) are not any
less challenging. Thirdly, a lot of learners find English pronunciation very confusing. Words
which have the same combination of letters may be pronounced differently. For instance, the
'ou' in 'rough' is not pronounced the same as that in 'through'. (40) . The stress we
put on different words may lead to a difference in meaning. In general, English vocabulary,
grammar, and pronunciation may make learning it not an easy task.
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

A. Another problem is sentence stress

B. Firstly, English has one of the biggest vocabularies of all languages
C. remember all the words and phrases
D. such as prepositions, reported speech, and the passive voice
Question 37. Question 38. _
Question 39. Question 40.
---- ----
 50 E>E THU• 'C CHIEN LUYE• N THI vAo 10 - HA NO• i

E>E s6 30
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose
underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. mountain B. amount C. founding D. country
Question 2. A. child B. cheese C. school D. church
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs
from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following
questions.
Question 3. A. answer B. reply C. singer D. future
Question 4. A. important B. happiness C. employment D. relation
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to
each of the following questions.
Question 5. kilos of apples do you want to buy? - 2 kilos, please.
A. How much B. How often C. How many D. How long
Question 6. If we continue littering, the environment seriously polluted.
A. becomes B. will become C. became D. would become
Question 7. She walked ten kilometres a day to get for her family to use.
A. water enough B. enough water C. such water D. too water
Question 8. Julia has already completed her English courses.
A. successfully B. success C. successful D. succeed
Question 9. It is very kind of you me with my homework.
A. to help B. help C. helping D. to helping
Question 10. I know some interesting tourist in the city that you would love to visit.
A. cultures B. attractions C. handicrafts D. places

Question 11. Laura wishes she to Thailand with her friends next summer.
---
A. travel B. would travel C. will travel D. travelled
Question 12. Anna: "Thank you very much for a lovely evening. I have enjoyed myself."
Henry: " "
A. I'm glad you like it. B. Never mind.
C. It's very nice. D. Yes, I'd love to.
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 13
to 16.
 50 E>E THU 'C CHIEN LUYE N THI vAo 10 - HA
• •
NO i
•

We are looking for students to join the school band.

You don't need (13) how to play (14) instrument yet. We will teach you!
Choose from the guitar, drums or keyboard. You don't need to buy your own instrument, as
the school will (15) you one. You can even take it home to practise.
All we need is your time - one hour a week for a music lesson on Monday or Tuesday, and
two hours on Thursday evening for band (16) . So, come along and have some fun!
Question 13. A. know B. knowing C. known D. to know
Question 14. A. a B. the C.an D. no article
Question 15. A. borrow B. lend C. offer D. provide
Question 16. A. practice B. union C. meeting D. conference
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the blank to make
a logical text.
I was looking forward to visiting the museum with my class. _
a. We saw amazing artefacts from different cultures, learned about history, and even had a
chance to try on some period costumes.
b. The museum was full of interesting exhibits, each showcasing a different aspect of art or
history.
c. When we arrived, we were greeted by friendly staff and a welcoming atmosphere.
A. b-a-c B. c-a-b C. a-c-b D. c-b-a
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17) most
appropriately.
A. The museum had a gift shop where we could buy souvenirs to remember our visit.
B. The museum was quite large, so we had to plan our route carefully to make sure we saw
everything.
C. We learned a lot about different cultures and time periods, and it was a truly enriching
.
experience.
D. It was a great way to spend a day learning and exploring.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
LEARNING A SECOND LANGUAGE
Some people learn a second language (19) . other people have trouble learning a
new language. How can you help (20) learn a new language, such as English?
There are (21) ways to make learning English a little easier and more interesting.
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

The first step is to feel positive about learning English. If you believe that you (22) _
learn, you will learn. Be patient. You don't have to understand everything all at once. It's
natural to make mistakes when you learn something new. The second step is to practise
your English regularly. For example, write in the journal, or diary, every day. You will get used
to (23) in English and you will feel more comfortable to express your ideas in
English. After several weeks, you will see that your writing is improving. (24) , you
must speak English every day. You can practise with your classmates. The third step is to
keep a record of your language learning. You can write this in your journal. After each class,
think about what you did. Did you answer a question correctly? Did you understand
something the teacher explained? And so on.
Question 19. A. easier B. easy C. easily D. ease
Question 20. A. itself B. C. himself D. yourself
herself
Question 21. A. B. much C. a D. several
another Question 22. B. may C. must D. can
A. need Question 23. B. to write C. writing D. write
A. written
Question 24. A. However B. In addition C. Therefore D. As a
result
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
closest in meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. We began collecting stamps two years ago.
A. We have begun collecting stamps for two years.
B. We have collected stamps for two years ago.
C. We have collected stamps for two years.
D. We have collected stamps since two years.
Question 26. "I am going to visit your parents tomorrow." my uncle said to me.
A. My uncle said I was going to visit your parents the following day.
My uncle said he was going to visit my parents the following day.
C. My uncle said he was going to visit my parents tomorrow.
D. My uncle said he is going to visit my parents the following day.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
made from the given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. To me, I Vietnamese food / delicious / Japanese one.
A. To me, Vietnamese food is deliciouser than Japanese one.
B. To me, Vietnamese food is more delicious than Japanese one.
 50 E>E THU 'C CHIEN LUYE N THI vAo 10 - HA
• •
NO i
•

C. To me, Vietnamese food is as more delicious as Japanese one.

D. To me, Vietnamese food is more delicious as Japanese one.
Question 28. This task/ too /difficult/ us / do.
A. This task is too difficult us do.
B. This task is too difficult for us doing.
C. This task is too difficult that us to do.
D. This task is too difficult for us to do.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?

A. You can have some drinks and food here.

B. Your breakfast is done.
C. No one helps you take food and drinks.
D. You can't drink and eat here.
Question 30. What does the notice say?

Please keep the area clean and tidy. Thank you.

A. The area will be cleaned by someone else.

B. Leave the area messy as it is not important.
C. Clean the area only once a week.
D. Make sure the area is neat and free of trash.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
On January 17, 1995, a powerful earthquake hit the city of Kobe, Japan. Many buildings
burned or collapsed. Part of an expressway fell over. Train lines were damaged, so trains
could not run, and supplies of electricity, gas and water were cut off. Soon after the
earthquake was over, people in Kobe began working together to save their city. Neighbours
pulled each other out of collapsed buildings. Ordinary people put out fires even before the
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

fire trucks arrived. Volunteers in Kobe organised themselves into teams. They worked out a
system to send help to where it was needed. Some people brought food, water, clothes, and
electric generators to different parts of the city. Other teams searched for belongings in
damaged stores and homes. Some volunteers took care of the children who had lost their
parents. Teams of volunteers from outside Japan helped, too. A rescue team with search
dogs came from Switzerland. A group of doctors called
Doctors Without Borders came from all over the world. A group called the International
Rescue Corps also sent its members to help. Today, Kobe has been rebuilt. But people there
still remember the outpouring of support they received from all over the world back in 1995.
Question 31. In 1995, Japan was hit by _
A. a volcano B. a hurricane C. an earthquake D. a flood
Question 32. Why did volunteers from other countries come to Japan after the earthquake?
A. All of the people in Japan were ill.
B. They wanted to write about the earthquake.
C. They wanted to help the people in Japan.
D. They wanted to visit Japan.

Question 33. The doctors in Doctors Without Borders

---
A. all came from Japan B. all came from Switzerland
C. used search dogs to help D. came from all over the world
them
Question 34. On the whole, the passage is about _
A. an earthquake in Kobe, Japan B. the roads and trains in Kobe. Japan
C. how to organise volunteers D. volunteers in Japan
Question 35. The word "powerfur is OPPOSITE in meaning to _
A. strong B. effective C. weak D. Energetic
Question 36. The word "outpouring" is CLOSEST in meaning to _
A. a small number B. enthusiasm
C. a large amount D. an importance
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each question,
mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
Mount Everest (Mt. Everest) is the highest mountain in the world. It is 8,848 metres s high.
Mt. Everest was first climbed in 1953 by Edmund Hillary and Tenzing Norgay. Every year, a
lot of people want to climb Mt. Everest.
It is very dangerous to climb Mt. Everest. (37) . Most people carry bottles of oxygen;
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

they could die without it. When the oxygen bottles are empty, (38) . When strong
winds rip their tents, people leave them behind. They do not have the energy i to take the
rubbish away. They only have enough energy to go down the mountain safely.
(39) . Since people first began to climb Mt. Everest, they have left tons and tons of
rubbish on the mountain. Several groups have climbed the mountain just (40) . When
people plan to climb the mountain, they have to plan to take away their rubbish.
A. Rubbish is a terrible problem
B. to pick up the rubbish
C. people throw them on the ground
D. The air is very thin and cold

Question 37. Question 38.

----- ----
Question 39. Question 40.
----- ----
 50 E>E THU• 'C CHIEN LUYE• N THI vAo 10 - HA NO• i

E>E s6 31
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose
underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. fund B. unusual C. volunteer D. muddy
Question 2. A. music B. seaside C. scholar D. season
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs
from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following
questions.
Question 3. A. question B. begin C. finish D. photo
Question 4. A. romantic B. solution C. protective D. elegant
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to
each of the following questions.
Question 5. Henry continues eating chocolate having a toothache.
A. although B. because C. in spite D. despite
Question 6. The book Lucy gave me is interesting.
A. which B. who C. where D. whose
Question 7. An epidemic occurs when an infectious disease spreads to many
people.
A. rapid B. rapidness C. rapidly D. rapidity
Question 8. Tom hoped a job offer from this travel agency.
A. received B. to receive C. receiving D. receive
Question 9. If we early in the morning, we can reach the coast before dark.
A. go off B. set off C. take off D. turn off
Question 10. Sorry, I can't go with you tonight because I have homework to do.
A. a lot of B. lot of C. many D. any
Question 11. Paris, France isfor the Eiffel Tower and the Louvre Museum.
A. infamous B. suitable C. well-known D. attractive
Question 12. June: "I've passed the entrance examination to attend my dream high
school." Jack:" "
A. Congratulations! B. Sorry about that!
C. My pleasures. D. Good luck!
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 13
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

to 16.
Active Summer activity courses
We (13) for university students to work with children on our activity courses (14)
July and August this summer.
We need instructors for the following (15) : swimming, football, tennis, drama, art,
music, photography
For more information, email Mr. Smith at [email protected]
Please tell us (16) courses you would like to teach.
Question 13. A. have looked B. looked C. are looking D. will look
Question 14. A. for B.by C. in D. with
Question 15. A. actions B. activities C. act D. active
Question 16. A. what B. some C. any D. which
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the blank to make
a logical text.
My family decided to go on a road trip to the beach. _
a. We stopped at a scenic lookout point and took some pictures of the beautiful coastline.
b. We packed the car with snacks, drinks, and our swimsuits, excited for a fun-filled day.
c. The drive was long, but we enjoyed singing along to music and playing games to pass the
time.
A. a-b-c B. b-a-c C. c-b-a D. c-a-b
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17) most
appropriately.
A. They finally arrived at the beach and immediately ran into the cool water, eager to swim
and play.
B. The drive was a bit tiring, but it was worth it for the beautiful scenery and the fun we had
at the beach.
C. We saw some interesting towns and villages along the way, and even stopped at a local
farmers market for some fresh produce.
D. We made sure to pack a picnic basket filled with delicious sandwiches and snacks for
lunch on the beach.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
By using computers people can do things (19) than by using other means.
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

Computers can do any calculations more rapidly than a skilled mathematician. (20) a
computer is programmed properly, it can work accurately. When we look back on the history
of computer science, we can see the great (21) between the old computers and the
modern ones. The old computers work much slower than the modern ones. We can use the
new generation of computers conveniently because of their small size and (22) _
applied programs (23) are widely used all over the world. We can get any sorts of
information (24) the Internet. These are the reasons why computers appear not only
at offices but also at homes.
Question 19. A. fastly B. faster C. more fastly D. fastest
Question 20. A. Although B. After C. Because D.So
Question 21. A. different B. difference C. differences D. differently
Question 22. A. many B. much C. a D. any
Question 23. A. which B. who C. where D. when
Question 24. A. into B. from C. of D. to
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
closest in meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. He played volleyball with his friends, then he went home.
A. After he had played volleyball with his friends, he went home.
B. He went home before he played volleyball with his friends.
C. Before he had gone home, he played volleyball with his friends.
D. After he had gone home, he played volleyball with his friends.
Question 26. Finish your assignment before class. Otherwise, the teacher will punish you.
A. If you finish your assignment, the teacher will punish you.
B. If you don't finish your assignment, the teacher will punish you.
C. If you don't finish your assignment, the teacher won't punish you.
D. If you finished your assignment, the teacher would punish you.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
made from the given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. The tree/ decorate I coloured balls/ already.
A. The tree decorates with coloured balls already.
B. The tree has been decorated with coloured balls already.
C. The tree was decorate with coloured balls already.
D. The tree have been decorated with coloured balls already.
Question 28. The woman / live I next door / donate / thousands of dollars / local charities /
 50 E>E THU 'C CHIEN LUYE N THI vAo 10 - HA
• •
NO i
•

every year.
A. The woman who lives next door donates thousands of dollars to local charities every year.
B. The woman lives next door donates thousands of dollars to local charities every year.
C. The woman who lives next door donating thousands of dollars to local charities every
year.
D. The woman which lives next door donates thousands of dollars to local charities every
year.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?

A. Be cautious as elderly people may be crossing the road.

B. There are two old people here.
C. Be careless as elderly people may be crossing the road.
D. They are wearing traditional clothing.
Question 30. What does the notice say?

REMINDER
The library will be closed
for maintenance on
Saturday.
Please return all books by Friday

A. e open a wee .
B. Books must be returned by Friday.
C. You can return books on Saturday.
D. The library is closed only on Sundays.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
Steve Jobs, a genius in the world of technology, was born in 1955 and adopted by a
working-class family. He dropped out of college, taking a leap into the unknown, where he
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

found his passion for technology and creativity.

In 1976, Jobs met Steve Wozniak, and together they founded Apple, a company that would
revolutionise the computer industry with cutting-edge innovations. Apple's Macintosh
computer and the iconic iPhone are testaments to Jobs' commitment to cutting-edge design
and user-friendly technology.
Apart from his work at Apple, Jobs also played a significant role in the success of ' Pixar
Animation Studios, where he contributed to the creation of the first computer- animated film,
Toy Story. Despite facing setbacks, such as being diagnosed with cancer, Jobs continued to
lead Apple until his passing away in 2011.
His legacy lives on through the products and innovations that have shaped the way people
live and work in the digital age.
Question 31. What does the passage mainly discuss?
A. Steve Jobs' academic achievements B. Steve Jobs' life and achievements
C. Steve Jobs' rare disease D. Steve Jobs' first company
Question 32. According to paragraph 1, which of the following is NOT stated about Steve
Jobs?
A. He was adopted by a working-class family.
B. He found a passion for technology from childhood.
C. He didn't finish his college education.
D. He's a genius in the world of technology.
Question 33. The word "they" in paragraph 2 refers to _
A. cutting-edge innovations B. Apple's Macintosh computer and iPhone
C. Jobs and Steve D. design and technology
Wozniak
Question 34. The word "setbacks" in paragraph 3 is OPPOSITE in meaning to _
A. difficulties B. advantages C. results D. influences
Question 35. Which of the following is true about Steve Jobs?
A. He contributed to the success of Pixar Animation Studios.
B. He established Apple without the help of Steve Wozniak.
C. He didn't lead Apple when he was diagnosed with cancer.
D. His ambition was to shape the way people lived and worked
Question 36. The word "genius" in paragraph 1 is CLOSEST in meaning to _
A. a person who is mentally unusual
B. a person who has rare natural ability or skill
C. a person who work very hard to succeed
 50 E>E THU 'C CHIEN LUYE N THI vAo 10 - HA
• •
NO i
•

D. a person who have an impact on others

Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each question,
mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
There are differences in terms of food habits between past and present lifestyles.
People used to grow food like fruits, vegetables, and cereal. (37) . They always had
fresh food. Their diet contained a lot of vegetables and fruits. They were, therefore, healthier
and didn't need much extra exercise because their daily work kept their bodies running. (38)
, especially those related to their digestive system.
At present, technology has turned agriculture into mass production. Pesticides are used to
assure fruitful crops. People keep their food in the fridge for some days or weeks before
using it. Ready-made food at markets uses preservatives to keep it longer. People eat more
spicy fried food. (39) . Although many people find it convenient, (40) . As a
result, people now are less healthy and suffer from more diseases.
A. it leads to many health conditions
B. They had few diseases
C. They raised fish in ponds and livestock on farms
D. Fast food is another major factor in modern food habits

Question 37. Question 38.

----- -----
Question 39. Question 40.
----- -----
 50 E>E THU• 'C CHIEN LUYE• N THI vAo 10 - HA NO• i

E>E s6 32
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose
underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. shoulder B. announce C. around D. background
Question 2. A. ancient B. concern C. associate D. special
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs
from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following
questions.
Question 3. A. mistake B. value C. relief D. research
Question 4. A. professor B. typical C. accountant D. develop
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to
each of the following questions.
Question 5. David borrowed 1$ from me to buy comic book yesterday
A. the B. an C. x D. a
Question 6. You look so , so I think you should take a rest now.
A. tired B. tiring C. tiredly D. tiredness
Question 7. If you want to stay healthy, you eat too much sugary food.
A. can't B. ought not to C. mustn't D. may not

Question 8. I Peter since I moved to the USA.

--
A. have known B. know C. knew D. will know
Question 9. Julia will come to our party tomorrow, ?
A. won't Julia B. won't she C. will she D. will Julia
Question 10. The family now runs a craft to share the skills of traditional mask making.
A. company B. workshop C. skill D. charity
Question 11. Traditional craft villages in Vietnam are increasingly attracting thanks to
the long-standing culture and signature products.
A. teenagers B. tourists C. investors D. artisans
Question 12. A: "What a beautiful wedding dress you are wearing today, Daisy! - B: " "
A. I'm sorry to hear that. B. Thanks, it's nice of you to say so.
C. Don't mention it. D. Thanks for your gift!
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 13
to 16.
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

H1•, E.nc.I
We're having (13) great holiday here in Scotland.
We're (14) in a hotel in the centre of Edinburgh. It's got a swimming pool but it's too
cold to swim! There are lots of things (15)
Scotland is very beautiful, but the weather is awful. It's very cold and windy and it (16)
every day!
Are you having a good holiday at the beach?
See you soon.
Jenny
Question 13. A. a B.an C. the 0.0
Question 14. A. living B. staying C. inhibiting D. accommodating
Question 15. A. B.do C. to do D. did
doing
Question 16. A. rain B. is raining C. rained D. rains
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the blank to make
a logical text.
My friends and I decided to have a pizza party.
a. We laughed and chatted, enjoying the delicious pizza and each other's company.
b. We ordered a big pizza with all our favourite toppings and gathered at my house.
c. The party was a lot of fun, and we made some great memories together.
A. b-c-a B. a-b-c C. c-a-b D. b-a-c
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17) most
appropriately.
A. We played board games and watched movies until late into the night, having a great time.
B. We each had a slice of pizza, and then played some fun games and listened to music.
C. We learned that even a pizza party couldn't be a great way to connect with friends.
D. It was a perfect way to unwind and spend time together after a busy week.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
Have you ever been to Britain? I've dreamed of going there (19) I was a little girl and
finally, in the spring of 2012, it happened. I was there for three weeks and spent much of that
time soaking up the culture, and scenery of this incredible island. I visited several districts in
England, Wales and Scotland and even (20) a trip to Ireland. The tour I was with
began in London. Of all the sights I saw there, the Tower of London was the most (21)
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

. The Tower is a building complex of incredibly rich history.

Also on the Thames are the Houses of Parliament and, of course, the clock tower housing
"Big Ben". I saw so (22) landmarks I can hardly remember them all. After a couple of
days in London we travelled to the south of England where we stopped (23)
Stonehenge. If you don't know about Stonehenge, there are a couple of links on my links
page (24) will take you to sites that can fill you in.
Question 19. A. for 8. while C. since D. because
Question 20. A. did 8. set C. spent D. took
Question 21. A. interesting 8. interested C. interest D.
interestingly
Question 22. A. much 8. a lot of C. a few D. many
Question 23. A. visiting 8. to visit C. visit D. visited
Question 24. A. that 8. who C. where D. when
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
closest in meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. Michael said, "You'd better not lend them any money, Jane."
A. Michael asked Jane if she had lent them any money.
B. Michael commanded Jane not to lend them any money.
C. Michael advised Jane not to lend them any money.
D. Michael ordered Jane not to lend them any money.
Question 26. I can't remember the answers to these questions.
A. I wish I can remember the answers to these questions.
B. I wish I couldn't remember the answers to these questions.
C. I wish I would remember the answers to these questions.
D. I wish I could remember the answers to these questions.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
made from the given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. He/ worked/ this/ company/ five years.
A. He has worked in this company for five years.
B. He worked in this company for five years.
C. He has worked in this company five years ago.
D. He has worked in this company for five years ago.
Question 28. I /want/ study/ USA, / I /try/ learn/ English.
A. I want to study in the USA, but I try learn English.
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

B. I want to study in the USA, so I try to learn English.

C. I want to study in the USA, but I try to learn English.
D. I want to study in the USA, so I try learning English.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?

NO
FISHING
A. Fishing is allowed here.
B. You mustn't go fishing in this area.
C. Fishing is only allowed with a permit.
D. You can go fishing here.
Question 30. What does the notice say?

We are hosting a family picnic at the park

this Saturday from 11 AM to 3 PM.
Everyone is invited to bring food and enjoy.

A. A family gathering at a cafe.

B. A family dinner at a restaurant.
C. A picnic at the park next Saturday.
D. A family picnic at the park this Saturday.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
When it comes to health, we often have fitness and food goals like losing weight, exercising
regularly, eating healthier or making better food choices. Losing weight could take months.
Exercising regularly could take years while eating healthier and making better food choices
are hard to measure.
Before we achieve these goals, we may feel discouraged and give up. To feel motivated, we
can break down these health goals into smaller and more realistic steps. Here are 4 good
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

eating habits which will definitely help us to achieve our food goals. For those of us with
diabetes, these healthy eating habits will also help us to control our blood sugar.
• Choose water: Set a goal to drink water instead of sugar-sweetened drinks.
• Eat slowly: It takes about 20 minutes for your brain to send out signals that you are full. Eat
slowly. Take the extra time to pay attention to what we are eating and how much.
• Eat fruit and vegetables: Set a goal to fill half your plate with fruit and vegetables at every
meal. Fruit and vegetables are naturally low in saturated and trans-fat, and rich in dietary
fibre, vitamins and minerals.
• Switch to wholegrains: Eating whole grain foods such as brown rice, wholemeal bread and
rolled oats can help reduce the risk of developing heart disease and diabetes. They can also
help with weight management because they keep you feeling full longer / and reduce the
need for snacking.
These 4 good eating habits take time to develop. Be patient. These changes, no matter how
small, make a big difference to our health.
Question 31. Which of the following is the best title of the passage?
A. Four Health Benefits of Weight Management
B. The Immense Benefits of Daily Physical Activity
C. Good Eating Habits to Achieve Your Health Goals
D. Regular Exercise and Healthy Food to Maintain Youth
Question 32. According to the passage, why should we eat slowly?
A. Because we need time to pay attention to when to eat healthy food.
B. Because if we eat fast, we do not know how delicious the food is.
C. Because our brain needs 20 minutes to realise that we are eating.
D. Because it takes time for the brain to inform us that our stomach is full.
Question 33. The word "motivated" in the second paragraph is CLOSEST in meaning to

A. encouraged B. embarrassed C. frustrated D. astonished

Question 34. The word "they" in the fourth eating habit refers to
A. diabetes B. wholegrains C. minerals D. vitamins
Question 35. According to the passage, which of the following should be avoided?
A. Soda B. Oranges C. Brown rice D. Lettuce
Question 36. The word "pay attention to" in the second paragraph is OPPOSITE in
meaning to
A. notice B. ignore C. worry D. search
 50 E>E THU 'C CHIEN LUYE N THI vAo 10 - HA
• •
NO i
•

Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each question,
mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
Viet Nam is in the period of industrialisation and modernisation, and many aspects of the
Vietnamese lifestyle have changed. The biggest differences we can see now are in
teenagers' lifestyles. They are now more flexible and casual in the way they dress. (37)
. They have become more confident in communicating with others, even with their
elders. They are daring in their actions and ambitions. For many of them, (38) . They
use it for study and entertainment.
However, Vietnamese teenagers have also learnt to treasure their traditional values. Many
customs and traditions are passed from generation to generation. Vietnamese teens show
respect for the elders, at home and outside. (39) . They come to their parents for
advice and ask for permission in their important decisions such as university study and
marriage. They also wear traditional costumes such as ao dai, ao tu than, and (40)
A. They learn to value their families
B. They wear their hair in different styles and even dye it different colours
C. cook traditional Vietnamese foods on special occasions
D. technology has become important in their daily life

Question 37. Question 38.

----- -----
Question 39. Question 40.
----- -----
 50 E>E THU• 'C CHIEN LUYE• N THI vAo 10 - HA NO• i

E>E s6 33
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose
underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. recipe B. regular C. behaviour D. exhibition
Question 2. A. character B. cheese C. achievement D. challenge
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs
from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following
questions.
Question 3. A. amount B. power C. payment D. unit
Question 4. A. addition B. maintenance C. attitude D. century
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to
each of the following questions.
Question 5. My brother usually has apple for lunch.
A. a B. an C. the D.0
Question 6. While the kids in the garden, their mother came.
A. were playing B. play C. is playing D. played
Question 7. If you explained it to him more slowly, he it.
A. understands B. would understand
C. understood D. will understand
Question 8. People are now interested in saving money and resources.
A. natural B. naturalise C. nature D. naturally
Question 9. We will prepare a big meal Christmas.
A. with B. on C. to D. at
Question 10. You and I won't come there together,
?
D. won't we
A. won't you B. will I C. will we
Question 11. We should a taxi. Let's go on holiday.
A. do B. have C. make D. take
Question 12. Mary: "Sorry for making you wait for so long!" - Daisy: " "
A. OK, I will. B. Don't mention it!
C. You're welcome. D. Never mind!
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 13
 50 E>E THU 'C CHIEN LUYE N THI vAo 10 - HA
• •
NO i
•

to 16.
Dear Mum and Dad,
I'm having a great time here (13) New York!
Aunt Eva has shown me everything - (14) Statue of Liberty, the Brooklyn Bridge and
Central Park. I haven't taken a yellow taxi yet but I really want to.
It's sunny and hot every day. Tomorrow we're going to (15) a show at a theatre on
Broadway.
Wish you (16) here.
Question 13. A. on B. by C. at D. in
Question 14. A. a B.x C. the D.an
Question 15. A. see B. observe C. D. watch
view Question 16. A. were B. was C. are D. will be
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the blank to make
a logical text.
I live in a small village in Ninh Binh. I love the rural peace and quiet of my village. First, the
air is unpolluted, and the pace of life is slow. _
a. Moreover, the people in my village are friendly and always willing to help each other.
b. It is actually a national park, so the wildlife there can live and move about safely.
c. We cultivate mainly rice and beans. We raise cows and buffaloes too. We can also enjoy
nature in the nearby area.
A. b-c-a B. c-b-a C. a-c-b D. c-a-b
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17) most
appropriately.
A. All these things make me love my village more and intend to live here my whole life.
B. My uncle raises cows and buffaloes too.
C. Life is so peaceful that I want to live here forever.
D. In addition, public transportation here is not convenient.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
Online gaming site Roi World surveyed 600 teens ages 13 to 17 in late April and found that
teens (19) two hours per day online (20) average, 80% of which is spent
using a social network. These same teens are, however, showing signs of "Facebook
Fatigue." Nearly one in five (19%) who have an account no longer visit Facebook or are
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

using it less. Of the group that are saying goodbye to Facebook, 45% have lost (21) _
16% are leaving because their parents are there, 14% say there are "too many adults/ older
people" and 13% are concerned (22) the privacy of their personal information. (23)
interest in Facebook may be a warning, it's still the most popular social network
among teens - 78% have created a profile and 69% still use it. YouTube ranks second; 64%
of teens claim to have a YouTube profile and continue (24) the site. Myspace comes
in a distant third (41 %) and Twitter takes the fourth rate (20%).
Question 19. A. spend B. take C. buy D. give
Question 20. A. on B. at C. in D. of
Question 21. A. interested B. interest C. interesting D.
interestingly
Question 22. A. with B. for C. about D. to
Question 23. A. While B. When C. After D. Before
Question 24. A. used B. to using C. use D. to use
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
closest in meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. "If I were you, I would study abroad."
A. Jack suggested choosing to study abroad.
B. Jack offered me to choose to study abroad.
C. Jack invited me to choose to study abroad.
D. Jack advised me to choose to study abroad.
Question 26. Nobody has watered the trees since last Friday.
A. The trees hasn't been watered since last Friday.
B. The trees haven't watered since last Friday.
C. The trees hasn't been water since last Friday.
D. The trees haven't been watered since last Friday.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
made from the given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. I/ look forward I travel I Nha Trang/ next week.
A. I'm looking forward to travel to Nha Trang next week.
B. I'm looking forward travel to Nha Trang next week.
C. I'm looking forward to travelling to Nha Trang next week.
D. I'm looking forward travelled to Nha Trang next week.
Question 28. I / suggest /Tony/ drink/ water/ every day.
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

A. I suggested Tony drinks more water every day.

B. I suggested that Tony should drink more water every day.
C. I suggested that Tony drinks more water every day.
D. I suggested Tony might drink more water every day.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?

•
rJ•
•

PLEASE
DON'T
LITTER

A. Throwing trash on the ground is allowed.

B. The area is clean.
C. Littering is allowed at times.
D. Please use the bins to keep the area clean.
Question 30. What does the notice say?

Join us for a cooking class this Tuesday at 6

PM. Learn to make delicious Italian dishes!
Contact Amy at 0801234567 to register.

A. Sign up for a sporting event.

B. Learn how to cook Italian food in a class.
C. Join a language class.
D. Advertise an Italian cooking course.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
Paper is named for papyrus, a reed-like plant used by ancient Egyptians as writing material
more than 5000 years ago. The Chinese invented the paper that we use 2000 years ago.
A piece of paper is really made up of tiny fibres, unlike a piece of material. The fibres used in
paper, however, are plant fibres, and there are millions of them in one sheet. In addition to
the plant fibre, dyes and additives such as resin may be used. Dyes can make the paper
 50 E>E THU 'C CHIEN LUYE N THI vAo 10 - HA
• •
NO i
•

different colours; resin may add weight and texture.

Where do these fibres come from? The majority of paper is made from the plant fibre that
comes from trees. Millions are cut down, but new trees are planted in their place. Paper
may also be made from things like old rags or pieces of cloth. Wastepaper, paper that has
been made and used, can be turned into recycled paper. This recycling process saves forest
energy and reduces air and water pollution.
Question 31. According to the passage, the paper that we use was invented by.
A. ancient cultures B. the Chinese C. the Egyptians D. foresters
Question 32. What is the main ingredient in most paper?
A. resin B. cardboard C. papyrus D. plant fibre
Question 33. According to the passage, the primary source of the plant fibre used in paper
.
IS
--
A. rags B. fabric C. trees D. waste paper
Question 34. According to the passage, recycling paper is _
A. bad for the environment B. good for the environment
C. economical D. wasteful
Question 35. The word "cut down" is OPPOSITE in meaning to _
A. log B. plant C. improve D. lower
Question 36. The word "reduces" is CLOSEST in meaning to _
A. decreases B. increases C. grows D. protect
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each question,
mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
As students finish junior secondary school, they often have to choose whether to continue
their academic study or to go to a vocational school. (37) . While most parents want
their children to continue to high school, some students don't feel like studying subjects and
some others feel they have no ability to enter the academic world. These students can
choose a vocational education.
There are different types of vocational training available for school graduates to choose from.
They can learn to (38) _
Vocational training is important in a number of ways. First, it provides hands-on and job-
specific experience. (39) . Vocational training can also (40) . This helps
prevent the population from migrating to large cities. Moreover, vocational training can
provide skilled labourers to the workforce. Finally, vocational students can receive
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

certificates or even diplomas. If they want to continue their academic study later, they can
still do so.
A. Students can be skilled and ready to work in a specific job
B. become automobile repairmen, plumbers, or fashion designers
C. bring employment opportunities to villages and small towns
D. This is certainly a challenging task

Question 37. Question 38.

---- ----
Question 39. Question 40.
---- ----
 50 E>E THU• 'C CHIEN LUYE• N THI vAo 10 - HA NO• i

E>E s6 34
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose
underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. like B. sign C. give D. bite
Question 2. A. link B. handkerchief C. donkey D. handful
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs
from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following
questions.
Question 3. A. object B. pollute C. police D. because
Question 4. A. discussion B. gratitude C. celebrate D. opposite
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to
each of the following questions.
Question 5. This task is than the one we did last month.
A. more difficult B. difficult
C. the most difficult D. as difficult as
Question 6. We each other at my aunt's house three years ago and have been
friends ever since.
A. met B. meet C. have met D. were meeting
Question 7. I can't print out the letter my computer isn't working.
A. because of B. although C. because D. in spite of
Question 8. Austria, many people have written about, is Moza's birthplace.
A. where B. that C. which D. who
Question 9. When she was a child, she play many kinds of instruments.
A. must B. could C. can D. should
Question 10. The Kimono is a Japanese costume.
A. tradition B. traditions C. traditional D. traditionally
Question 11. My little brother can English very well.
A. talk B. speak C. say D. tell
Question 12. Tony: "Well, I hope you enjoyed your meal." - Henry: " "
A. Oh, absolutely delicious. B. Yes, that's right.
C. No problem. D. Yes, it's very interesting.
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 13
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

to 16.
Dear Mr. Taylor,
(13) 6th January, there is a (14) for classes 3A and 4A to Blackfort Castle or
Walton Zoo. The cost is only£10 - last year it was £15!
We could go by train (15) by bus.
Please tell us which you (16) by 15th
December. Lois Jones
Question 13. A. In B. By C. On D. At
Question 14. A. trip B. journey C. voyage D. route
Question 15. A. and B. or C. so D. for
Question 16. A. B. favour C. approve D. prefer
select
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the blank to make
a logical text.
My friends and I went to the cinema to watch a new movie. _
a. We laughed, gasped, and cheered along with the characters, fully immersed in the story
unfolding on the screen.
b. We bought popcorn, candy, and drinks to enjoy during the movie.
c. We arrived at the cinema, excited to see the movie everyone was talking about.
A. c-b-a B. b-a-c C. a-c-b D. c-a-b
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17) most
appropriately.
A. The cinema was packed with people, but we managed to find good seats.
B. We loved the movie, and it was a great way to spend an evening with friends.
C. We were so engrossed in the movie that we barely noticed the time passing.
D. The movie was a bit scary, but we had a lot of fun watching it together.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
Malaysia (19) one of the countries of the Association of South East Asian Nations
(ASEAN). It consists (20) the Malay Peninsula and Sarawk and Sabah on the Island
Borneo. It is divided into two regions, known as West Malaysia and East Malaysia. It has a
tropical climate.
(21) capital of Malaysia is Kuala Lumpur. Malaysia is the world's biggest producer of
palm oil, and it exports rubber, tin and gas. (22) Islam, the country's official religion,
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

there are Buddhism, Hinduism and Christianity. Malaysian people speak Bahasa Malaysia as
their (23) . It is the language of instruction in all secondary schools. English, Chinese
and Tamil are also (24) spoken in this country.
Question 19. A. is B. are C. has D. have
Question 20. A. at B. of C. in D. for

Question 21. A. A B. An C. The D.0

Question 22. A. In addition to B. Furthermore
C. However D. Also
Question 23. A. official language B. foreign language
C. mother tongue D.second language
Question 24. A. width B. widen C. wide D. wide
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
closest in meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. "Where are you going on your holiday?" I asked them
A. I asked them where are they going on their holiday.
B. I asked them where they were going on their holiday.
C. I asked them where they were going on your holiday.
D. I asked them where were they going on their holiday.
Question 26. No one in the group is as young as Mai.
A. Mai is the youngest person in the group.
B. Mai is the most young person in the group.
C. Mai is youngest person in the group.
D. Mai isn't as young as other people in the group.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
made from the given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. She/ give/ scholarship/ have/ excellent/ results.
A. Because of she had excellent study results, she was giving a scholarship.
B. Although she was given a scholarship, she had excellent study results.
C. She was given a scholarship because of his excellent study results.
D. She was given a scholarship because of her excellent study results.
Question 28. Take /your shoes / when / go /a Japanese house
A. Take out your shoes when you go into a Japanese house.
B. Take off your shoes when they go into a Japanese house.
C. Take off your shoes when you go into a Japanese house.
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

D. Take up your shoes when go into a Japanese house.

Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?

DANGER

FALLING ROCKS

A. Be careful; rocks might fall.

B. It is safe to climb the rocks.
C. There are no rocks in this area.
D. The rocks are there for decoration.
Question 30. What does the notice say?

Speaking Contest
Speaking contest on 20th Oct at auditorium. Open to all students and professionals.
Topic: "Future of Technology." Winner gets $150.
Register by 15th Oct on website or at auditorium.

A. The topic of the speaking contest is "Future of Technology."

B. The winner of the speaking contest gets $100.
C. The speaking contest is only open to students.
D. The speaking contest is on 15th October.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
Litter on Mount Everest
Mount Everest is the highest mountain in the world. It is also the highest trash pile in the
world. About 400 people try to reach the top every year. Having many climbers means a lot
of trash.
It is very dangerous to climb Mt. Everest. The air is very thin and cold. Most people carry
bottles of oxygen; they could die without it. When the oxygen bottles are empty, people throw
them on the ground. When strong winds rip their tents, people leave them behind. They
don't have the energy to take the trash away. They only have enough energy to go down the
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

mountain safely.
Trash is a terrible problem. Since people first began to climb Mt. Everest, they have left
50,000 kilos of trash on the mountain. Several groups have climbed the mountain just to
pick up the trash. When people plan to climb the mountain, they have to plan to take away
their trash.
Question 31. Why do climbers on Mount Everest carry bottles of oxygen?
A. The weather is not cold. B. Climbing makes them tired,
C. The air is very thin. D. They are thirsty.
Question 32. Where do climbers throw their empty oxygen bottles?
A. On the ground B. In trash cans
C. On their back D. In their tents
Question 33. How much trash has been left on the mountain?
A. Four hundred kilos B. Fifty hundred kilos
C. Five thousand kilos D. Fifty thousand kilos

Question 34. The word "them" refers to

---
A. Tents B. Oxygen bottles C. Strong winds D. Other climbers
Question 35. What is the main topic of the passage?
A. Wind on the mountain B. A problem with trash
C. A dangerous mountain D. Climbing safely
Question 36. The word "pick up" is CLOSEST in meaning to
A. collect B. leave C. empty D. save
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each question,
mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
The lion dance is called shishi-mai in Japanese. People perform it (37) . Shishi-mai
groups also perform at other important occasions such as (38) . Most forms of shishi-
mai have one or more people performing the dance. The performers are excellent at
acrobatics. One person controls the lion's head and the other moves the lion's body. (39)
. The drummers and flute players often follow the lion around, but they do not dance
with it. (40)
A. The lion dances to the sounds of flutes and drums
B. during New Year celebrations
C. business openings and weddings
D. This performance helps chase away bad spirits and to bring good luck
 50 E>E THU• 'C CHIEN LUYE• N THI vAo 10 - HA NO• i

Question 37.
---- Question 38.
---
Question 39. Question 40.
---- ---
 50 E>E THU• 'C CHIEN LUYE• N THI vAo 10 - HA NO• i

E>E s6 35
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose
underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. house B. mouth C. could D. found
Question 2. A. writer B. winner C. worker D. wedding
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs
from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following
questions.
Question 3. A. common B. profit C. attract D. travel
Question 4. A. newspaper B. invention C. company D. attitude
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to
each of the following questions.
Question 5. Do you mind if I in here?
A. smoking B. to smoke C. smoke D. smoked
Question 6. There are not many between American and British English.
A. difference B. different C. differences D. differently
Question 7. You sometimes help your mother the housework.
A. do B. doing C. to doing D. did
Question 8. Let's have a party tonight, ?
A. won't we B. shall you C. shall we D. will you
Question 9. We to an interesting song on the radio at 8 p.m. yesterday.
A. were listening B. are listening C. listened D. had listened
Question 10. Air pollution in big cities negatively people's health.
A. causes B. affects C. controls D. decreases
Question 11. There was no football match on VTV3, so I turned to another _
A. media B. television C. number D. channel
Question 12. Jane: "Would you like to go to the concert?" - Bob: " . I'm very busy."
A. All right, let me see B. I'd love to, but I can't
C. No, not at all D. I don't think so
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 13
to 16.
I know you intended (13) a computer so let's go to Cressweirs on (14) first
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

day of the sale. Computers are £300 cheaper at the moment. (15) a train to London
at 7:10 a.m. Wait for me at the bus stop at 6:30 a.m., (16) we'll walk to the station
together.
Question 13. A. to buying B. buy C. buying D. to buy
Question 14. A. a B. the C. an D. x
Question 15. A. There's B. It's C. Here's D. This is
Question 16. A. but B. so C. nor D. and
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the blank to make
a logical text.
I was excited to try a new recipe for chocolate chip cookies. _
a. I carefully followed the instructions, mixing the ingredients and baking the cookies until
they were golden brown.
b. The aroma of fresh baked cookies filled the house, and I couldn't wait to taste them.
c. I gathered all the necessary ingredients, including flour, sugar, butter, chocolate chips, and
vanilla extract.
A. a-b-c B. c-a-b C. b-c-a D. c-b-a
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17) most
appropriately.
A. I learned that baking cookies can be a fun and rewarding experience.
B. The cookies turned out perfectly soft, chewy, and full of delicious chocolate chips.
C. I made sure to let the cookies cool down completely before digging in.
D. My family and friends loved the cookies, and they were gone in no time.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
(19) pollution is a term that refers to all the ways by which man pollutes his
surroundings. Man dirties (20) air with exhaust gases and smoke, contaminates the
water (21) chemicals and other substances, and damages the soil with (22) _
fertilisers and pesticides. Man also pollutes his surroundings in various other ways, (23)
, people ruin natural beauty by scattering junk and litter on the land and in the water.
Environmental pollution is one of the most serious problems facing mankind today. Air, water,
and soil are necessary to the survival of living things. Badly polluted air can cause illness,
and even death. Polluted water kills fish and other marine life. Pollution of soil reduces the
amount of land that is available for (24) food. Environmental pollution also brings
 50 E>E THU 'C CHIEN LUYE N THI vAo 10 - HA
• •
NO i
•

ugliness to man's natural beautiful world.

Question 19. A. Environmentally B. Environmentalist
C. Environment D. Environmental

Question 20. A. a B. the C.an D.0

Question 21. A. with B. by C. for D. in
Question 22. A. too much B. too many C. so much D. so many
Question 23. A. However B. For example C. D. Furthermore
Therefore
Question 24. A. grow B. growth D. to grow
C. growing
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
closest in meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. "If I were you, I'd buy that house." Ms. Hoa said to Ms. Lan.
A. Ms. Hoa promised Ms. Lan that she would buy that house.
B. Ms. Hoa advised Ms. Lan to buy that house.
C. Ms. Hoa suggested Ms. Lan to buy that house.
D. Ms. Hoa forced Ms. Lan to buy that house.
Question 26. We haven't seen each other for five years.
A. The last time we have seen each other was five years ago.
B. The last time we saw each other was five years.
C. The last time we didn't see each other was five years ago.
D. The last time we saw each other was five years ago.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
made from the given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. They/ not/ have / map, /they/ get lost.
A. Because of they didn't have a map, they got lost.
B. Although they didn't have a map, they got lost.
C. In spite of they didn't have a map, they got lost.
D. Because they didn't have a map, they got lost.
Question 28. They/ close down /museum / no longer/ place/ interest.
A. They have closed down the museum because it is no longer a place of interest.
B. They closed down the museum, so it is no longer a place of interest.
C. They closed down the museum although it is no longer a place of interest.
D. They are closing down the museum, but it is no longer a place of interest.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
 50 E>E THU 'C CHIEN LUYE N THI vAo 10 - HA
• •
NO i
•

Question 29. What does the sign say?

WATCH
R
CHILDR

A. There are no children in this area at the moment.

B. Be careful and look out for children who may be in this area.
C. Children are not permitted to be in this area.
D. Children are playing in this area right now.
Question 30. What does the notice say?

STUDENTS!
Cleaners are here every Friday,
but please wash up and put things
away after you've used the kitchen.
Thank you!

A. using the kitchen because cleaners come

every Friday.
B. Students should clean up and put things away after using the kitchen, even though
cleaners come every Friday.
C. Students can leave their things in the kitchen until the cleaners arrive on Friday.
D. The kitchen is cleaned every day by the cleaners, so students do not need to clean up
after themselves.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
If you are invited to someone's house for dinner in the United States, you should bring a gift,
such as a bunch of flowers or a box of chocolates. If you give your host a wrapped gift, he or
she may open it in front of you. Opening a present in front of the gift-giver is considered
polite. It shows that the host is excited about receiving the gift and wants to show his or her
appreciation to you immediately. Even if the host doesn't like it, he or she will tell a "white lie"
and say how much they like the gift to prevent the guest from feeling bad.
If your host asks you to arrive at a particular time, you should not arrive exactly on time or
earlier than the expected time, because this is considered to be potentially inconvenient and
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

therefore rude, as the host may not be ready.

Question 31. What should you bring if you are invited to someone's house in America for
dinner?
A. flowers B. a carton of milk C. wine D. fruit
Question 32. Opening a present in front of the gift-giver is considered _
A. polite B. impolite C. bad D. comfortable
Question 33. What will the host do if he or she doesn't like the present?
A. Tell a "white lie". B. Say how much they dislike the present.
C. Prevent the guest from being happy. D. All of them.
Question 34. When should you arrive if you are asked at a particular time?
A. earlier than the expected time B. exactly on time
C. later than the expected time D. very late
Question 35. The word "appreciation" is CLOSEST in meaning to. _
A. understanding B. disrespect C. thank D. pleasure
Question 36. The word "rude" is OPPOSITE in meaning to _
A. happy B. bad C. polite D. good
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each question,
mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
The Ok Om Bok Festival
...Let's go to the Mekong Delta and join the Ok Om Bok Festival of the Khmer people. (37)
. Traditionally, the Khmers use the festival to thank the Moon God for giving them a
good harvest. It also marks the end of the year of the Khmer calendar. (38) . When
the moon is at its highest position, the monks and the elders offer young rice and fruits to the
Moon God. Then, they take (39) and ask them about their wishes. People sing and
dance in the moonlight. Visitors can participate in games, watch traditional fashion shows
and (40) . The next day, villagers organise the Ngo Boat Race. This is a boat race
that attracts many tourists. Here is some advice to tourists at the Ok Om Bok Festival. They
should not wear shorts or sleeveless shirts when attending the religious ceremony. And don't
litter the temple grounds. And now let's...
A. some young rice to feed children
B. It is also called the Moon Worshipping Festival
C. Ok Om Bok occurs in mid-October according to the lunar calendar
D. see flying lantern contests
 50 E>E THU• 'C CHIEN LUYE• N THI vAo 10 - HA NO• i

Question 37.
---- Question 38.
---
Question 39. Question 40.
---- ---
 50 E>E THU• 'C CHIEN LUYE• N THI vAo 10 - HA NO• i

E>E s6 36
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose
underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. ancient B. panda C. salad D. package
Question 2. A. carpet B. comfort C. contact D. city
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs
from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following
questions.
Question 3. A. control B. believe C. offer D. report
Question 4. A. important B. domestic C. educate D. increasing
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to
each of the following questions.
Question 5. have you lived in this town? - For 10 years.
A. How long B. How old C. How many D. How often

Question 6. If Peter were here now, he me with the work.

---
A. will help B. would help C. helps D. can help
Question 7. The article was posted by James last Tuesday, ?
A. didn't it B. isn't it C. hasn't it D. wasn't
it Question 8. My mother worked as nurse when she was young.
A.an B.a C. the D.0
Question 9. The villagers are trying to learn English they can communicate with
foreign customers.
A. in order that B. even though C. however D. because of
Question 10. One way to protect our environment from is to reduce using plastic
bags.
A. danger B. pollution C. flood D. drought
Question 11. At the weekend, the beach got so , there was nowhere for us to sit.
A. empty B. noisy C. peaceful D. crowded
Question 12. "Thanks for your help, Linda." - " "
A. With all my heart. B. It's my pleasure,
C. Never remind me. D. Wish you.
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

sheet to indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 13
to 16.
Are you (13) high school student looking for a summer job?
Apply (14) ABC Farming Company. We need (15) employees to collect soft
fruit during the holiday.
Requirements:
- Hard-working
- Strong
-(16)
Contact number: 0341206745 (Mr. John)
Address: 15 Black street, Scotland
Question 13. A. an B.a C. the D.x
Question 14. A. for B. with C. to D. in
Question 15. A. some B. little C. much D. any
Question 16. A. Careless B. Careful C. Care D. Carefully
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the blank to make
a logical text.
My family decided to have a movie night at home.
a. We settled down on the couch with blankets and pillows, ready for a cosy evening.
b. We popped some popcorn, made some hot chocolate, and chose our favourite movie to
watch.
c. It was a rainy Saturday evening, and we were looking for a fun indoor activity.
A. a-b-c B. b-a-c C. c-b-a D. c-a-b
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17) most
appropriately.
A. The movie was so funny that we couldn't stop laughing.
B. It was a perfect way to relax and spend quality time together as a family.
C. We even had a little competition to see who could guess the ending of the movie first.
D. It wasn't a great way to enjoy a movie without having to leave the comfort of our home.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
Health is something we tend to ignore when we have it. When our body is doing well, we are
hardly aware (19) it. But illness can come, even if we are young. In fact, childhood
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

has been a very susceptible time. (20) diseases attack children in particular, and
people know very little (21)to cure them once they strike. The result was that many children
died. About a century ago, scientists (22) about germs, and then everything
changed. The cause of many diseases was found, and (23) were developed. As this
medical discovery spread, the world became much safer for children. The result is that a
hundred years ago, the average man lived for 5 years. Nowadays, in many areas of the
world, people can expect (24) for 75 years. And what do we expect by the year
2020? Undoubtedly, medical science will continue to advance. Some people will be able to
avoid medical problems that are unavoidable today.
Question 19. A. about B. for C. of D. in
Question 20. A. Many B. Much C.Alot D. A little
Question 21. A. how B. what C. which D. when
Question 22.A. find out B. have found out C. will find out D. found out
Question 23. A. measures B. cures C. solutions D. effects
Question 24. A. to living B. live C. living D. to live
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
closest in meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. A human brain is more complex than a computer.
A. A computer is not as complex as a human brain.
B. A computer is as complex as a human brain.
C. Compared to a human brain, a computer is too complex.
D. A computer is much more complex than a human brain.
Question 26. Although we live in the same house, we hardly talk to each other.
A. In spite we live in the same house, we hardly talk to each other.
B. In spite of living in the same house, we hardly talk to each other.
C. In spite of life in the same house, we hardly talk to each other.
D. In spite of lived in the same house, we hardly talk to each other.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
made from the given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. you / bring / map /you,/ get/ lost
A. If you bring a map with you, you won't get lost.
B. If you bring a map with you, you will get lost.
C. If you don't bring a map with you, you won't get lost.
D. Unless you don't bring a map with you, you won't get lost.
 50 E>E THU 'C CHIEN LUYE N THI vAo 10 - HA
• •
NO i
•

Question 28. You / should / stop /eat/ sweets / if /want/ have / toothache.
A. You should stop eating sweets if you don't want to have a toothache.
B. You should stop to eat sweets if you don't want to have a toothache.
C. You should stop eating sweets if you want to have a toothache.
D. You should stop eating sweets if you don't want having a toothache.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?

.A CAUTION
Watch
yo,ur
step
A. The path is safe to walk on.
B. Be careful; the ground may be uneven.
C. The path is clear of obstacles.
D. The area is being repaired.
Question 30. What does the notice say?

Please remember to lock the door when you

leave the office. This is important for security.

A. Leave the door unlocked.

B. Lock the door when leaving the office.
C. Only lock the door if someone is inside.
D. The door will be locked automatically.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
TEENAGERS AND SMARTPHONES
Everyone knows that smartphones are very useful and, today, most of my friends at school
have one in their hands at the time. Watch a group of teenagers, and you will find that
instead of talking to each other, most of us are texting on our smartphones. Teenagers are
always texting, and all this messaging can give us Teen Texting Tendonitis (TTT) which
makes the hands, pack and neck hurt.
Having a smartphone makes teenagers want to spend all day talking or texting, instead of
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

doing things that we are supposed to do, such as our homework. Teens who spend too much
of their time with their phones are always tired; they also start having other problems. In
some cases, they may have headaches. This happens because most teens keep their
smartphones near them while sleeping, so that they can answer texts and calls. They often
feel they have to be available around the clock.
Using texting all the time as a way of communication can also make US teens worry a lot.
Answering all my friends' texts can make me happy, because it makes me feel popular.
However, if any of my friends take a long time to send back a text, then I can feel very sad.
Question 31. If you see some teenagers together, what will they probably be doing?
A. They will be shaking hands.
B. They will be holding hands
C. They will be texting on their smartphones.
D. They will be talking to their parents on their phones
Question 32. Teen Texting Tendonitis can make teens have problems with _
A. their heads B. their hands C. their heart D. their legs
Question 33. Teens who use their smartphones too much _
A. are always tired B. are always fine
C. can sleep very well D. cannot have headache
Question 34. The word "them" in paragraph 2 refers to _
A. headaches B. cases C. phones D. teens
Question 35. The word "available" is OPPOSITE in meaning to .
A. enjoyable B. worried C. free D. busy
Question 36. What is the main idea of the text?
A. Teens communicates by texting B. Teens and smartphones
C. The benefits of smartphones D. Teens and communication
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each question,
mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
If you go to the American state of Alaska, you might find the traditional lifestyle there
interesting. Although Alaska is quite large, with nearly 1.7 million square kilometres, it has
(37)
The native peoples in Alaska still maintain many of their traditions. (38) . Various
native groups have their own special styles of carving or weaving as well as their unique
tribal dances and drumming. Therefore, visitors to Alaska may experience some of their
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

culture in their villages. They may see (39) in galleries and museums.
(40) . Today, dog sledding (= mushing) is more of a sport than a true means of
transport. The best-known race is the lditarod Trail Sled Dog Race, a 1,510 km race from
Anchorage to Nome. Mushers from all over the world come to Anchorage each March to
compete for cash and prizes.
A. Alaska is also known for its unusual method of transport - the dogsled
B. They keep their old ways of making arts and crafts alive
C. a small population of about 730,000
D. performances of traditional music and native art
Question 37. Question 38. _

Question 39. Question 40.

----- ----
 50 E>E THU• 'C CHIEN LUYE• N THI vAo 10 - HA NO• i

E>E s6 37
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose
underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. home B. folk C. shot D. cold
Question 2. A. casual B. stable C. silent D. upset
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs
from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following
questions.
Question 3. A. preserve B. invent C. nature D. diverse
Question 4. A. uniform B. assistant C. collection D. professor
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to
each of the following questions.
Question 5. I don't feel at interviews because my English is not very good.
A. confidently B. confidence C. confide D. confident
Question 6. There are some parts of the world even now people cannot live.
A. to whom B. which C. that D. where
Question 7. They in touch since they school 2 years ago.
A. kept - have left B. have kept-leave
C. have kept - left D. keep - had left
Question 8. I use your phone? I need to make a phone call to my mum.
A. would B. Will C. Can D. Must
Question 9. That teacher taught you English last year, ?
A. didn't she B. did she C. was she D. doesn't she
Question 10. He doesn't have experience of working in an office.
A. some B. much C. an D. many
Question 11. I don't like doing the , especially clearing the windows.
A. homework B. housework C. assignments D. tasks
Question 12. Thanh: "Thank you for your help." - Giang:" "
A. You're welcome B. Never mind C. I agree D. You can say that again
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 13
to 16.
VOLUNTEERS WANTED
 50 E>E THU 'C CHIEN LUYE N THI vAo 10 - HA
• •
NO i
•

The Children's Youth Shelters (13) helps our community's youth and teens who are
suffering (14) homelessness. Help us take a stand by making (15) difference
in a youth's life by (16) at one of our community shelters!
Volunteer registration day
APRIL 13,2024 FROM 1 PM TO 4 PM
Children Youth Shelter Community HQ
412 Princeton Drive, Brooklyn, NY 11221
www.ChildrenYouthShelters.org
Question 13. A. prideful B. pride C. proudly D. proud
Question 14. A. from B. on C. in D. for
Question 15. A. a B. an C. the D. X

Question 16. A. volunteering B. to volunteer C. volunteer D. voluntary

Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the blank to make
a logical text.
I had an exciting day at the zoo with my family. _
a. We saw many animals like lions, elephants, and colourful birds.
b. After we arrived, we bought tickets and entered the zoo.
c. We took lots of pictures and enjoyed our time together.
A. b-a-c B. a-b-c C. c-b-a D. b-c-a
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17) most
appropriately.
A. It was fun to learn about different animals from around the world.
B. The weather was perfect for walking around all day long.
C. I can't wait to visit again next year with my friends.
D. Overall, it was a wonderful family outing that I will always remember.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
A WELSH FESTIVAL
Wales has a population of about three million. English is the main language and only twenty
percent speak both Welsh and English. Every year, (19) August there is a Welsh-
speaking festival. It (20) place in a different town each year so everyone has a
chance for it to be near them. Local people spend years making plans for the festival when it
is organised in their town. Each festival (21) by about 160.000 people. They travel
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

not only from nearby towns and villages but also from the rest of the British Isles and even
from abroad. There are concerts, plays and (22) to find the best singers, poets,
writers and so on. Shops sell Welsh music, books, pictures and clothes (23) food
and drinks. The festival provides a chance for Welsh-speaking people (24) together
for a whole week, with the Welsh language all around them.
Question 19. A. on B. at C. in D. by
Question 20. A. has B.finds C. makes D. takes
Question 21. A. is B. will be attended C. attends D. attended
attended
Question 22. A. competitions B. examinations C. tests D. races
Question 23. A. for instance B. but C. also D. as well as
Question 24. A. to be B. being C. be D. to being
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
closest in meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. "Can I borrow your car, Helen?" said Mary.
A. Mary asked Helen if she can borrow her car.
B. Mary asked Helen if she could borrow her car.
C. Mary asked Helen she can borrow her car.
D. Mary asked Helen she could borrow her car.
Question 26. I spoke slowly and clearly. I wanted the foreigner to understand me.
A. I spoke slowly and clearly so that the foreigner could understand me.
B. I spoke so slowly and clearly that I wanted the foreigner to understand me.
C. I spoke not only slowly but also clearly and the foreigner understood me.
D. The foreigner could understand me easily as 1 spoke slowly and clearly.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
made from the given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. it/ rain/ heavily,/ singers/ still/ performed I stage.
A. Although raining heavily, the singers still performed on stage.
B. Despite of it rained heavily, the singers still performed on stage.
C. Although it rained heavily, the singers still performed on stage.
D. In spite of it rained heavily, the singers still performed on stage.
Question 28. COVID-19 vaccines/ invent/ help/ fight/ pandemic.
A. COVID-19 vaccines was invented to help fight the pandemic.
B. COVID-19 vaccines invented to help fight the pandemic.
C. COVID-19 vaccines were invented to help fight the pandemic.
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

D. COVID-19 vaccines invent to help fight the pandemic.

Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?

FREE
WiFi
(C<t>>)
AVAILABLE
HERE

A. There is no Wi-Fi here.

B. You can use Wi-Fi for free here.
C. You have to pay to use the Wi-Fi.
D. Wi-Fi is only available in some places.
Question 30. What does the notice say?

Free!!
Used books support poor students
to overcome difficulties. Only for hard-working students,
receive books from 2pm - 5pm every day.

A. All students can receive books.

B. Books only for hard-working students.
C. Poor but hard-working students can take books within 3 hours.
D. Everyone can come from 2pm to 5pm to donate used books.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
The traditions of Vietnam are affected by Chinese culture for a long time. In my s family,
women had to do all the housework, take care of their children, fathers and husbands. They
had to obey and respect their fathers and husbands in solving family\ problem. Women had
no choice in controlling the number of babies they needed, partly they had little knowledge
about contraception and as a result of religious and economic requirements.
Concerning work and education, in the past, women almost stayed at home and did
housework, looked after children and did agriculture jobs like cultivation, livestock breeding,
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

agricultural process and selling agricultural produce. People thought that women should not
study high, what women should learn was how to cook well, how to become a good wife,
mother. As a consequence, few women finished secondary school and some studied primary
school. In making decisions, women in the past had no right to decide any social and family
problems. Their fathers and husbands would decide all problems related to family and
society.
Question 31. What is the passage mainly about?
A. Traditional roles of Vietnamese women in the past.
B. Traditional roles of Chinese women in the past.
C. Vietnamese women's roles in work and education.
D. Vietnamese women's roles in the family.
Question 32. According to the passage, in my family, women had to do _
A. partly housework, respect their children, fathers and husbands
B. all housework, look after their children, fathers and husbands
C. all housework, look after their parents and children
D. all housework, solve all family problems
Question 33. The word obey is closest in meaning to _
A. argue B. discuss C. follow D. support
Question 34. What does the word they in the first paragraph refer to?
A. women B. husbands C. babies D. fathers
Question 35. What were the women's roles in the past EXCEPT for?
A. looked after children B. sold agricultural produce
C. decide social and family problems D. did housework
Question 36. Why did few women finish secondary school?
A. because they were thought that they should learn how to cook well, how to become a
good wife, mother
B. because they couldn't study well enough
C. because they had no right to decide any social and family problems
D. because enjoyed doing housework and looking after children
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each
question, mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct
option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
My grandparents live in the countryside. (37) . There are many things I like about life
there like the open space, (38) . There is one thing which is very different from city
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

life. That is the village open-air market where the villagers sell (39) _
Not many people in the village have a fridge, so they go to the market every day to buy food
and other necessary things. They all come from the same village, so almost everybody
knows each other. (40) . It is also a place for the villagers to meet and talk. The
market brings the people in the village closer.
A. their home-made or home-grown products
B. Every year, I spend my whole summer vacation with them
C. the friendly villagers and the traditional games children play
D. The market is not just a place for buying and selling

Question 37. Question 38.

---- ----
Question 39. Question 40.
----- ----
 50 E>E THU• 'C CHIEN LUYE• N THI vAo 10 - HA NO• i

E>E s6 38
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose
underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. expand B. apply C. D. disappointed
mature
Question 2. A. gather B. gesture D. begin
C. garden
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs
from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following
questions.
Question 3. A. lesson B. device C. project D. music
Question 4. A. holiday B. discussion C. favourite D. suitable
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to
each of the following questions.
Question 5. If I his advice, I would win the match.
A. followed B. would follow C. will follow D. had followed
Question 6. You do morning exercise and eat more vegetables to keep healthy.
A. must B. should C. can D. may
Question 7. does this washing machine cost? - $250.
A. How B. What C. How much D. How many
Question 8. One of the attractions in my hometown is the traditional market is open
every Sunday.
A. whom B. whose C. who D. which
Question 9. The doctor advised my uncle to stop because it's quite harmful to his
health.
A. to smoking B. smoking C. to smoke D. smoke
Question 10. energy can be easily used in tropical countries where there is alot of
sunlight.
A. Nuclear B. Fossil fuel C. Wind D. Solar
Question 11. Hanoi, the capital of Vietnam, has a(n) of over 8 million people.
A. area B. population C. growth D. climate
Question 12. "Mum. I've got 600 on the TOEFL test" - " "
A. You are right. B. Oh, hard luck! C. Good job! D. Good way!
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 13
 50 E>E THU 'C CHIEN LUYE N THI vAo 10 - HA
• •
NO i
•

to 16.
SUPPORT PEOPLE IN FLOODED AREAS
• Announcer: the monitor (13) class 10G
• Event: (14) musical performance of class 10G to raise money for people in (15)

--- areas
• Place: school meeting hall
• Time: 7:30 p.m, Thursday 4th November
• Ticket (16) : 20,000 VND
Question 13. A. on B. at C. of D. for
Question 14. A.0 B. the C.an D.a
Question 15. A. flooding B. floods C. flood D. flooded
Question 16. A. price B. cost C. pay D. expense
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the blank to make
a logical text.
I spent my Saturday helping at a local community garden. _
a. After we finished planting, we watered all the new plants carefully.
b. First, I arrived early with some friends and met other volunteers.
c. We worked together to plant flowers and vegetables for everyone to enjoy.
A. b-c-a B. c-b-a C. a-b-c D. b-a-c
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17) most
appropriately.
A. It wasn't rewarding to see how our efforts would help beautify the neighbourhood.
B. Everyone had fun working together and sharing stories while gardening.
C. I learned more about gardening techniques from experienced volunteers.
D. By lunchtime, we were tired but happy with what we accomplished.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
Botswana, officially the Republic of Botswana, is a country in southern Africa that shares
borders with South Africa, Namibia and Zimbabwe. The capital, Gaborone, (19) on
the Notwane River in the Southeast of Botswana. The Kalahari Desert covers more than
70% of Botswana. The Kalahari isn't a true desert because it rains more each year there
than in most (20) deserts. Despite this, Botswana is a dry country. When it does rain,
the rain is often heavy and there are floods.
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

Botswana is a popular tourist destination, with people from all over the world coming to see
its amazing animals. During the seasonal floods, the land becomes a lush animal habitat.
The wide variety of wildlife (21) elephants and lions. Many visit Chobe National Park
to see its 70,000 elephants, (22) are the largest of all living elephants. The grassland
and river valleys are home (23) giraffes, cheetahs, hyenas and wild dogs. The
baobab tree, an icon of the African savannah, plays an important role in Botswana culture
and nearly every part of it is useful. For example, it is used (24) rope and people pick
the leaves to make soup.
Question 19. A. lies B. gets C. sets D. puts
Question 20. A. another B. every C. any D. other
Question 21. A. B. contains C. involves D. includes
consists Question 22. B. who C. where D. which
A. what Question 23. A. B. to C. at D. in
on Question 24. A. B. to make C. make D. to making
making
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
closest in meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. New York City is busier than any other city in the world.
A. New York City is as busy as any other city in the world.
B. New York City is so busy as any other city in the world.
C. New York City is the busiest city in the world.
D. New York City is the busiest city than any other in the world.
Question 26. "If I were you, I would take the job," said my room-mate.
A. My room-mate was thinking about taking the job.
B. My room-mate advised me to take the job.
C. My room-mate suggested taking the job to me.
D. My room-mate invited taking the job for me.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
made from the given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. Heavy rain/ be/ the reason/ Mid-Autumn Festival/ not/ take place.
A. The heavy rain was the reason why the Mid-Autumn Festival didn't take place.
B. The heavy rain is the reason which the Mid-Autumn Festival didn't take place.
C. The heavy rain was the reason when the Mid-Autumn Festival didn't take place.
D. The heavy rain is the reason why the Mid-Autumn Festival didn't take place.
Question 28. Covid-19 pandemic,/ a lot/ schools/ world/ have to/ close.
 50 E>E THU 'C CHIEN LUYE N THI vAo 10 - HA
• •
NO i
•

A. A. Because of Covid-19 pandemic, a lot schools in the world have to close.

B. Because of Covid-19 pandemic, a lot of schools in the world have to close.
C. Despite Covid-19 pandemic, a lot schools in the world have to close.
D. In spite Covid-19 pandemic, a lot of schools in the world have to close.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?
•

ATTENTION
PLEASE
WAIT
HERE
A. Go to a different place or location.
B. You can leave right away without waiting.
C. There is no need to wait in this area.
D. Stay and wait at this specific spot or location.
Question 30. What does the notice say?

Notice
The Library has new rules for borrowing books.

You can borrow up to five books at a time.

Books must be returned within two weeks.

Late fees apply if books are returned after the duedate.

A. You can borrow more than five books at a time.

B. Books must be returned within two weeks.
C. You do not pay late fees for overdue books.
D. You can keep books forever.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
It is estimated that about 200 million people use the Internet computer network around the
world. The Internet allows people to work at home instead of travelling to work. The Internet
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

allows businesses to communicate with customers and workers in any part of the world for
the cost of a local telephone call. Email allows users to send documents, pictures and other
data from one part of the world to another in at least 5 minutes. People can use the Internet
to do shopping. This saves a lot of time. It is possible to use the Internet for education -
students may connect with their teachers from home to send or receive emails or talk about
their problems through "online" rather than attend a class.
Question 31. The Internet allows people _
A. to stay at home and rest B. not to work
C. to travel to work D. to work at home
Question 32. To a business, the Internet is to communicate with customers.
A. a cheap way B. a very expensive way
C. an inconvenient way D. a difficult way

Question 33. Email can be used to send

---
A. documents B. pictures C. data D. all are correct
Question 34. Using the Internet for education is _
A. impossible B. possible C. inconvenient D. difficult
Question 35. The word "allows" is CLOSEST in meaning to _
A. forbids B. permits C. stops D. prevents
Question 36. What is the main idea of the passage?
A. The benefits of using the Internet
B. The disadvantage of using the Internet
C. How to use the Internet
D. All are correct
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each question,
mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
Today, there are national parks all over the world, and the number is rising all the time. A
national park is a special area for (37) _
In Viet Nam, there are now 34 national parks. Con Dao National Park is one of them. It
became a national park in 1993. (38) . It contains 16 small islands covering 20,000
hectares. The ecosystem here is very diverse with thousands of species, including marine
animals. Many species of corals as well as (39) live here as well. The park is also
home to a lot of valuable kinds of wood and medicinal plants. Three ancient trees in the park
were named "Vietnamese Heritage Trees".
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

Con Dao National Park, like other national parks, plays a key role in saving endangered
species as well as protecting the environment and natural resources. (40) _
A. The park is in Con Dao District, Ba Ria-Vung Tau Province
B. It also helps raise the awareness of local residents about the importance of nature
C. the protection of the environment and wildlife
D. sea turtles, dolphins, and endangered dugongs

Question 37. Question 38.

---- ----
Question 39. Question 40.
---- ----
 50 E>E THU• 'C CHIEN LUYE• N THI vAo 10 - HA NO• i

E>E s6 39
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose
underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. climate B. comic C. hike D. website
Question 2. A. cover B. category C. ancient D. decorate
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs
from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following
questions.
Question 3. A. paper B. tonight C. lecture D. story
Question 4. A. interesting B. surprising C. amusing D. successfuI
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to
each of the following questions.

Question 5. Our lives since the invention of the Internet.

---
A. have been improved B. be improved
C. will be improved D. was improving
Question 6. At 5 o'clock yesterday evening, my elder sister her clothes.
A. ironed B. is ironing C. has ironed D. was ironing
Question 7. If people shared household chores, the family life happier.
A. had been B. would have been
C. will be D. would be
Question 8. We should educate the public about wildlife, ?
A. shouldn't we B. should we C. don't we D. do we
Question 9. The man son is my classmate is a very famous scientist.
A. which B. whom C. that D. whose
Question 10. Is your son in French and English?
A. master B. bilingual C. keen D. fond
Question 11. Television can people with the latest information in an inexpensive and
convenient way.
A. apply B. interact C. provide D. communicate
Question 12. Nam and Quan are talking about their plan for the entrance test.
Nam: "Why don't we prepare for the entrance test together, Quan?"
Quan: " . We can share our experience with each other."
A. I'm afraid I can't B. No, thanks C. I don't think so D. That's a good idea
 50 E>E THU• 'C CHIEN LUYE• N THI vAo 10 - HA NO• i

Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 13
to 16.
THE NATIONAL FOOTBALL CHAMPIONSHIP ORGANISING COMMITTEE
Wishes to announce that the match between:
Nam Dinh and Binh Duong on Sunday, April 18 has been postponed (13) severe
weather conditions (14) the weather is fine, the match will now (15) at 3 p.m.
on Sunday, April 25 (16) My Dinh National Stadium.
Question 13. A. because B. due to C. despite D. although
Question 14. A. Before B. While C. Unless D. If
Question 15. A. be played B. play C. D. is played
played
Question 16. A. in B. at D. by
C.on
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the blank to make
a logical text.
I helped my family prepare dinner last night. _
A. Then, we put all the ingredients together and cooked it on the stovetop.
B. We decided to make spaghetti and meatballs, my favourite meal!
C. First, we washed our hands and gathered all the ingredients we needed.
A. b - a - c B. a-c-b C. c-b-a D. b-c-a
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17) most
appropriately.
A. It felt good to help out in the kitchen and be a part of making dinner.
B. The meal was delicious and we enjoyed eating together.
C. After breakfast, we cleaned up the kitchen and relaxed together in the living room.
D. It was a fun experience, and I learned some new cooking skills.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
The television first (19) some fifty years ago in the 1950s. Since then, it has been
one of the most (20) sources of entertainment for both the old and the young.
Television offers cartoons for children, world news, music and many other (21) . If
someone is interested in sports, for example, he can just choose the right sports channel.
There he can enjoy a broadcast of an international match (22) it is actually
happening. Television is also a very useful way for companies to advertise their products. It
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

is not too hard for us (23) why there is a TV set in almost every home today. And,
engineers are developing interactive TV (24) allows communication between viewers
and producers.
Question 19. A. happened B. made C. invented D.
appeared
Question 20. A. expensive B. remote C. slight D. popular
Question 21. A. schemes B. programs C. reports D. sets
Question 22. A. while B. or C. so D. and
Question 23. A. see B. to see C. to seeing D. seeing
Question 24. A. who B. what C. which D. whose
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
closest in meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. The weather is terrible. I am very uncomfortable now.
A. If the weather had not been terrible, I wouldn't be so uncomfortable now.
B. If the weather were not terrible, I wouldn't be so uncomfortable now.
C. Unless the weather were terrible, I wouldn't have been so uncomfortable now.
D. If the weather had been terrible, I would be uncomfortable now.
Question 26. "What is Steve doing in the garden now?" she asked.
A. She asked what Steve was doing in the garden then.
B. She asked what was Steve doing in the garden now.
C. She asked what is Steve doing in the garden then.
D. She asked what Steve is doing in the garden now.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
made from the given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. The dishes/ my aunt/ cook/ party/ last week/ be/ delicious.
A. The dishes that my aunt cooks for the party last week are delicious.
The dishes that my aunt has cooked for the party last week were delicious.
C. The dishes that my aunt cooked for the party last week were delicious.
D. The dishes that my aunt cooking for the party last week were delicious.
Question 28. In Vietnam,/ basketball / not/ popular/ football.
A. In Vietnam, basketball is not as popular than football.
B. In Vietnam, basketball is not more popular as football.
C. In Vietnam, basketball is not as popular as football.
D. In Vietnam, basketball is not as more popular as football.
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?

NO
CLIMBING
A. You are allowed to climb here.
B. Climbing is not suggested or recommended here.
C. Climbing is encouraged and you should do it here.
D. Climbing is not allowed or permitted in this area.
Question 30. What does the notice say?

Notice
Restaurant has new rules for reservations.
You need to pay a deposit for reservations.

A. You do not need to pay a deposit.

B. You can walk in anytime.
C. You need to pay a deposit for reservations.
D. You can only make reservations for today.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
TAKING A WORKING HOLIDAY
One of the most difficult things young people face when they want to travel is the lack of
funds. During summer holidays and possibly at weekends, they are able to take on part-time
jobs, but the money they make is just a drop in the bucket of what they need to travel far
away. For example, travelling to Australia from Vietnam can be quite expensive just for an
airline ticket, and to a lot of students wanting to travel, it can seem out of reach.
For students wanting to travel to Australia and New Zealand in particular, however, they are
in luck. Although many countries offer working holidays, these two countries are well-known
for offering them. When a young person signs up to get a working holiday visa, he only pays
for the round-trip airfare to get to either place and only needs to carry some extra cash for
incidentals. Once he is there, a job awaits where he can earn some money.
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

Many of the jobs require little or no experience, such as picking fruit or working in a busy pub
out in the countryside. Some of the jobs require more experience than most people are
unlikely to have, such as being a certified welder to work for eight weeks on a farm. That
shouldn't discourage you, though, because there is always something to be found if you
search hard enough.
There are many websites that advertise working holidays in Australia and New Zealand. If
you have the courage and are looking for a way to make a little money and seethe world, it
might be just the ticket you were looking for.
Question 31. Young people face the problem of when they want to travel.
A. documents B. the lack of funds
C. language skills D. culture shock
Question 32. Which countries offer working holidays to students?
A. America and Australia B. New Zealand and America
C. Australia and New Zealand D. Australia and Viet Nam
Question 33. Which jobs require little or no experience?
A. a certified welder working for eight weeks on a farm
B. advertising working holidays
C. selling airline tickets
D. picking fruit
Question 34. Where can people find working holidays advertised?
A. On the Internet B. In magazines
C. On the radio D. In travel guidebooks
Question 35. The word "well-known" is CLOSEST in meaning to _
A. infamous B. unknown C. famous D. common
Question 36. The word "courage" is OPPOSITE in meaning to _
A. strength B. bravery C. fear D. power
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each question,
mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
Shopping centres attract a lot of customers, especially at the weekend, on holidays, or
during sales. People go there to shop. Shopping centres (37) to choose from.
Customers can touch the products and try on clothes and shoes. This makes them feel more
comfortable when they decide to buy something.
However, people also go to shopping centres for many other reasons. (38) . These
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

centres often offer year-round free entertainment for customers of all ages such as s live
music and special performances. During holidays, shoppers can (39) . It's a good
way to relax. Some people go there just to hang out with friends. They go browsing and
chatting while wandering through the shopping malls. (40) . They enjoy walking for
one or two hours in clean and well-lit areas. Some people even go there to avoid the heat or
cold outside. Shopping centres offer free air conditioning and heating.
A. offer a wide range of products
B. see decorations and join In the holiday excitement
C. Some people go there for entertainment
D. Others visit shopping centres to get exercise
Question 37. Question 38. _

Question 39. Question 40.

----- -----
 50 E>E THU• 'C CHIEN LUYE• N THI vAo 10 - HA NO• i

E>E s6 40
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose
underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. erupt B. humour C. uniform D. communicate
Question 2. A. sun B. summer C. sure D. such
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs
from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following
questions.
Question 3. A. money B. army C. afraid D. people
Question 4. A. understand 8. engineer C. benefit D. Vietnamese
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to
each of the following questions.
Question 5. Michael felt tired. , he went to work and tried to concentrate.
---
A. So B. Therefore C. However D. But
Question 6. It took us three days our project on how to reduce water pollution.
A. to completing B. to complete C. complete D. completing
Question 7. Jack found an old coin while he in the garden.
A. is working B. working C. was working D. works
Question 8. Khanh Hoa Province often experiences temperatures 29°C and 36°c in
the summer.
A. between B. in C. at D. with
Question 9. Smoke, dirt and noise are all kinds of pollutants cause health problems.
A. whom B. what C. who D. which
Question 10. Reading English books helps my vocabulary and understand the
content where words are used.
A. weaken B. worsen C. narrow D. widen
Question 11. Craft villages are becoming popular in Viet Nam.
A. tourism attractions B. tourist attractions
C. tour attraction D. tourism attractiveness
Question 12. Tom and John are talking about their weekend.
Tom: "Why don't we go to the beach this weekend, John?" - John:" "
A. Sure, it is a pity! B. Oh, well done!
C. That's a good idea. D. Yes, we do.
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 13
to 16.
Hotel Receptionist wanted for Plaza Hotel
We need a young and (13) person to work as (14) receptionist at our hotel in
Ha Noi from 20th May to 15th August.
Working hours are (15) 8 a.m. to 4 p.m.
Responsibilities include receiving guests and visitors, checking them in and out, taking
bookings, and answering the phone.
Ability (16) English is an advantage.
Please contact: The manager, Plaza Hotel
21 Vu Ngoc Duong, Hai Ba Trung, Ha Noi.
Question 13. A. enthusiastically B. enthusiast C. enthusiastic D.
enthusiasm

Question 14. A. an B.0 C. a D. the

Question 15. A. to B. from C. at D.on
Question 16. A. to B. to speaking C. speak D. speaking
speak
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the blank to make
a logical text.
We had a memorable day at the zoo yesterday, but things didn't go as smoothly as we
thought. _
a. When we arrived at the zoo, we found out that it was closed for cleaning.
b. It all started when my family decided to spend the day at the zoo.
c. We were so excited, but on our way there, it began to rain heavily.
A. b-c-a B. a-c-b C. c-b-a D. b-a-c
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17) most
appropriately.
A. Then we asked a staff member if there were any other nearby attractions.
B. The zoo is an amazing place to learn about animals.
C. We returned home feeling disappointed.
D. Luckily, we found a different place to visit nearby.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

Ha Long Bay is (19) UNESCO World Heritage Site and popular travel (20) in
Quang Ninh Province, Vietnam. The bay features thousands of limestone karsts and isles in
various shapes and sizes. Ha Long Bay is a centre of a larger zone which (21) Bai
Tu Long Bay to the northeast, and Cat Ba Island to the southwest.
Ha Long Bay has an area of around 1,553km2, including 1,960 - 2,000 islets, most of (22)
are limestone. The core of the bay has an area of 334km 2 with a high density of 775
islets. The limestone in this bay has gone through 500 million years of formation in different
conditions and environments. The (23) of the karst in this bay has taken 20 million
years under the impact of the tropical wet (24) . The geodiversity of the environment
in the area has created biodiversity, including a tropical evergreen biosystem, oceanic and
seashore biosystem. Ha Long Bay is home to 14 endemic floral species and 60 endemic
faunal species.
Question 19. A. a B.an C. the D. X

Question 20. A. situation B. destination C. direction D. ground

Question 21. A. offers B. includes C. consists D. covers
Question 22. A. them B. those C. which D. whom
Question 23. A. evolutionary B. evolutionarily C. evolution D. evolve
Question 24. A. weather B. atmosphere C. climate D.season
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
closest in meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. "I will visit my grandma this Saturday." Ann said.
A. Ann said that she would visit my grandma that Saturday.
B. Ann said that she will visit my grandma this Saturday.
C. Ann said that she will visit her grandma this Saturday.
D. Ann said that she would visit her grandma that Saturday.
Question 26. The picture was so expensive that Mr. Brown couldn't buy it.
A. The picture was expensive enough for Mr. Brown to buy.
B. It was such an expensive picture that Mr. Brown couldn't buy it.
C. The picture was not very expensive that Mr. Brown could buy it
D. The picture was too expensive that Mr. Brown couldn't buy it.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
made from the given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. He / spend / two hours / do / homework.
A. He spent two hours to do his homework
 50 E>E THU 'C CHIEN LUYE N THI vAo 10 - HA
• •
NO i
•

B. He spent two hours doing his homework.

C. He spend two hours doing his homework
D. He spent two hours do his homework
Question 28. Joan/ get wet/ way/ school/ this morning/ because/ she/ forget/ raincoat.
A. Joan getting wet on the way to school this morning because she forgot her raincoat.
B. Joan got wet on the way to school this morning because she forgets her raincoat.
C. Joan got wet on the way to school this morning because of she forgot her raincoat
D. Joan got wet on the way to school this morning because she forgot her raincoat.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?

SORRY

NO
BACKPACKS
ALLOWED

A. You shouldn't carry a backpack when you're in this area.

B. You cannot bring your backpacks into this area.
C. You must pay attention when you bring a backpack.
D. Backpacks are not allowed in this area without your attention.
Question 30. What does the notice say?

Notice

Our glass Store is closed for Independence Day

for 2 days from September 2 - September 3.

Please come back on September 4. Thank.

A. The store will be open on September 2nd.

B. The store will be closed from September 2nd to September 3rd.
C. The store will be closed on September 4th.
D. The store will open on September 3rd.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

I spent an enjoyable day in the countryside about a few months ago. This place was not very
far from where I lived and it was easy to get there. It was a very beautiful place. There was a
flowing river with clear water that made it more beautiful. I could see some cows roaming
the field and eating grass. My brother and sister also went with me that day. With the sun
shining and a blue sky over our heads, the day was perfect for enjoying the countryside.
After arriving there, we relaxed and enjoyed the natural view around us first. Then we rented
a boat and rode it into the river to do some fishing, and luckily, we caught some big fish.
Finally, we decided to go for a walk in a beautiful small forest where we discovered a lot of
birds and animals. We tried to count how many different kinds of birds and animals there
were, but we failed because there were so many.
I really enjoyed our day out because it brought me close to a very peaceful and natural
environment, away from the busy and noisy city life.
Question 31. What is the passage mainly about?
A. A very peaceful countryside
B. A beautiful forest in the countryside
C. The life in the countryside
D. An enjoyable trip to the countryside
Question 32. The word "roaming" is CLOSEST in meaning to _
A. walking around B. standing in
C. lying in D. sleeping in
Question 33. The writer did many things EXCEPT _
A. walking in the forest B. enjoying the view around
C. catching birds D. riding a boat
Question 34. Which of the followings is NOT true, according to the passage?
A. The writer went fishing on a boat and caught some big fish.
B. The writer went on a trip to the countryside alone.
C. The writer could not count birds and animals in the forest.
D. The writer enjoyed a wonderful day in the countryside.

Question 35. The word "it" refers to

---
A. the view B. the river C. the fish D. the boat
Question 36. The word "natural" is OPPOSITE in meaning to _
A. artificial B. native C. spectacular D. charming
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each question,
mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct option that
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.

Air pollution in big cities comes from several sources. (37) . The problem starts when
vehicles give out bad gases, which create air pollution. These gases can be very s
dangerous for children. Although fuels are becoming cleaner, air quality is still affected as
(38)
(39) . Factories also release bad gases into the air and it causes a lot of air pollution.
Less pollution today comes from coal than in the past. However, air pollution remains a
serious problem around the world because (40) from other sources, such as
cooking, household wastes, and fires.
A. Transport is not the only reason why we have air pollution
B. there are more and more cars and motorbikes on the road
C. bad gases are being released into the air
D. The fuels from vehicles are the main cause of pollution in our cities
Question 37. Question 38. _

Question 39. Question 40.

----- -----
 50 E>E THU• 'C CHIEN LUYE• N THI vAo 10 - HA NO• i

E>E s6 41
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose
underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. bowl B. now C. cow D.
down
Question 2. A. cat B. ceiling C. nice D. centre
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs
from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following
questions.
Question 3. A. include B. depend C. design D. novel
Question 4. A. official B. attraction C. invention D. comedy
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to
each of the following questions.
Question 5. Mai used to go to school on foot, ?
A. didn't Mai B. didn't she C. did Mai D. did she
Question 6. We don't allow you in our house.
A. to smoke B. is smoking C. smoked D. smoke
Question 7. The flight to Hanoi was delayed for twenty minutes the weather was
bad.
A. although B. because C. because of D. in spite of
Question 8. Singapore is small city - state in Southeast Asia.
A. the B. an C. a D. x
Question 9. The Louvre Museum from 9 a.m to 6 p.m, every day except Tuesday
and Wednesday.
A. will open B.opens C.open D. will be open
Question 10. Teenagers can become to social networking if they cannot control the
time they spend online.
A. addicted B. hooked C. fond D. keen
Question 11. If we don't find sources of power such as wind power and solar
energy, we will use up all the fossil fuels in the near future.
A. alternative B. predictable C. efficient D. non-renewable
Question 12. Mai and Trang are talking in the classroom.
Mai: "Would you mind opening the window, Trang? It's a bit dark here." - Trang: " "
 50 E>E THU• 'C CHIEN LUYE• N THI vAo 10 - HA NO• i

A. Yes, my pleasure. B. No, not at all. C. Yes, let's. D. Yes, I would.

Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 13
to 16.
This fun course shows you how to design and make (13) fashion jewellery from
nature (14) , and particularly how to use photography (15) you get ideas for
your designs. So if you have your own camera, bring it (16) _

Question 13. A. a B.an C. the 0.0

Question 14. A. materials B. resources C. energy D.disasters
Question 15. A. to help B. help C. helping D. helped
Question 16. A. in B. about C.up D. along
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the blank to make
a logical text.
We had an unforgettable holiday in Singapore last week. Things didn't go on as smoothly as
we had expected before. _
a. Upon our arrival at the safari park two hours later, we realised that it was closed for
maintenance.
b. It all started when my parents decided to visit the safari park.
c. We were so excited about the trip, but the moment that we left the hotel, it started raining.
A. a-c-b B. b-a-c C. c-b-a D. b-c-a
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17) most
appropriately.
A. Then we asked a local man who lived nearby how to get to the park.
B. First, this park is really a must-visit for all nature lovers.
C. We finally got back to the hotel with sadness and disappointment.
D. To begin with, we had a lot of fun exploring the different animal exhibits here.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
HOW TO BE HEALTHY
Most of us don't do (19) . Adults spend too much time (20) work sitting in
offices, while children spend too much time indoors, playing on their computers. What is
worse is that many of us also don't eat healthy food. (21) food, like burgers and
chips, are very popular with teenagers and adults.
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

When we don't eat well or exercise, we have problems with our health. This is (22) it
is important to exercise daily and eat well. This is actually quite easy to do. We can begin by
making small changes. Instead of (23) a bus to work or school, we can walk or cycle.
When we have a meal, we choose healthier food. We can eat dinner. (24) we do
these things, we will be much healthier as well as happier.
Question 19. A. enough exercise B. exercise enough
C. so much D. so many exercise
exercise
C. from D. about
Question 20. A. at B. off
Question 21. A. Healthy B. Good C. Fast D. Heavy
Question 22. A. whom B. who C. which D. why
Question 23. A. took B. taking C. to take D. take
Question 24. A. So B.By C. If D. Although
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
closest in meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. People should plant more trees to prevent floods and mudslides.
A. More trees should be planted to prevent floods and mudslides.
B. More trees should plant to prevent floods and mudslides.
C. More frees should be plant to prevent floods and mudslides.
D. More trees should planted to prevent floods and mudslides.
Question 26. I often spend 15 minutes riding to school every day.
A. It often takes me 15 minutes to riding to school every day.
B. It often takes me 15 minutes to ride to school every day.
C. It often takes me 15 minutes ride to school every day.
D. It often takes me 15 minutes riding to school every day.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
made from the given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. I wish/ I/ see/ Susan/ off/ the/ airport/ tonight.
A. I wish I could see Susan off at the airport tonight.
B. I wish I can see Susan off at the airport tonight.
C. I wish I saw Susan off at the airport tonight.
D. I wish I see Susan off at the airport tonight.
Question 28. Tony/ not/ play / piano / skillful / Anne.
A. Tony doesn't play the piano as skillfully than Anne.
B. Tony doesn't play the piano more skillfully as Anne.
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

C. Tony doesn't play the piano as skillfully as Anne.

D. Tony doesn't play the piano as more skilfully as Anne.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?

A. You must keep quiet when other people are around.

B. You are not allowed to talk here.
C. You should talk loudly in this area with your friends.
D. You should not talk loudly in this area.
Question 30. What does the notice say?

Paradise Restaurant Booking is requested.

Call:20242025

A. You have to book in advance to eat at Paradise Restaurant.

B. You mustn't book beforehand to eat at Paradise Restaurant.
C. You can eat at Paradise Restaurant without calling.
D. You are requested to eat at Paradise Restaurant.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
Tourism will always have an impact on the places visited. Sometimes the impact is good, but
often it is negative. For example, if lots of people visit one place, then this can damage the
environment. The question is - how can we minimise the problems without preventing
people from travelling and visiting places? The main aim of ecotourism is to reduce the
negative impact that tourism has on the environment and local people. The idea is to
encourage tourists to think about what they do when they visit a place.
It's great to talk about protecting the environment, but how do you actually do this? There are
a number of key points. Tourists shouldn't drop litter, they should stay on the paths, they
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

shouldn't interfere with wildlife and they should respect local customs and traditions.
Some people see ecotourism as a contradiction. They say that any tourism needs
infrastructure - roads, airports and hotels. The more tourists that visit a place, the more of
these are needed and, by building more of these, you can't avoid damaging the
environment.
Question 31. What is the main idea of the passage?
A. Some Dos for ecotourists
B. Benefits and drawbacks of ecotourism
C. A brief introduction about ecotourism
D. Some Don'ts for ecotourists
Question 32. The word "they" in paragraph 1 refers to _
A. people B. problems C. tourists D. places
Question 33. The word "minimise" in paragraph 1 is OPPOSITE in meaning to _
A. reduce B. improve C. decrease D. increase
Question 34. According to paragraph 2, which of the following is NOT mentioned as an
activity to protect the environment?
A. Respecting local customs and traditions.
B. Not interfering with wildlife.
C. Hunting wildlife.
D. Not littering.
Question 35. The word "avoid" in paragraph 3 is CLOSEST in meaning to _
A. present B. prevent C. protest D. pretend
Question 36. According to the passage, ecotourism aims at _
A. preventing tourists from travelling B. reducing the tourism problems
C. finding a new form of tourism D. stopping ecotourism altogether
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each question,
mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
My grandma and I share a pastime: knitting. She taught me how to knit when I was ten years
old. In the evening, (37) . Now I can knit scarves, hats, and even sweaters. I
remember last year I had to find a birthday present for my dad. (38) . I searched the
Internet for a day, and finally I found the pattern that came with a YouTube video showing me
how to make a sweater. It took me a week to finish it.
Dad was so happy with the present and said it was his favourite sweater. (39) _
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

Sometimes you drop stitches or hold the wool too tight, so you need to continually practise.
My grandma says knitting is magical because (40) and a pair of needles. I love
knitting!
A. The best thing about knitting is that it makes you more careful and patient
B. we both sit in front of the TV and knit
C. you can create anything you want with just wool
D. Then I thought of knitting a sweater for him

Question 37. Question 38.

---- ----
Question 39. Question 40.
---- ----
 50 E>E THU• 'C CHIEN LUYE• N THI vAo 10 - HA NO• i

E>E s6 42
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose
underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. lecturer B. inventor C. medium D. president
Question 2. A. choose B. teaching C. chemistry D. children
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs
from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following
questions.
Question 3. A. famous B. agree C. father D. lucky
Question 4. A. emotion B. occasion C. suggestion D. classical
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to
each of the following questions.
Question 5. This is the most beautiful place that I _
A. have visited B. has visited C. visited D. will visit
Question 6. He practises speaking English than his friends.
A. frequent B. more frequent C. frequently D. more frequently
Question 7. The plane arrived at the airport after a violent storm.
A. safe B. safely C. safety D. unsafe
Question 8. We have cut down so trees that there are now vast areas of wasteland
---
all over the world.
A. much B. many C. any D. lot of
Question 9. This is the website provides updated information about Covid-19.
A. who B. whose C. whom D. which
Question 10. Remember to turn the light when leaving the office.
A. off B. up C. down D. in
Question 11. She is living with her eldest son, ?
A does she B. aren't she C. isn't she D. do she
Question 12. Jack and Tony, two secondary students, are playing near the river.
Jack: "Let's swim across the river." - Tony: " . It's dangerous."
A. No, let's not B. Yes, I'd love to C. No problem D. Great idea
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 13
to 16.
 50 E>E THU 'C CHIEN LUYE N THI vAo 10 - HA
• •
NO i
•

FEELING STRESSED?
Need (13) real break (14) working hours?
Having trouble relaxing after work?
Human Resources is bringing you "The Stress Buster"
♦ 15 minutes of total (15) free of charge.
♦ Choose the table (16) full bodywork.
♦ Choose the chair for neck, shoulders, and back.
Where: Employee Lounge
When: Mondays, Wednesdays, Fridays
Times: During breaks, lunchtime, after work.
Question 13. A. a B. an C. the D.x
Question 14. A. among B. during C. at D. into
Question 15. A. relaxing B. relaxation C. relaxed D. relaxion
Question 16. A. on B. into C. in D. for
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the blank to make
a logical text.
We had an amazing time in Kyoto last week. _
a. Finally, we found a small, charming cafe tucked away on a side street, and the delicious
aroma of freshly baked bread filled the air.
b. We spent the entire morning wandering through bustling markets, trying to find the perfect
.
souvenirs.
c. The first few hours of our trip to Kyoto were a whirlwind of activity and sensory overload.
A. c-b-a B. a-b-c C. a-c-b D. b-a-c
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17) most
appropriately.
A. It wasn't a perfect ending to a fantastic day.
B. We ordered a delicious matcha latte and shared a plate of fresh fruit.
C. We were so tired that we collapsed on the street, hoping to find a place to sleep.
D. This trip reminded us that sometimes the best things are found in unexpected places.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet
to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks
from 19 to 24.
I love shopping online. I prefer (19) mobile phone apps, but sometimes I use my
computer. The phone is so convenient for me that I can even do my (20) from bed. I
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

love shopping so much that I buy everything I need at home. But I still want to get clothes
from a store, so I can (21) them on to be sure they fit me fine.
Yesterday, I bought a birthday present for my mother, and it arrived today. That (22) _
me a lot of time. My friends aren't as comfortable with buying things online as I am (23)
they think that it can be dangerous. Of course, bad things sometimes happen, but I
am very (24) with my personal details. It is important to be sure that the web page is
secure. You can see this if the address has got an "s" in it, like https://. That "s" means it is
safe.
Question 19. A. use B. to use C. using D. uses
Question 20. A. shop B.shopped C. to shop D. shopping
Question 21. A. try B.go C. turn D.depend
Question 22. A. takes B.spends C. saves D. loses
Question 23. A. B. so that C. although D. because of
because Question 24. B. careful C. careless D. carefully
A. care
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
closest in meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. Vinfast Automobile Company will introduce a new car model.
A. A new car model will introduced by Vinfast Automobile Company.
B. A new car model will be introduce by Vinfast Automobile Company.
C. A new car model will been introduced by Vinfast Automobile Company.
D. A new car model will be introduced by Vinfast Automobile Company.
Question 26. "What have you done to avoid coronavirus?" Linda said to me.
A. Linda asked me what I had done to avoid coronavirus.
B. Linda asked me what had I done to avoid coronavirus.
C. Linda asked me what I done to avoid coronavirus.
D. Linda asked me what you had done to avoid coronavirus.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
made from the given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. People/ save/ time/ the computer I be I invent.
A. People have saved a lot of time for the computer was invented.
B. People have saved a lot of time since the computer was invented.
C. People saved a lot of time since the computer was invented.
D. People saved a lot of time since the computer has been invented.
Question 28. A lot/ presents / give / Martha / her birthday.
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

A. A lot of presents was given Martha on her birthday.

B. A lot of presents were given to Martha on her birthday.
C. A lot of presents gave to Martha on her birthday.
D. A lot of presents were gave Martha on her birthday.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?

SPEED
LIMIT

A. The fastest you can drive is 55 miles per hour.

B. You should drive at 55 kilometres per hour.
C. You are encouraged to drive as fast as possible.
D. You must drive at least 55 miles per hour.
Question 30. What does the notice say?

Notice
Students will have a break today to participate in the local
"Green Week" event.
Time: 3 PM
Location: The vacant area in the local community

A. e event w1 start at
B. The event will take place in the school gym.
C. Students will have a break to attend a "Green Week" event tomorrow.
D. The event will start at 4 PM.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
Many children have music classes when they attend school. And it is thought that music can
help them learn other subjects better. Research has shown that it can improve children's
performance in certain subjects.
Some studies have shown that music training can help you understand your own language
better. It could also help you with learning a second one. Moreover, young people who have
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

studied music also seem to get higher scores in other subjects like maths. So it could be that
these school subjects are connected in some way.
Music also helps you think of new ideas, and believe more in yourself. If you are learning the
guitar, for example, it can be really exciting when you are able to start composing your own
pieces of music. One of the biggest benefits, of course, is that listening to music can reduce
your stress. And composing music can make you feel the same way. Maybe your musical
knowledge will even open up a great career path for you in the future!
Question 31. What is the main idea of the passage?
A. Benefits of learning music B. New ideas in music
C. Ways to write a piece of music D. Ways to teach music
Question 32. The word "it" in paragraph 1 refers to _
A. research B. child C. music D. school
Question 33. According to paragraph 2, students who learn music seem to _
A. get higher marks in maths B. know only one language
C. dislike learning other subjects D. dislike learning a second language
Question 34. The word composing in paragraph 3 is CLOSEST in meaning to _
A. learning B. sharing C. writing D. copying
Question 35. According to the passage, which of the following is NOT mentioned as a
benefit of music?
A. It helps you make more friends.
B. It helps you believe more in yourself.
C. It helps you reduce your stress.
D. It helps you think of new ideas.
Question 36. The word benefits in paragraph 3 is OPPOSITE in meaning to _
A. advantages B. improvements C. drawbacks D. supports
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each question,
mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
Besides its beauty, the countryside of Britain is well known for many contrasts: its bare
mountains and moorland, its lakes, rivers and woods, and its long, often wild coastline.
National parks which are protected from development by the government have (37) _
British people often associate the countryside with farmland, open spaces like fields of wheat
and barley, green fields enclosed by hedges or stone walls in which cows or sheep are
raised. (38) . However, the government has built a network of public footpaths across
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

the farmland.
Many British people enjoy (39) where they can spend their free time walking, cycling,
or going for a picnic or a pub lunch. In summer they can pick strawberries and other fruit in
fruit farms. Nowadays, few rural people work on farms. (40) . Many others wish to live
in the countryside so that they would have a better and healthier lifestyle.
A. the most beautiful and picturesque scenery
B. Many of them commute to work in towns
C. the peace and relaxation of life in the countryside
D. Most farmland is now owned by individual people or independent companies

Question 37. Question 38.

---- ----
Question 39. Question 40.
----- ----
 50 E>E THU• 'C CHIEN LUYE• N THI vAo 10 - HA NO• i

E>E s6 43
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose
underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. beach B. reason C. season D. jealous
Question 2. A. often B. of C. safe D. knife
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs
from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following
questions.
Question 3. A. happy B. hobby C. region D. agree
Question 4. A. B. collection C. tendency D. charity
tropical
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to
each of the following questions.
Question 5. Smoking is harmful; , many people still smoke.
A. but B. so C. therefore D. however

Question 6. He never eats fish, ?

---
A. doesn't he B. does he C. isn't he D. did he
Question 7. If you work hard, you in the final examination.
A. will succeed B.succeed C. would succeed D. had succeeded
Question 8. Hoa failed her maths test. , she had to do the test again.
A. However B. Because C. Moreover D. Therefore

Question 9. Mr. Brown as a doctor since 2016.

---
A. worked B. has worked C. works D. have worked
Question 10. The United Nations Educational, Scientific and
Cultural Organisation (UNESCO), was in 1946.
A. set up B. found out C. run through D. put away
Question 11. Earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, hurricanes, and floods are all _
A. natural resources B. natural systems
C. natural disasters D. natural roles
Question 12. Jane: "How fashionable a pair of trainers you have!" Mary: " "
A. Yes, of course B. It's my pleasure
C. It's nice of you to say so D. I know it's fashionable
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 13
 50 E>E THU 'C CHIEN LUYE N THI vAo 10 - HA
• •
NO i
•

to 16.
ART OF KOREAN COOKING!
Discover the Art of Korean Cooking with Our Course for Foreigners!
In our course, you can:
• Learn how (13) delicious and healthy Korean dishes from scratch.
• Meet other foodies from around (14) world and share your love of Korean food.
• Be taught by experienced chefs (15) will guide you through the complexity of
Korean (16) _
Sign up for our Korean cooking course for foreigners today!
• Facebook page: www.facebook.com/koreanspeciality
• Hotline: +84120456789
Question 13. A. cooking B. to cook C. cook D. to cooking
Question 14. A. a B.an C. the O.x
Question 15. A. who B. whom C. which D. whose
Question 16. A. culinary B. culinarily C. culinarian D. cuisine
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the blank to make
a logical text.
We spent a beautiful weekend in the mountains. _
a. The tiny, flickering candlelight cast dancing shadows, creating a magical atmosphere.
b. We decided to take a scenic hike through the Redwood forest.
c. The crisp mountain air filled our lungs as we ascended the winding trail.
A. a-b-c B. b-c-a C. a-c-b D. c-b-a
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17) most
appropriately.
A. We finally reached the summit, overlooking a breathtaking vista.
B. We cooked a delicious meal over an open fire, sharing stories under the stars.
C. The silence was broken only by the chirping of crickets and the rustling of leaves.
D. The forest floor is carpeted with fallen leaves, a soft bed for our tired feet.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
Imagine a world (19) air pollution is no longer a problem. Clean air is all around us.
People don't have to worry (20) polluting the air every time they drive their cars. Fuel
shortages are no longer a problem either.
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

Although scientists have been trying for decades (21) a new kind of car that does not
need gasoline, they have been unsuccessful. (22) , automobile engineers have
recently succeeded in creating a new kind of car that runs on gasoline and electricity. This is
the famous "hybrid cars". This car gets its name from the fact that it has a gasoline engine
and an electric motor inside. Hybrid cars are less (23) to the environment and cost
drivers less money because they require less fuel than ordinary cars.
Hybrid cars are becoming widely popular in the United States. They are soon expected to
become widely used around the world. If scientists and engineers continue to work on car
development, perhaps the world with clean air that we imagined earlier just might become a
(24) someday.
Question 19. A. who B. where C. which D. that
Question 20. A. about B. of C. in D.at
Question 21. A. developing B. to develop C. to developing D.
develop
Question 22. A. Therefore B. Although C. However D.So
Question 23. A. harms B. harmfully C. harmful D. harm
Question 24. A. reality B. popularity C. recognition D. realisation
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
closest in meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. She started using this washing machine last year.
A. She has used this washing machine for a year.
B. She has used this washing machine since a year.
C. She used this washing machine for a year.
D. She used this washing machine since a year.
Question 26. "If I were you, I would tell him the truth." Linda said.
A. Linda suggested me to tell him the truth.
B. Linda advised me to tell him the truth.
C. Linda invited me to tell him the truth.
D. Linda advised me telling him the truth.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
made from the given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. Jack/ not/ drive/ careful/ Linda/ do.
A. Jack doesn't drive as carefully than Linda does.
B. Jack doesn't drive as careful as Linda does.
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

C. Jack doesn't drive as carefully as Linda does.

D. Jack doesn't drive more carefully as Linda does.
Question 28. They/ allow/ go out/ evening / by/ parents.
A. They are not allowed go out in the evening by their parents.
B. They are not allowed to go out in the evening by their parents.
C. They don't allow to go out in the evening by their parents.
D. They isn't allowed to go out in the evening by their parents.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?

No Running
Allowed
in Poo
Area

A. Children are not allowed to run in the pool area.

B. Swimming is not allowed in this pool.
C. Do not approach this area.
D. This pool area is slippery, so walk slowly.
Question 30. What does the notice say?

Take three times a day after meals. Tables

must not be given to children under 12

A. Take tablets three times a day after meals; suitable for children under 12.
B. Take tablets three times a day after meals; not for children under 12.
C. Take tablets once a day; suitable for children under 12.
D. Take tablets three times a day before meals; suitable for children under 12.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
Most people would say they know what stress is, but for scientists who study stress, it has
been surprisingly hard to define. This is because there are so many ways of looking at
stress. Some researchers have studied how our bodies react to stress. You know how your
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

heart beats faster, you perspire more heavily, and your words do not come out right when
you are placed in a stressful situation. But knowing how we feel when experiencing stress
does not explain it; nor does it tell us what causes it.
Other scientists have looked at stressors: events or situations that produce stress. A
deadline, a poor test performance, or bothersome noises all may be thought of as stressors.
Even pleasant events can be stressors. Planning a party or starting a new job can be just as
stressful as being called to the principal's office. Stress, then, can be caused by both
negative and positive events, or stressors. Of course, whether an event is thought of as
positive or negative is, in some ways, a matter of personal choice.
In sum, it is the way people interpret an event that makes it stressful or not stressful. This
process of interpretation is called appraisal. Depending on how people appraise, or judge,
circumstances, they may or may not consider them stressful.
Question 31. What is the passage mainly about?
A. Stress and students B. Definition of stress
C. Stress in family D. Advantages of stress
Question 32. The word "it" in paragraph 1 refers to _
A. experience B. stress C. body D. situation
Question 33. Which of the following is NOT mentioned in paragraph 2 as stressors?
A. Faster running B. A poor test performance
C. Annoying noises D. A deadline
Question 34. The word "pleasant" in paragraph 2 is CLOSEST in meaning to _
A. modern B. boring C. enjoyable D. careful
Question 35. According to paragraph 3, which of the following can make an event stressful
or not?
A. The bad results of performances. B. The way people interpret it.
C. The place where it happens. D. The attitudes of the others.
Question 36. The word "stressful" in paragraph 3 is OPPOSITE in meaning to _
A. anxious B. strained C. calm D. nervous
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each question,
mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
Sir Tim Berners-Lee, an English computer scientist, (37) . At first, he wanted to
develop a web for scientists around the world to share information and the results of their
experiments. (38) . But he created a way to use the Internet to link documents to
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

each other. Soon, he turned it into a free space for people to share knowledge,
communicate, and cooperate.
The World Wide Web allows people to get all kinds of information online. (39) . It has
become a significant tool for everyone, from scientists, and researchers to young students as
well. Scientists and researchers can share their study results, students can use it for (40)
. Businesses even use it to advertise their products and to do business. Everybody
can use the World Wide Web to watch videos, communicate, and attend meetings.
A. The information can be images, videos, or files
B. learning or doing research online
C. At that time the Internet already existed
D. invented the World Wide Web in 1989

Question 37. Question 38.

----- -----
Question 39. Question 40.
----- -----
 50 E>E THU• 'C CHIEN LUYE• N THI vAo 10 - HA NO• i

E>E s6 44
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose
underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. meaning B. reason C. feature D. pleasant
Question 2. A. accurate B. accept C. accident D. success
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs
from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following
questions.
Question 3. A. reduce B. enjoy C. lunar D. arrive
Question 4. A. family B. typical C. grandparents D. embroider
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to
each of the following questions.
Question 5. The local people are trying their best to protect the beauty of their city.
A. nature B. natural C. naturalist D. naturally
Question 6. My children are very about going to the zoo.
A. excited B. excitement C. exciting D. excite
Question 7. All the plants and flowers in the garden by my dad every day.
A. are watered B. watered C. were watering D. will water
Question 8. The picture I bought was painted by a famous artist.
A. whom B. whose C. who D. which
Question 9. This newly open restaurant is as the old one in the city centre.
A. the most expensive B. as expensive
C. expensive D. more expensive
Question 10. The Ao Dai is the dress of Vietnamese women.
---
A. traditional B. fashionable C. official D. artificial
Question 11. The cinema is no longer as popular as it was in the 1930s and the 1940s, but
it's still an important of entertainment.
A. source B. status C. origin D. prospect
Question 12. - The man: "Can you tell me the way to the supermarket?" - The boy:" "
A. Yes, I like everything. B. It opens at eight o'clock.
C. Have a good time! D. Turn right then turn left.
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 13
 50 E>E THU 'C CHIEN LUYE N THI vAo 10 - HA
• •
NO i
•

to 16.

BADMINTON CLUB
Are you already (13) badminton player? Do you want (14) to play
badminton? Everyone is welcome at our club, especially beginners.
We meet in the school (15) every Thursday at 4 p.m. We play for fun, (16) _
we also play matches and practise our skills.
Come to our club!
Question 13. A. an B.a C. the D.x
Question 14. A. to learn B. learn C. learns D. learning
Question 15. A. library B. classroom C. gym D. gate
Question 16. A. so B. but C. and D. or
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the blank to make
a logical text.
I went to a new restaurant yesterday. The food was delicious, but there was one problem.

a. I told the waiter about the mistake, and he apologised and offered me a free dessert.
b. I had ordered a steak, but when it arrived, it was overcooked.
c. I was really looking forward to trying this new restaurant because I had heard great things
about it.
A. a-b-c B. b-a-c C. b-c-a D. c-b-a
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17) most
appropriately.
A. I won't definitely come back to this restaurant next time.
B. I was so disappointed that 1 didn't finish my meal.
C. The service was excellent, and the atmosphere was very relaxing.
D. Overall, I had a good experience at the restaurant.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
Oxford is one of the most beautiful cities of England and its university is the (19) in
the country. Every year hundreds of young people (20) to Oxford from school to
spend three or four years at the university, and they never forget their time there.
People who come from other countries like to visit Oxford (21) they are in England,
because it has (22) interesting buildings. If you go to Oxford, you (23) the
 50 E>E THU 'C CHIEN LUYE N THI vAo 10 - HA
• •
NO i
•

colleges, the old churches and the crowd of people, cars and bicycles in the busy High
Street, the most important street in Oxford. If you like, you can (24) a boat on the
river in the sunshine. You will enjoy your visit to this old city very much.
Question 19. A. old B. older C. oldest D. elderly
Question 20. A. come B. came C. have come D. will come
Question 21. A. therefore B. while C. if D. although
Question 22. A. much B. a little C. many D. amount of
Question 23. A. will see B.see C. would see D. could see
Question 24. A. book B. come C. get D. take
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
closest in meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. "Would you like to go to the show with me?" Anna said to Bella.
A. Anna reminded Bella to go to the show with her.
B. Anna persuaded Bella to go to the show with her.
C. Anna encouraged Bella to go to the show with her.
D. Anna invited Bella to go to the show with her.
Question 26. The girl is so intelligent. I am talking to her.
A. The girl whom I am talking to her is so intelligent.
B. The girl whom I am talking to is so intelligent.
C. The girl, that I am talking is so intelligent.
D. The girl which I am talking to is so intelligent.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
made from the given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. It/ be/ very kind/ Linda/ help/ me/ do/ homework.
A. It was very kind of Linda helping me do my homework.
B. It is very kind of Linda help me do my homework.
C. It was very kind of Linda to help me do my homework.
D. It was very kind of Linda that helps me do my homework.
Question 28. I've gone / some countries/ people/ drive / the left.
A. I've gone to some countries, that people drive on the left
B. I've gone to some countries which people drive on the left there.
C. I've gone to some countries where people drive on the left there.
D. I've gone to some countries where people drive on the left.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.

Question 29. What does the sign say?

Parking not permitted

within 25 metres of
school entrance

A. You can park very close to the school entrance.

B. You must park at least 25 metres away from the school entrance.
C. You can park in front of the school entrance.
D. You must park inside the school entrance.
Question 30. What does the notice say?

Please come 10 minutes early for your appointment.

This helps us be on time.
A. Arrive 10 minutes late for your appointment.
B. You should arrive for that meeting 10 minutes in advance.
C. You should be there 10 minutes before the meeting starts.
D. Cancel your appointment 10 minutes in advance.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
Since the 19th century, companies have looked for better and cleaner ways of creating
electricity. One UK company has created a special type of floor made of square tiles. Under
each square, there is a system that can create electricity very cheaply when someone steps
on it!
The design of the floor works very well when it is used in very busy areas. And the reason is
that a lot of energy is created simply because of the large numbers of people walking across
the floor. The floor can have other uses too; one of them is to record how many people visit a
shopping centre. This kind of information is very useful for shop owners because very often
they want to know at which times of a day they have the highest numbers of customers, so
the next time you visit a shopping centre, have a careful look at the floor that you are walking
across!
Question 31. What is the passage mainly about?
A. A shopping centre that sells electricity
B. A new way to build houses
C. A special floor that creates electricity
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

D. A difficulty in creating electricity

Question 32. The word "creating" in paragraph 1 is CLOSEST in meaning to _
A. saving B. spending C. generating D. exploring
Question 33. According to paragraph 1, the special floor creates electricity when _
A. someone covers it B. someone steps on it
C. someone looks at D. someone cleans it
it
Question 34. The word "useful" in paragraph 3 is in OPPOSITE meaning to _
A. kind B. useless C. helpful D. careful
Question 35. The word "they" in paragraph 3 refers to .
A. people B. times C. days D. shop owners
Question 36. Which of the following is NOT mentioned as a good thing about the floor in the
passage?
A. It helps shops attract more customers.
B. It is good for shop owners.
C. It creates electricity very cheaply.
D. It works very well in very busy areas.
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each question,
mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
A corner shop or a convenience shop is a British tradition. (37) . We can find a corner
shop at the end of a local street in many neighbourhoods in towns and cities across the
UK. The corner shop (38) and simple food and drinks like snacks, groceries, coffee,
and soft drinks. It also sells newspapers, magazines, and cigarettes.
Convenience stores are originally from America. They are like the British corner shops. The
only difference is that convenience stores are often open 24 hours. (39) . You can
find a convenience store at any residential area, a filling station, a railway station, or
alongside a busy road.
Today, there are convenience stores all over the world. Each country has its own brand of
convenience stores as well as the global brand ?-Eleven.
Both corner shops and convenience stores (40) , but they are much more

convenient.
A. It is a small retail shop
B. Probably the most well-known convenience store is ?-Eleven
C. sells all kinds of household goods
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

D. sell things at higher prices than the supermarket

Question 37. Question 38.

---- ----
Question 39. Question 40.
---- ----
 50 E>E THU• 'C CHIEN LUYE• N THI vAo 10 - HA NO• i

E>E s6 45
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose
underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. culture B. student C. distance D. mistake
Question 2. A. dream B. mean C. peace D. head
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs
from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following
questions.
Question 3. A. story B. knowledge C. colleague D. device
Question 4. A. meaningful B. suitable C. attentive D. courteous
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to
each of the following questions.
Question 5. Tom plays soccer very well, ?
A. does he B. doesn't he C. did he D. didn't he
Question 6. They inform that they will move to United States soon.

A. the B. a C. an D.0
Question 7. I don't want to eat because I am not hungry.
A. everything B. anything C. nothing D. something
Question 8. The tour guide told them trash onto the water.
A. not throw B. not to throw C. to not throw D. not throwing
Question 9. My aunt Judy, works in the national bank, earns a lot of money.
A. that B. who C. where D. which
Question 10. If we littering, the environment will be polluted.
A. turn off B. go on C. go to D. turn on
Question 11. I am very much interested in learning more about ecotourism and its _
A. problems B. advantages C. dangers D. issues
Question 12. Mai: "I have just got a job in an international bank in Hanoi." - Liz:" "
A. You' re welcome B. Congratulations
C. That's a good idea D. Never mind
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 13
to 16.
 50 E>E THU 'C CHIEN LUYE N THI vAo 10 - HA
• •
NO i
•

OUTDOOR CINEMA
The cinema is (13) by hills and there are beautiful
views. It's possible to watch (14) sunset during a film.
Cinema visitors (15) to take a cushion with them to sit on
It's a good idea (16) a picnic when the film is over.
Cinema tickets can be bought online at www.CITYENTS.org.
Question 13. A. located B. surrounded C. made D. situated
Question 14. A. the B.a C.an O.x
Question 15. A. are advised B. advise C. have advised D. advising
Question 16. A. having B. have C. to have D. had
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the blank to make
a logical text.
My first day of high school was a bit chaotic. I was nervous and excited at the same time.

a. I couldn't find my class and ended up getting lost in the hallway.

b. I was so excited to start a new chapter in my life.
c. I had been looking forward to it for months.
A. a-b-c B. c-a-b C. b-c-a D. b-a-c
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17) most
appropriately.
A. Luckily, a friendly teacher helped me find my way.
B. I made a lot of new friends on my first day.
C. High school is going to be a great experience.
D. I was relieved when the day was finally over.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
According to the 2022 update of the World Health Organization's (WHO) air quality
database, almost all global population (19) polluted air. A record number of over
6000 cities in 117 countries are now monitoring air quality, but the people living in them are
still taking in (20) levels of nitrogen dioxide (NO2), a common urban pollutant. The
findings have made the World Health Organization highlight the importance of limiting fossil
fuel use and taking other steps to (21) air pollution levels.
"It is unacceptable to still have 7 million preventable deaths and countless preventable lost
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

years of good health (22) air pollution. That's what we're saying when we look (23)
the mountain of air pollution data, evidence, and solutions available. Yet too (24)
investments are still being sunk into a polluted environment rather than in clean,
healthy air," said Dr Maria Neira, WHO Director. Department of Environment, Climate
Change and Health.
Question 19. A. eats B. breathes C. overcooks D. simmers
Question 20. A. unhealthy B. healthcare C. healthful D.
healthily
Question 21. A. B. maintain C. reduce D. increase
achieve Question 22. B. because C. although D. while
A. due to Question 23. B. after C. for D. at
A. to Question 24. A. B. little C. much D. many
more
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
closest in meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. "What kind of books do you like best, Linda?" asked Peter.
A. Peter asked Linda what kind of books she likes best.
B. Peter asked Linda if what kind of books she liked best.
C. Peter asked Linda what kind of books she liked best.
D. Peter asked Linda what kind of books did she like best.
Question 26. I've been to Milan. It is the kingdom of fashion.
A. I've been to Milan, which is the kingdom of fashion.
B. I've been to Milan, where is the kingdom of fashion.
C. I've been to Milan which is the kingdom of fashion.
D. I've been to Milan, that is the kingdom of fashion.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
made from the given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. We I stuck/ traffic jam,/ we/ go/ work/ late/ this morning.
A. We are stuck in a traffic jam, so we went to work late this morning.
B. We were stuck in a traffic jam, but we went to work late this morning.
C. We are stuck in a traffic jam, or we went to work late this morning.
D. We were stuck in a traffic jam, so we went to work late this morning.
Question 28. I /suggest/ put/ garbage bins/ around / schoolyard.
A. I suggest to put the garbage bins around the schoolyard.
B. I suggested putting the garbage bins around the schoolyard.
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

C. I suggest put the garbage bins around the schoolyard.

D. I suggested to putting the garbage bins around the schoolyard.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?

A. Be careful as there is ice on the street.

B. Be careful when driving as the road is bumpy.
C. Be careful as the road is narrow ahead.
D. Be careful when driving as the road is slippery.
Question 30. What does the notice say?

)( FOR SALE )(
Ski boots size 38
Excellent condition
Make me an offer!

A. The ski boots are for sale; you can suggest a price.
B. The ski boots are free.
C. The ski boots are not for sale.
D. The ski boots are only for kids.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
Most people think that housework is boring and is the responsibility of wives and mothers
only. Many parents don't ask their children to do housework so that they have more time to
play or study. However, studies show doing chores is good for children.
Kids who do housework develop important life skills that they will need for the rest of their
lives. Doing the laundry, cleaning the house, and taking care of others are among the
important skills that children will need when they start their own families. These are the
things that schools cannot fully teach, so its important for children to learn them at home.
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

Sharing housework also helps young people learn to take responsibility. They know that they
have to try to finish their tasks even though they do not enjoy doing them. Doing chores also
helps develop children's gratitude to their parents. When doing housework, they learn to
appreciate all the hard work their parents do around the house for them. In addition, doing
chores together helps strengthen family bonds, creating special moments between children
and parents. It makes children feel they are members of a team.
All in all, doing housework can bring a lot of benefits to children. It teaches them life skills
and helps build their character. Therefore, parents should encourage their kids to share the
housework for their own good as well as the good of the whole family.
Question 31. What is the passage mainly about?
A. The problems of doing household chores
B. The benefits of doing housework
C. The importance of teaching children traditional values
D. The hidden dangers of doing domestic chores
Question 32. The word "they" in paragraph 1 refers to _
A. parents B. studies C. chores D. children
Question 33. According to paragraph 2, children who do household chores _
A. are under a lot of pressure B. learn some necessary life skills
C. are good at managing things D. can start their families soon
Question 34. The word "bonds" in paragraph 2 is CLOSEST in meaning to _
A. strong connections B. traditional values
C. positive images D. major contributions
Question 35. Which of the following is NOT true, according to the passage?
A. Doing housework can be beneficial to children's development.
B. Some important life skills aren't fully taught at school.
C. Sharing housework helps kids develop their gratitude to parents.
D. Doing household chores only brings benefits to children.
Question 36. The word "encourage" in paragraph 3 is OPPOSITE in meaning to _
A. boost B. inspire C. assist D. disapprove
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each question,
mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
Like many countries, Britain has serious environmental problems. (37) The
government introduced new laws to stop (38) and the situation improved a lot.
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

Today, London is much cleaner but there is a new problem: smog from cars. In December
1991, there was very little wind in London and pollution increased. As a result, about 160
people died from pollution in just four days.
Part of the problem is (39) . In the past, people often walked to shops near their
homes or went by bus. Now, many people drive to the new shopping centres. The small
shops have disappeared, and more people have to travel to do their shopping.
(40) . Some cities now have special bicycle lanes, so people cycle to work. Some
people also travel to work together in one car to reduce pollution and costs.
A. smog from coal fires and factories
B. In 1952, more than 4,000 people died in London because of the smog
C. Many people are trying to reduce the use of cars in Britain
D. the new "out of town" shopping centres

Question 37. Question 38.

----- -----
Question 39. Question 40.
----- -----
 50 E>E THU• 'C CHIEN LUYE• N THI vAo 10 - HA NO• i

E>E s6 46
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose
underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. park B. start C. card D. catch
Question 2. A. chaos B.chance C. cheer D. child
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs
from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following
questions.
Question 3. A. tourist B. sunshine C. weather D. control
Question 4. A. ambitious B. beautiful C. suitable D. different
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to
each of the following questions.
Question 5. I don't want much sugar in my coffee. Just , please?
A. a few B. any C. few D. a little
Question 6. She didn't have enough time all the interesting places.
A. visit B. visiting C. visited D. to visit
Question 7. Tony doesn't work Antony.
A. as hard B. more hard than
C. as hard as D. most hardest
Question 8. If they worked more carefully, they so many mistakes.
A. won't make B. don't make C. wouldn't make D. didn't make
Question 9. He prefers soccer tennis.
A. from B. than C. to D. or
Question 10. There is apple, banana and cups of tea on the table.
A. an - a - some B. an - a - a C. a - an - some D. some - a - some
Question 11. Who will look the baby while we go out?
A.out B. up C.on D. after
Question 12. "It is very kind of you to invite us to your party." - " "
A. No, thanks. B. Good idea, thanks.
C. OK. That's great. D. It's my pleasure.
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 13
to 16.
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

Announcement of Autumn Break

Dear Parents,
Please note that school will be closed (13) Monday 23rd October to Sunday 29th
October for the Mid Term Autumn (14) _
Students should (15) to school on Monday 30th October, 2023.
If you have (16) questions, please contact us at 0227.222.468.
Best regards.
Question 13. A. on B. from C. in D. during
Question 14. A. break B. relaxation C. rest D.end
Question 15. A. return B. come C. go D. arrive
Question 16. A. some B.a C. any D. many
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the blank to make
a logical text.
Last weekend, I went to a music festival with my friends. We had a great time, but there was
one downside.
---
a. We danced to our favourite bands and sang along to the music.
b. We had been looking forward to the festival for weeks.
c. Unfortunately, the sound system was terrible, and we couldn't hear the music very well.
A. b-a-c B. a-b-c C. c-b-a D. c-a-b
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17) most
appropriately.
A. Despite the sound problems, we still had a lot of fun.
B. I hope the organisers won't improve the sound system next year.
C. I'm not sure if I'll go to another music festival again.
D. The festival was held in a beautiful outdoor location.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
More and more people live in large cities these days and this means that it is s becoming
difficult (19) space and time for themselves. But for many people, personal privacy is
very important. In many homes, (20) minutes in the bathroom is all the privacy that is
available. Teenagers need their own personal space at home (21) they can feel
relaxed and private. But, of course, not all teenagers are lucky enough to have a room of
their own. Where space is narrow, they often (22) share a bedroom with a brother or
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

sister. In that case, it's a good idea for them to have a special area or corner of the room to
call their own. It's especially important for young people to have somewhere to keep their
personal things. There should be enough storage space for them (23) shelves,
cupboards and boxes. This will (24) the teenagers to keep their space tidy if they
want to.
Question 19. A. finding B. to find C.find D found
Question 20. A. any B.a C. a little D. a few
Question 21. A. who B. whose C. where D. whom
Question 22. A. have to B. should C. may D. can
Question 23. A. as B. such as C. so that D. because of
Question 24. A. let B. prevent C. make D. allow
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
closest in meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. "Can you pass me the notebook, Janet"? asked Peter.
A. Peter asked if Janet could pass him the notebook.
B. Peter asked if Janet can pass him the notebook.
C. Peter asked if Janet could pass me the notebook.
D. Peter asked if you could pass him the notebook.
Question 26. This is the first time I have seen that man.
A. I haven't never seen that man here before.
B. I have seen that man here before.
C. I haven't seen that man here before.
D. I haven't saw that man here before.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
made from the given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. New York/ crowded I city/ the world.
A. New York is most crowded city in the world.
B. New York is the most crowded city in the world.
C. New York is the crowdedest city in the world.
D. New York is the more crowded city in the world.
Question 28. About I use I banana leaves / instead / plastic bags/ save energy?
A. What about to use banana leaves instead of plastic bags to save energy?
B. How about using banana leaves instead of plastic bags save energy?
C. What about using banana leaves instead of plastic bags to save energy?
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

D. How about use banana leaves instead of plastic bags to save energy?
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?

A. Anyone can park here.

B. Only vehicles with a handicap permit can park here.
C. Parking is free in this spot.
D. This spot is reserved for electric vehicles.
Question 30. What does the message say?
I

New Message

rn From: _I D_a_ni_el ......

To: ._! J_a_ke _......

Hi Jake
Great news! I don't have
to go to the shops this
afternoon, so shall we
see that film? I can meet
you outside the cinema
at 2.30.
Daniel

A. Daniel is going to the shops and will meet Jake later.

B. Daniel wants to see a film with Jake and can meet at 2:30.
C. Daniel cannot meet Jake this afternoon.
D. Daniel wants to see the film alone and will not meet Jake.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
The most obvious advantage of living green is that it helps reduce environmental pollution.
This is done by practising the 3Rs.The first R means choosing products very carefully to
reduce waste as much as possible. Reusing involves the repeated use of items. The third R
is about separating materials that can be recycled and later used for a new purpose.
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

There are also economic benefits to living green. Reducing the use of energy and water can
help save money on household bills. Furthermore, reusing products and materials is another
way to make savings, it helps save on production costs since creating new products wastes
,
materials and is expensive. Recycled products also last longer than I new ones, making
them a better and more eco-friendly option.
Lastly, going green offers health benefits. It reduces air pollutants by making the air we
breathe cleaner and healthier. This means fewer diseases and doctor's appointments.
Another way to improve your health is to purchase organic foods and green products for your
household. They don't use harmful chemicals that can lead to health issues. In turn, you are
also supporting responsible farming methods that protect the environment.
Question 31. What is the passage mainly about?
A. The pros of a green lifestyle.
B. Difficulties in adopting a green lifestyle.
C. Trends in green living.
D. Using organic foods and green products for your household.
Question 32. The word "obvious" in the 1st paragraph is OPPOSITE in meaning to _
A. noticeable B. unclear C. evident D. certain
Question 33. According to the text, how can we practise the 3Rs?
A. By reducing waste as much as possible.
B. By reusing and recycling items.
C. By saving money on household bills.
D. By doing both A and B above.
Question 34. Which of the following is given in the text as a benefit of living green?
A. political benefit C. cultural benefit
B. health benefit D. industrial benefit
Question 35. The word 'it' in paragraph 2 refers to _
A. creating new products B. reusing products
C. making savings D. purchasing organic foods
Question 36. The word 'harmful' in the last paragraph is CLOSEST in meaning to _
A. economical B. toxic C. pure D. beneficial
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each
question, mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct
option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
Cultural differences occur wherever you go abroad. When visiting another country, you
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

should be aware of those differences and respect them. (37) _

Every traveller to a foreign country feels awkward at some point. (38) . Your best
defence is a sense of humour. If you can laugh off eating with the wrong hand in s India,
locals will be more accepting of you.
(39) is important too because locals will judge you by what you wear. In some Middle
Eastern countries, exposing your flesh is forbidden, especially if you are a woman. So, leave
your torn jeans at home.
Also, be cautious about expressing emotions. (40) just makes you look silly.
In some countries, it is unwise to kiss in public.
A. Here are some tips on how to fit in
B. Wearing proper clothes
C. How you act may make locals laugh
D. Getting angry in Southeast Asia

Question 37. Question 38.

----- -----
Question 39. Question 40.
----- -----
 50 E>E THU• 'C CHIEN LUYE• N THI vAo 10 - HA NO• i

E>E s6 47
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose
underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. walk B. call C. take D. talk
Question 2. A. thin B. threat C. throat D. though
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs
from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following
questions.
Question 3. A. carry B. remove C. protect D. consist
Question 4. A. exciting B. entertain C. annoying D. forbidden
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to
each of the following questions.
Question 5. In 1995, a huge earthquake severe damage to Kobe City, Japan.
A. has caused B. caused C. causes D. cause
Question 6. Egypt is famous ancient pyramids.
A. on B. for C. from D. to
Question 7. This school is only for children first language is not English.
A. that B. who C. whose D. which
Question 8. I don't know how this exercise. Could you do me a favour?
A. do B. doing C. to do D. did
Question 9. That is funniest story I've ever read.

A. the B.a C.an D.0

Question 10. Don't set off fireworks too close to your house, ?
A. do you B. don't you C. will you D. won't you
Question 11. This restaurant is a very famous one in this city, so it is always _
A. crowded B. expensive C. clean D. cosy
Question 12. Mai and Linda are talking about how to save electricity.
Mai: "I think we should turn off all the fans before leaving the classroom." - Linda: " "
A. That's a good idea. B. No, thanks.
C. How far? D. Do you like it?
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 13
 50 E>E THU 'C CHIEN LUYE N THI vAo 10 - HA
• •
NO i
•

to 16.
CALL FOR VOLUNTEERS
Are you free for the next summer holiday? Are you fond (13) helping the
disadvantaged children and exploring cultures in the mountainous areas?
Apply to The Green Summer Campaign of ABC Community Club. We call for volunteers for
summer activities for the community.
□ Enthusiasm and (14) good health needed
□ No payment
□ Training and full instructions (15) doing tasks
Contact us at the phone number: 0979069787
Visit our website for further (16) _
Question 13. A. of B. with C. D. to
Question 14. A.0 B.a for D. the
Question 15. A. after B. before C.an D. when
Question 16. A. informatively B. information C. during D. inform

C. informative
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the blank to make
a logical text.
I recently started learning how to play the guitar. It's been a challenging but rewarding
.
experience. _
a. I've been practising every day, and I'm starting to see some progress.
b. I've always wanted to learn how to play an instrument.
c. At first, it was difficult to coordinate my fingers and strum the chords.
A. a-b-c B. b-c-a C. c-a-b D. c-b-a
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17) most
appropriately.
A. I'm glad I decided to take up guitar lessons.
B. Playing the piano is a great way to relax and de-stress.
C. I hope to be able to play in a band someday.
D. Learning a new skill can be neither exciting nor frustrating.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
Ha Long Bay, (19) in Quang Ninh Province, Viet Nam, was recognised as a World
Heritage Site by UNESCO in 1994. It is famous (20) its beautiful scenery. With its
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

thousands of rocks and caves emerging out of the water, Ha Long Bay has won international
recognition. As visitors explore this magnificent place, there are always new surprises for
them.
Cruise tours are very popular in Ha Long Bay. There are different cruise tours (21) _
tourists can visit many different caves, and experience the local culture and life on the water.
Therefore, a tour may (22) from several hours to (23) day, which gives the
visitors a great experience.
Ha Long Bay cuisine presents another attraction for tourists. It is well-known for its fresh
seafood (24) crabs, prawns, and sea clams. A trip to Ha Long Bay is not complete
without tasting the authentic local food served in many restaurants in the area.
Question 19. A. belonged B. located C. placed D. stayed
Question 20. A. for B. to C. about D. with
Question 21. A. so B. although C. but D. unless
Question 22. A. dance B. sing C. last D. visit
Question 23. A. the B.a C. some D. an
Question 24. A. such as B. in addition C. moreover D. example
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
closest in meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. She speaks Russian better than her sister.
A. Her sister doesn't speak Russian as well as her.
B. Her sister speaks Russian as well as her.
C. Her sister doesn't speak Russian worse than her.
D. Her sister speaks Russian better than her.
Question 26. I'm looking forward to New Year's Eve. All members of the family get together
on that day.
A. I'm looking forward to New Year's Eve which all members of the family get together.
B. I'm looking forward to New Year's Eve that all members of the family get together.
C. I'm looking forward to New Year's Eve when all members of the family get together.
D. I'm looking forward to New Year's Eve who all members of the family get together.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
made from the given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. Ted I invite / me / party, / 1 / busy.
A. Ted invited me to his party, so I was busy.
B. Ted invited me to his party, and I was busy.
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

C. Ted invited me to his party, or I was busy.

D. Ted invited me to his party, but I was busy.
Question 28. The children/ be/ interest/ watch / the film.
A. The children were interested in watching the film.
B. The children are interesting in watching the film.
C. The children were interested on watching the film.
D. The children are interested in watching the film.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?

NOTICE
RESTROOMS
THIS WAY

A. The restrooms are in the opposite direction.

B. Follow the sign to find the restrooms.
C. Restrooms are closed.
D. The restrooms are located outside.
Question 30. What does the notice say?

Museum open from! 2.

Children must be with
an adult.

A. Adults can take children to the museum in the morning.

B. Adults with children over 12 will enjoy the museum.
C. Children can visit the museum alone if they are over 12.
D. Children can visit the museum if they are with an adult.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

Most people want to be polite and behave well around others. Being polite involves good
manners of eating and appropriate ways of greeting and talking to people, and giving and
receiving gifts. Polite behaviours may differ from culture to culture.
In the United States, people prefer to shake hands firmly for a few seconds. In some Middle
Eastern countries, people hold each other's hands gently for a longer time. What about eye
,
contact? In some countries, you show respect when you look at someone I directly in the
eyes. In other parts of the world, looking at someone directly can be rude. Another
difference is personal space. In North America, people usually stand about an arm's length
apart during a conversation. However, in Latin America, people seem to stand closer.
If you are going to live, work, or study in another country, you should learn about its culture.
In this way, you can be polite and make a good impression. Politeness can be good for
making friends and doing business as well.
Question 31. What is the passage mainly about?
A. Politeness in different cultures B. Giving and receiving gifts
C. Table manners around the world D. Greeting and talking to people
Question 32. The word "appropriate" in paragraph 1 is CLOSEST in meaning to _
A. suitable B. unsuitable C. useless D. relevant
Question 33. According to paragraph 2, in which part of the world do people hold each
other's hand gently?
A. In the United States B. In North America
C. In some Middle Eastern countries D. In Latin America
Question 34. The word "rude" in paragraph 2 is OPPOSITE in meaning to _
A. bravery B. careful C. polite D. friendly
Question 35. According to paragraph 2, which of the following is NOT mentioned as an
example of differences in politeness around the world?
A. personal space B. facial expression
C. eye contact D. shaking hands
Question 36. The word "its" in paragraph 3 refers to _
A. country B.space C. conversation D. arm
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each question,
mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
A lot of teenagers take part in clubs in their schools. So what are the benefits of school
clubs?
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

First, when you join a school club, you (37) . You will meet other students who could
potentially become your new close friends. The reason is that clubs have members with
something in common. (38) . This will help you better understand one another and
even become friends.
In addition, being a club member helps you (39) . By participating in different clubs
and working with diverse people, you can develop such skills as communication,
teamwork, and time management.
(40) . You not only learn more about your area of interest but you can also become
more confident. You will have a chance to work with new people, organise club activities, and
take part in different events. This will make you feel much better about yourself.
A. learn new skills
B. make new friends
C. At club meetings you will spend some time with other members
D. Another benefit of joining a club is that you can improve yourself

Question 37. Question 38.

----- -----
Question 39. Question 40.
----- -----
 50 E>E THU• 'C CHIEN LUYE• N THI vAo 10 - HA NO• i

E>E s6 48
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose
underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. natural B. pagoda C. landscape
Question 2. A. capable B. century C. capital D. captain
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs
from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following
questions.
Question 3. A. paper B. evolve C. review D. inform
Question 4. A. decorate B. expensive C. contribute D. remember
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to
each of the following questions.
Question 5. his old age, my grandfather still goes jogging every morning.
A. Although B. Because of C. In spite of D. Despite of
Question 6. It is important for us this English course.
A. took B. to take C. take D. taking
Question 7. The Internet is a of modern life.
wonderful ---
A. invented B. invent C. inventor D. invention
Question 8. We left early miss the last train.
A. so as to B. in order not C. in order to D. in order not to
Question 9. I prefer whenever I have free time.
A. watching TV to listening to music B. watch TV to listen to music
C. to watch TV than listening to music D. watching TV to listen to music
Question 10. Would you like to the games?
A. take part in B. take off C. take down D. take in
Question 11. After waiting for 20 minutes, finally, Peter _
A. carried out B. took up C. turned in D. turned up
Question 12. Tom: "Let me congratulate you on passing the final exam. Jane:" "
A. Yes, let's! B. It's nice of you to say so.
C. Not at all! D. I'm sorry. I can't.
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 13
to 16.
 50 E>E THU 'C CHIEN LUYE N THI vAo 10 - HA
• •
NO i
•

ANNOUNCEMENT OF TET EXPERIENCING FESTIVAL

The club would like to announce:
All students (13) be present at 7:30 on January 30.
Each class is to prepare materials for cooking (14) foods at The Tet. (15) the
cooking typical foods on this occasion lasts 5 hours.
(16) class is to nominate one student to take part in the "King and Queen of Folk
Dancing" event.
If you have any questions, please contact your head teacher and class monitor.
Question 13. A. must B. should C. may D. can
Question 14. A. tradition B. traditional C. traditionally D. traditioner
Question 15. A. Making B. Preparing C. Doing D. Serving
Question 16. A. Each B. Some C. A D. Much
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the blank to make
a logical text.
I recently started a new job. It's been a challenging but rewarding experience. _
a. I'm still learning the ropes, but I'm confident that I'll be able to succeed.
b. I'm excited to be part of a dynamic and supportive team.
c. The first few weeks were tough, as I had to adjust to a new work environment.
A. a-b-c B. a-c-b C. b-c-a B. c-a-b
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17) most
appropriately.
A. I'm looking forward to growing and developing in my new role.
B. I'm grateful for the opportunity to work at such a great company.
C. I hope I can get a promotion soon.
D. I'm still getting used to my new schedule.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
One electronic device that I find extremely (19) in my daily life is my smartphone. It's
an essential tool (20) allows me to stay connected with friends, family, and
colleagues. I use it (21) phone calls, send text messages, and check my email on
the go. It's also my primary camera for taking photos and (22) videos. In addition to
these basic functions, my smartphone is loaded with a variety of apps that help me (23)
everything from navigation to productivity. Whether I need to book a ride, order food,
 50 E>E THU 'C CHIEN LUYE N THI vAo 10 - HA
• •
NO i
•

or check the weather, my smartphone is always there to help me get things done quickly and
efficiently. I can't (24) going a day without it!
Question 19. A. useless B. usefully C. useful D. use
Question 20. A. who B. which C. where D. what
Question 21. A. to B. make C. making D. to making
make Question 22. A. B. making C. recording D. catching
showing Question 23. B. for C.on D. of
A. with Question 24. A. B. think C. help D. imagine
guess
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
closest in meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. Tom started to teach English when he was twenty-four.
A. Tom hasn't taught English since he was twenty-four.
B. Tom has taught English for he was twenty-four.
C. Tom has taught English since he was twenty-four.
D. Tom taught English since he was twenty-four.
Question 26. "If I were you, I would obey the traffic rules." Linh said to me.
A. Linh suggested me obeying the traffic rules.
B. Linh advised me to obey the traffic rules.
C. Linh invited me to obey the traffic rules.
D. Linh offered me to obey the traffic rules.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
made from the given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. It/ think/ Jenny/ be/ a millionaire.
A. It is thought for Jenny is a millionaire.
B. It is thought that Jenny to be a millionaire.
C. It thought that Jenny is a millionaire.
D. It is thought that Jenny is a millionaire.
Question 28. It/ be / such / interesting / film / we / keep / watch / all night.
A. It was so an interesting film that we kept watching it all night.
B. It was such a interesting film that we kept watching it all night.
C. It was too a interesting film for we kept watching it all night.
D. It was such an interesting film that we kept watching it all night.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

Question 29. What does the sign say?

A. You are allowed to litter anywhere.

B. You mustn't litter anywhere, put it in the trash.
C. You can only throw trash in the trash.
D. If you can't put trash in the bin, leave it where you want.
Question 30. What does the notice say?

- Pedro's Pizza Bar

.
Buy two pizzas
at the same time,
and we'll give you
a third one for
free! This offer
is Mon-Fri only.

A. Pedro's Pizza Bar isn't open at weekends.

B. The third time you visit, you get a free pizza.
C. Three pizzas cost the same as two.
D. You get a free pizza if you buy two pizzas at the same time.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
Dubai is the second largest of the emirates which make up the United Arab Emirates. In the
1950s it was a tiny coastal village. Now it is a huge modern city with a population of over
700000. It offers an excellent modern lifestyle and is known around the world as a top tourist
destination.
Dubai has something for everyone. Holidaymakers can enjoy a relaxing break, and people
looking for adventure can find something new and exciting. The excellent hotels and facilities
make it a popular place for business conferences and exhibitions.
Dubai offers many unusual holiday experiences. Visitors can go on a desert safari or drive in
the sand dunes in a four-wheel drive, watch camel racing or learn how to hunt with falcons.
They can also try sand skiing. More relaxing is a cruise in a wooden dhow in the Gulf or a
visit to the old city markets.
There are many opportunities to take photographs. The traditional architecture is amazing,
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

and there are many magnificent palaces and mosques. Visitors can visit a Bedouin village
and see camels and herds of goats. There are beautiful desert oases and the best senses
in the world.
It is said that Dubai Is the shopper's paradise. Many people come to Dubai to go shopping.
Visitors enjoy everything from modern malls to traditional markets. Low customs duties mean
that many products are less expensive than products bought in J other countries. While
Dubai's official language is Arabic, many shopkeepers speak English. Bur Juman Centre and
Al Ghurair Centre are places that every shopper should try.
Question 31. Which best serves as the title for the passage?
A. Dubai: Things to do for everyone B. Dubai: An Ancient City in the Desert
C. Dubai: Things to Avoid D. Dubai: Present and Future.
Question 32. The word "offers" in paragraph 1 is CLOSEST in meaning to _
A. receives B. exchanges C. attends D. provides
Question 33. According to paragraph 2, why is Dubai a popular place for business
conferences and exhibitions?
A. Because it has world-famous artists.
B. Because it provides new business opportunities.
C. Because it has excellent hotels and facilities.
D. Because it offers new and exciting holidays.
Question 34. The word "They" in paragraph 3 refers to _
A. visitors B. falcons C. sand dunes D. holiday experiences
Question 35. According to paragraph 5, what is NOT true about shopping in Dubai?
A. Visitors can shop in both modem malls and traditional markets.
B. Many products are cheaper than in other countries.
C. Most shopkeepers can't speak English
D. Bur Juman and Al Ghurair are popular shopping centres.
Question 36. The word "magnificent" in paragraph 4 is OPPOSITE in meaning to _
A. outstanding B. beautiful C. elegant D. ordinary
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each question,
mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
Bae Ha Sunday Fair in Lao Cai is the largest and most (37) . Every Sunday, the
market is crowded with minority people from villages far and near. The Flower Hmong, Tay,
Nung, Dao, and other ethnic groups come wearing their colourful traditional i costumes. (38)
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

. These goods may be vegetables and fruits they grow in their gardens or medicinal
plants they gather from the forests and mountains. They also sell ' other items like the
clothing they weave or silver jewellery they make. The market has a large place to sell
poultry and animals like chickens, ducks, dogs, buffaloes, and horses.
(39) . After they finish their market activities, they gather around a big hot pan of
thang co, a (40) . Young people come there with the hope of finding a lover.
A. colourful highland market in Viet Nam
B. famous traditional Hmong food from horse meat
C. Bae Ha Sunday Fair is also a place for people to meet and chat
D. They come on foot or on horseback, bringing with them anything they can exchange

Question 37. Question 38.

----- ----
Question 39. Question 40.
----- ----
 50 E>E THU• 'C CHIEN LUYE• N THI vAo 10 - HA NO• i

E>E s6 49
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose
underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. effect B. remind D. level
Question 2. A. gas B.gym C. game D. gift
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs
from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following
questions.
Question 3. A. support B. install C. upload D. strengthen
Question 4. A. confidence B. location C. calculate D. benefit
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to
each of the following questions.
Question 5. We will have no fresh water to use if we the water.
---
A. will pollute B. pollute C. polluted 0. had polluted
Question 6. Don't let children in the kitchen.
---
A. to play B. played C. playing D. play
Question 7. Ba received three letters you sent this morning.
A. who B. whom C. whose D. that
Question 8. We wear helmets in order to keep the traffic law and protect ourselves.
A. need B. should C. can D. must
Question 9. Lucia used to live the countryside when she was young.
A. for B. at C. on D. in
Question 10. The earthquake last night a lot of houses and transportation.
A. created B. made C. destroyed D. protected
Question 11. The doctor me not to stay up too late at night.
A. suggested B. invited C. advised D. reminded
Question 12. Nam: "I don't like watching violent films." - Nga: " "
A. So do I. B. I do, too. C. I do, either. D. Neither do I.
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 13
to 16.
ANNOUNCEMENT OF AN AIRLINE
Ladies and gentlemen, welcome onboard Flight 4B7 with service from Hong Kong to
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

San Francisco. We are currently third in line for take-off and have expected (13) _
in the air in approximately seven minutes time. We ask that you please (14) your
seatbelts at this time and secure all baggage underneath your seat or in the overhead
compartments. We also ask that your seats and table trays are in the upright position for
take-off. Please turn off all personal (15) devices, including laptops and cell
phones. Smoking (16) for the duration of the flight. Thank you for choosing
Mountain Airlines. Enjoy your flight.
Question 13. A. will be B. be C. being D. to be
Question 14. A. fasten B.open C. tie D. check
Question 15. A. electrical B. electronic C. electric D. electricity
Question 16. A. is B. are C. will be prohibit D. prohibits
prohibited prohibit
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the blank to make
a logical text.
We had an unforgettable holiday in Singapore last week. Things didn't go on as smoothly as
we had expected before. _
a. Upon our arrival at the safari park two hours later, we realised that it was closed for
maintenance.
b. It all started when my parents decided to visit the safari park.
c. We were so excited about the trip, but the moment that we left the hotel, it started raining.
A. b-c-a B. a-c-b C. c-b-a D. b-a-c
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17) most
appropriately.
A. Then we asked a local man who lived nearby how to get to the park.
B. First, this park is really a must-visit for all nature lovers.
C. We finally got back to the hotel with sadness and disappointment.
D. To begin with, we had a lot of fun exploring the different animal exhibits here.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
Eight out often British schools require students (19) school uniforms. Wearing a
uniform has been regarded as part of British school tradition for a long time, and makes a
good (20) on people. Some schools have used the idea of school uniforms as an
opportunity to let the students (21) themselves by designing their uniform so they
could play a part in deciding what they would wear every day.
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

The UK government has just announced the results of a study (22) showed that
many parents actually dread the beginning of the school year because they cannot afford to
buy their children school uniforms. This is because schools in (23) areas make
arrangements with one local shop so that their uniforms can only be bought there, and this
enables the shop to increase the prices (24) it doesn't have any competition. The
result of the survey is that pressure will now be put on schools to deal with the problem and
make sure that uniforms can be bought at reasonable prices.
Question 19. A. to wear B. wearing C. to wearing D. wear
Question 20. A. recognition B. effect C. impression D. reaction
Question 21. A. expressively B. expressive C. express D.
.
expression
Question 22. A. whom B. what C. who D. which
Question 23. A. much B. every C. many D. each
Question 24. A. B. despite C. because D. because of
although
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
closest in meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. People say that Jenny has a beautiful voice.
A. It was said that Jenny has a beautiful voice.
B. It is said Jenny to have a beautiful voice.
C. It is said that Jenny has a beautiful voice.
D. It was said Jenny to have a beautiful voice.
Question 26. They are advised to travel by train.
A. They must travel by train.
B. They shouldn't travel by train.
C. They ought to travel by train.
D. They need travel by train.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
made from the given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. Unless/ the child/ send/ hospital/ time, he/ die.
A. Unless the child is sent to the hospital in time, he will die.
B. Unless the child isn't sent to the hospital in time, he will die.
C. Unless the child is sent to the hospital in time, he won't die.
D. Unless the child isn't sent to the hospital in time, he would die.
Question 28. People / be / not/ allow/ enter/ the building / the police.
 50 E>E 'C CHIEN N THI vAo 10 - HA NO i
THU LUYE •
• •

A. People aren't allowed entering the building by the police.

B. People weren't allow to enter the building by the police.
C. People weren't allowed entering the building by the police.
D. People weren't allowed to enter the building by the police.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?

•Picnic
area
No ball games here -
please use the other side
of the park.

A. You can buy food somewhere else in the park.

B. Please don't eat while you are playing sports here.
C. You can play ball games on this side of the park.
D. This is a place for eating and you can't play football here.
Question 30. What does the notice say?

PLAYERS WANTED
for Friday's basketball match against

Barton College - can YOU help the team?

Come to the gym at 3 p.m. today

whatever your level.

A. The basketball team only wants to see professional players.

B. There aren't enough team members free on Friday,
C. The Barton College team will visit the gym later today,
D. You should go to the gym before you can play the basketball match.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
Have you ever felt a sudden feeling of joy because you heard a favourite song playing? Then
you know that music can have a strong effect on your emotions. Try to take i advantage of
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

this power of music. It can help get you out of a bad mood or stay in a good s mood, says
Alicia Ann Clair, professor of music therapy at the University of Kansas. Music can also help
you relax.
To cheer up or boost your energy, listen to Latin music or anything with a strong beat, lots of
percussion, and a fast tempo. When you want to relax after a busy day, music with string
instruments and woodwinds, less percussion, and a slower tempo can calm you.
Listen to calming music before you start any stressful activities, advises Dr. Clair. "Once
you're in a good state of mind, it's easier to maintain it." You can lower stress at work with
music, too, by playing relaxing tunes. But only play them when you really need them. You
can change your mood by switching from one kind of music to another. For example, first
play some nice gentle ballads, and then listen to something more energetic. When you want
to calm down after a busy week at work, just do the opposite.
Question 31. What is the passage mainly about?
A. The importance of listening to music B. New ways to listen to music
C. Benefits of listening to music D. The connection between music and moods
Question 32. Which of the following is NOT mentioned in paragraph I as a benefit of
listening to music?
A. It can help you relax. B. It can make you feel more energetic.
C. It can cheer you up D. It can help you concentrate on your study.
Question 33. The word "calm" in paragraph 2 is CLOSEST in meaning to
A. relaxed B. busy C. worried D. intelligent
Question 34. The word "boost" in paragraph 2 is OPPOSITE in meaning to
A. relaxed B. improve C. support D. worsen
Question 35. The word "them" in paragraph 3 refers to

A. activities B. instruments C. relaxing tunes D. ballads

Question 36. Which of the following is NOT true, according to the passage?
A. Music with a strong beat can make you happier.
B. It's a good idea to listen to gentle music before you do some stressful work.
C. You should play relaxing tunes at all times to make you less tired.
D. You can change your feelings by switching music.
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each
question, mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct
option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
Living in the mountains can be very hard. First, there is not enough land to (37)
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

Building houses is also difficult because the land is not flat. (38) . The higher we get,
the thinner the air becomes. This means there is less oxygen, which makes breathing
harder.
Despite these challenges, people around the world have lived and worked in mountainous
areas for centuries. (39) . Being on the mountaintops allows you to live far from
pollution. The air you breathe is fresher. There are places where you cannot drive a car or a
motorbike, so you have to walk. Travelling up and down hills and mountains on foot helps
(40) . Finally, mountain people are quite simple and friendly. They live a peaceful life.
A. keep you active
B. grow crops or raise livestock
C. The air in the mountains is another problem
D. There are many health benefits of living in the mountains

Question 37. Question 38.

----- -----
Question 39. Question 40.
----- -----
 50 E>E THU• 'C CHIEN LUYE• N THI vAo 10 - HA NO• i

E>E s6 so
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose
underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following
questions.
Question 1. A. mind B. sklp C. fist D. film
Question 2. A. gain B. magic C. gentle D. page
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs
from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following
questions.
Question 3. A. cuisine B. sector C. feeling D. question
Question 4. A. enormous B. disabled C. determined D. studious
Mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to
each of the following questions.
Question 5. Jane is student in my class. Everyone admires her.
A. good B. the well C. the best D. best
Question 6. Most of my friends admire Milan as she can play piano so beautifully.
A. the B.an C.a D.0
Question 7. it is a small town, there are several local restaurants available.
A. Despite B. Because C. In case D. Although
Question 8. The tree stands near the gate of my house has lovely flowers.
A. which B. who C. whom D. whose
Question 9. Linda enjoys spending her free time yummy cakes.
A. eating B. eat C. ate D. to eat
Question 10. You have to keep the ticket until you the train.
A. look after B. go out C. get off D. turn on
Question 11. The students their trip because of bad weather.
A. put off B. take on C. turn up D. set off
Question 12. - Peter: "Can you come for dinner tonight?"
- John: " . I have a lot of things to do."
A. I agree B. I'm afraid not C. Good idea D. It's all right
Read the following announcement and mark the letter A, 8, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct option that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 13
to 16.
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

Welcome to the International Cultural Festival in Hanoi!

Date: 5th March 2025
Location: Hanoi Cultural Center
Experience a vibrant celebration of global cultures:
♦ Enjoy traditional dances from around (13) world.
♦ Taste (14) cuisines from different countries.
♦ Engage (15) interactive cultural workshops.
♦ Shop for (16) crafts and souvenirs.
♦ Fun activities for the whole family.
Don't miss this exciting event showcasing diversity and unity!
Question 13. A. an B. the C.0 D.a
Question 14. A. disgusting B. delicious C. D. stunning
Question 15. A. in rude B.by C.fur D.on
Question 16. A. skilful B. affordable C. strange D. unique
Question 17. Put the sentences (a-c) in the correct order, then fill in the blank to make
a logical text.
Last weekend, I went shopping with my friends. We had a lot of fun, but there was one
problem. _
a. We were looking for the perfect outfit for a party.
b. We spent hours trying on different clothes and accessories.
c. Unfortunately, the store was very crowded, and we had to wait in long lines.
A. a-b-c B. a-c-b C. c-b-a D. c-a-b
Question 18. Choose the sentence that can end the text (in Question 17) most
appropriately.
A. We ended up buying a lot of things we didn't need.
B. Shopping can be a lot of fun, but it can also be stressful.
C. We had a great time catching up with each other.
D. I'm glad we went shopping together.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 19
to 24.
Solar energy is a long-lasting source of energy which (19) almost anywhere. To
generate solar energy, we only need solar cells and the sun. Solar cells can easily be
installed on house roofs, so no new space is needed and (20) user can quietly
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

generate their own energy. Compared to other renewable sources, they also possess many
advantages. Wind and water power rely on turbines (21) are noisy, expensive and
easy to break down. Solar cells are totally silent and non-polluting. As they have no moving
(22) they require little maintenance and have a long lifetime.
(23) , solar energy also has some disadvantages. We can only generate solar energy
during the daytime because the system depends on sunlight. Besides, solar cells require a
large area to work (24) . The main disadvantage of solar energy is that it costs about
twice as much as traditional sources such as coal, oil, and gas. This is because solar cells
are expensive. Scientists are hoping that the costs of solar cells will reduce as more and
more people see the advantages of this environmentally friendly source of energy.
Question 19. A. should use B. can use C. must be used D. can be
used
Question 20. A. all B. some C. none D. each
Question 21. A. who B. where C. which D. whose
Question 22. A. pieces B. parts C. objects D. tools
Question 23. A. However B. Although C. Moreover D. Therefore
Question 24. A. effective B. effectively C. effect D. effectiveness
Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
closest in meaning to the original sentence in each of the following questions.
Question 25. The boy is too short to reach the book on the shelf.
A. The boy is tall enough to reach the book on the shelf.
B. The boy isn't enough tall to reach the book on the shelf.
C. The boy isn't tall enough to reach the book on the shelf.
D. The boy isn't too enough to reach the book on the shelf.
Question 26. We're very excited to meet Messi. He plays for Barcelona, Spain.
A. We're very excited to meet Messi, whom plays for Barcelona, Spain.
B. We're very excited to meet Messi, who plays for Barcelona, Spain.
C. We're very excited to meet Messi, that plays for Barcelona, Spain.
D. We're very excited to meet Messi who plays for Barcelona, Spain.
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that is
made from the given cues in each of the following questions.
Question 27. We I visit/ Paris/ my mother I born.
A. We've visited Paris, which my mother was born.
B. We've visited Paris, that my mother was born.
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

C. We've visited Paris, where my mother was born.

D. We've visited Paris, where my mother was born there.
Question 28. It/ time/ you /study/ harder/ pass/ final exam.
A. It's time for you studying harder to pass the final exam.
B. It's time for you to study harder to pass the final exam.
C. It's time you study harder to pass the final exam.
D. It's time you should harder to pass the final exam.
Read the following sign or notice and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions.
Question 29. What does the sign say?

A. You can go this way to get your baggage.

B. You must leave your baggage over there.
C. There is a locker and you can keep your baggage there.
D. You must check in and leave your baggage there.
Question 30. What does the notice say?

HIGHCLIFFE SCHOOL GALLERY

TAKING PHOTOS OF THE ART
DISPLAYED HERE IS NOT PERMITTED

A. You are not allowed to remove any of the pictures here.

B. You are not allowed to display any of your photos here.
C. You can take some photos of the art displayed here.
D. You are not allowed to use your camera here.
Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to
indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions from 31 to 36.
People commonly complain that they never have enough time to accomplish tasks. The
hours and minutes seem to slip away before many planned chores get done. According to
time management experts, the main reason for this is that most people fail i to set priorities
about what to do first. They get tied down by trivial, time-consuming matters and never
complete the important ones.
One simple solution often used by those at the top is to keep lists of tasks to be
accomplished daily. These lists order jobs from most essential to least essential and are
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

checked regularly throughout the day to assess progress. Not only is this an effective way
to manage time, but also it serves to give individuals a much-deserved sense of
satisfaction over their achievements. People who do not keep lists often face the end of the
workday with uncertainty over the significance of their accomplishments, which over time
can contribute to serious problems in mental and physical health.
Question 31. Which of the following is the best title for the passage?
A. Common Complaints About Work B. Accomplishing Trivial Matters
C. Achieving Job Satisfaction D. Learning to Manage Time
Question 32. According to the passage, why do many people never seem to have enough
time to accomplish things?
A. They do not prioritise tasks.
B. They get tied down by one difficult, problem
C. They fail to deal with trivial matters
D. They do not seek the advice of time, management experts.
Question 33. The word "accomplish" is CLOSEST in meaning to _
A. miss B. destroy C. fail D. achieve
Question 34. The passage states that one solution to time management problems is to.
A. consult a time management expert
B. accomplish time-consuming matters first
C. keep daily lists of priorities and check them regularly
D. spend only a short time on each task
Question 35. The paragraph following the passage most probably discusses.
A. mental and physical health problems
B. another solution to time management problems
C. ways to achieve a sense of fulfilment
D. different types of lists
Question 36. The word "essential" is OPPOSITE in meaning to _
A. crucial B. vital C. necessary D. unimportant
Four phrases/ sentences have been removed from the text below. For each question,
mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct option that
best fits each of the numbered blanks from 37 to 40.
On the fifth day of Tet, Binh An Village holds a longevity celebration for elderly people over
70. (37) . In the morning, everyone dresses nicely and walks to the village temple.
According to tradition, the elderly (38) . They sit at the most honourable place. The
 50 E>E THU'C CHIEN LUYEN THI vAo 10 - HA NOi
• • •

village leaders congratulate them. They offer each elder a "longevity flag" and a bunch of
flowers. (39) . At noon, families (40) for their elders. It is customary for the
family members to cook for their elders. The traditional dishes served are five-colour sticky
rice, steamed chicken, spring rolls, and deep-fried fish.
The longevity celebration is important to all villagers. It is an opportunity for them to show
their respect to the elders. It is also a great time for family gatherings.
A. Then, each family takes photographs with their elders
B. This tradition has continued for centuries in the village
C. hold a home party
D. wear traditional ao dai

Question 37. Question 38.

----- ----
Question 39. Question 40.
----- ----